ºf- : :=#: :-ºs ::::::::::::::::::::::: ; ::::::::::::::::::::: - * * *:::::::::::::::: £º *:::::...: º ºrrºw-- * *:::::: tº . Kºrºse y-wº º, º § ſº ** ** -- -*. :::::::::::::::::::::: :#######: :::::::, rº ** - g-s: ..….. g:::::::::::::: :::::. . º: §. **** **** *º ºr gº sº - exº-º: sº - & # i º § jº: # 3.i º º# i. º 3. ; #4 : # † * fºxia ... - adº *- : ... a ſolº *ºy - JUSTITUTITI Top THE winsmºuthiºs - Sºº ( ) º . D lº | | 2 J3 + A SHORT HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA Endeavour R. S. vº ſ Houtman s § Abrolhos ºº Moreton Bay Perth º | - wº ydney Albany **** * | Inland Exploration Coastal Discoveries - - Tolò50 Dutch-------- * Wºº - - - L º ºts - -- 1862 Cooks ------ - ur"neaux To 1839 0ther English French Australia, showING INLAND Exploration AND Coastal Discoveries A SHOERT HISTORY OF AUSTRALA SIA |B Y ARTHUR W. JOSE AUTHOR OF ‘‘TIE ( ; Row"TH OF THE EMI PIRE * With Maps and Illustrations SY ONEY A N G U S AND R O BERTSON PUBLISHERs To T111, UNIVERSITY | S99 ... e S e º ¿ e. p º g Websdale, Shoosmith & Co., Printels. 11”. ólarence-street, Sydney. sº e o PR EFACE. In writing this History recourse has been had, as far as possible, to original documents and sources of information contemporary with the events they describe. I desire to acknowledge the help I have received from Professor E. E. Morris, of Melbourne University ; David Scott Mitchell, Esq.; Dr. Hocken, F.L.S., of Dunedin ; J. B. Walker, Esq.; the Hon. A. C. Gregory, M.L.C. of Queensland ; John Bagot, Esq., ; and Thomas Gill, Esq. , all of whom have read the advance sheets of this work and made valuable comments. In a few instances, however, I have felt myself unable to accept their advice ; and, while expressing my gratitude for their very welcome suggestions, I wish to make it clear that they have no responsibility for statements made in the following pages. The illustrations are taken from authentic and in most cases contemporary documents, a large number of them drawn from the unequalled collection of David Scott Mitchell, Esq. To him, and to H. C. L. Anderson, Esq., M.A., Principal Librarian of the Public Library of New South Wales, I tender my best thanks for their help in this matter. A. W. J. TAELE OF CONTENTS, I. — THE FIRST VISITORS ... - - - - - - * - - a * * 1 - | 1 A. Foreigners * * * - - - - - - * * * l B. The English (16SS-1770) § II. --THE PENAL SETTLEMENT - * * - - - tº - - * * * 12-31 A. Plans and Preparations (17S3-SS) ... 12 B. The Baby Colony (1788-1804) * - - 17 C. Riot and Mutiny (1804-0) ..., • * * 2S III. —THE COLONY EXPANDS - - - - - - * ~ * * * * 32-49 A. A New System (1810-1S) * - - * * 32 B. The Troubles of Government (1810- 1831) ... * * * - * * * * * * 36 C. Eacploration and Settlement (IS32-30)... 40 IV. —THE DAYS OF BOURRE • * * * * * * * * - * * 50-67 A. Political Agitation (1831-?) ... • g a 50 B. The Opening Up of Port Phillip (1S35-7) g - a • * * * * * 52 C. Land Regulations (1834-31) .. 5S D. The Settlers and Their Surroundings 60 V. —THE DAUGHTER Col.ONIES ... * * * * - a * * * 68-84 A. Tasmania (1803-30) * - 6S B. Western Australia (1836-40). 75 C. South Australia (1830-41) SO VI. —THE COMING OF SELF-Gov.ERNMENT , 85- ) ()4 A. New South Wales (1S37-51) ... S5 B. Tasmania (1836-56) 97 C. South A mustralia (1841-51) ... ... 100 Wii viii. VII —NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS . The Maoris and Their Land . Early Discoverers (1643-1774) : . British Interference (1831-9). VIII. —NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851 . Colonel Wakefield (1839-40) .. War with the Maoris (1843-6) (1846-50) IX. —THE GOLD DISCOVERIES AND THEIR RESULTS A. First News of Go'd (1849-51) B. The Troubles of Pictoria (1851-5) ... C. Se’tling into Shape (1853-0) ... X. —FILLING IN THE MAP... A. Coastal Districts (1838-41) B. The Inland Wastes (1844-58) C. Crossing the Continent (1S,5S-03) XI. —CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT A. New South Wales (1800-S5) ... B. Victoria (1860-85) C. Tasmania (1860-89) XII. —CoNSTITUTIONAL GovI&RNMENT (Continued) A. The Waste Lands (1861-3) B. Queensland (1850-90) ..., C. South Australia (1860-80) D. West Australia (1840-95) XIII. - NEW ZEALAND SINCE 1850 . The New Constitution... . The Maori War (1856-05) . Troublous Times (1865-68) . Peace and Progress (1870-90) : Missionaries and Chiefs (1775-1830)... The Scramble for Lamd (1839-43) ... . The Administration of Governor Grey 105 109 | |2 118 I22 125 130 | 39 143 | 48 158 | 63 167 174 1S2 189 195 196 198 203 209 214 215 223 229 105-12] | 43-162 163- I Sl | S2- 195 196-2 l 3 214-23] XIV. —AUSTRALASIA .. g & & 9 * * e i w e & ſº ... 232-243 A. Europeams in the South Seas (1803-79) 232 B. The Period of Anneacation (1883-95)... 235 C. Federation (1850-99) ... * * * ... , 238 INDEX I.—GENERAL 245 INDEX II. —HISTORY OF SEPARATE Colon IES a º e a tº 250 A E E REVIATIONS. For the convenience of readers who wish to follow up the history of separate colonies consecutively, the following marginal signs are used throughout :-- (At the end of sections) c.p.—, meaning continued on page—. (At the beginning of Sections) fr.p. –, meaning continued from page—. MA PS. AUSTRALIA, SHOWING INLAND SETTLEMENT AND CoASTAL IDISCOVERIES ..., w & a tº ºn s & © * * * ... Frontispiece TRACKS OF THE EARLY EXPLORERs & a tº * * * ... Facing 48 TASMANIA is a tº s tº g º 8 tº a * * * * = . * * * ... 74 NEW ZEALAND # * is * * * s a 4 * : * * * * * ... l Sl GoLDFIELDS IN 1852. tº º ... 151 AUSTRALIA, SHOWING PROPOSED AND PRESENT Bou NDARIES... 197 ILLUSTRATIONS. FAC-SIMILF (SLIGIITLY REDUCED) of TITLE PAGE OF THE FIRST BOOK ON AUSTRALIA ... a & º * * * is - - Facing MAP OF THE SouTHERN PACIFIC OCEAN, Circa 1600 ... PELSART'S SHIP ‘BATAVIA’... WILLIAM DAMPIER CAPTAIN Cook * - - THE ‘ENDEAVOUR CAREENED SIR JOSEPH BAN KS GOVERNOR PHILLIP ... a - tº * * * - * * PRIVATE OF THE NEW SOUTH WALES CORPS GOVERNOR HUNTER ... GEORGE BASS ... MATTHEW FLINDERS... * - - * * SYDNEY FROM THE WEST SIDE IN 1800 ... GovIRNOR KING Gover NOR BLIGH JoBIN MACARTHUR .. * = - * * * - - - - - - * * * • * , GovIRNOR MACQUARIE, FROM AN ORIGINAL PAINTING IN THE ToSSESSION OF D. S. MITCHELL, ESQ. a º º * * * BRISBANE IN 1837, FROM A PENCII. DRAWING BY CONRAD MARTENS IN THE POSSESSION OF ADRIAN KNOx, ESQ. HAMILTON HUME * - º g - - * * * ALLAN CUNNINGHAM, .. * * * * a tº - - - * - - * * * tº s is GovIRNOR Bou RKE, FROM HIS STATUE IN THE DOMAIN, SYDNEY SIGNATUREs on BATMAN’s TREATY, FROM THE ORIGINAL IN THE MELBOURNE PUBLIC LIBRARY JoſiN PASCOE FA WKNER * * * - - - CoMMANDANT's House, MELBOURNE, 1837 GENERAL POST OFFICE, SYDNEY, IN 1833 CURRENCY NOTE - * * ... •, Holey-DoILAR AND DUMP ... Hop ART Town IN 1820 GovERNOR ARTHUR . . . FREMANTLE IN 1831 ... is a tº - - ALBANY, KING GEORGE's Sou ND, IN 1833 EDWARD GIB BON WAKEFIELD WILLIAM CIIARIES WENTWORTH ... X, PAGE. 25 27 28 29 73 8] xi. PAGE. ROBERT LOWE,.. it tº a * = * # * * * * * * * * - - - . . , 88 EARLY VIEW OF MELBOURNE • * g. m & & tº s r. * 8 tº , , , 91 SIR. Joh N FRANKLIN... & 8 tº * * * * * * 4 * * 8 * * ... , 97 A MAORI CHIEF * * * * * * * * g = * * * * * * * ... 106 REV. SAMUEL MARSDEN ... & k & & a a s 8 * * * ... l 13 TE RAUPARAHA * * * * * * 3 * * * * * s = * m º º . . l l 6 SIGNATURES TO THE TREATY OP WAITANGI ... * > * ... 124 WELLINGTON IN 1842 * * * * * * r − tº * * * * * * . . . 127 |PLAN OF RUAPEKAPEKA ... s a tº * * * * * * a * * . . . 137 SECTION OF RUAPEKAPEKA .. & q tº * * * g a * * * . . 138 SIR GEORGE GREY ... & s & s & 8 - - - * a 4. - - . . . ] 39 EDWARD HAMMOND HARGRAVES ... * * * # * * * * * ... 144 THE OPEIIR DIGGINGS, FROM A DRAWING BY G F. ANG As ... 147 VICTORIAN GOLD LICENSE .. # * * * * * a * : * m & ... 153 REv. JoFIN DUNMORE LANG, D.D. g g & - - - - - - ... 160 E. J. EYRE . . . # * * * * * * g e * * * • * * * * * ... 165 CHARLES STURT # * * tº a tº # * * * * tº * * * * * * , , , 168 LUDWIG LEIGHHARDT * a tº * * * a « * * * - - ... 170 SIR. T. L. MITCHELL... w # * * * * * * * - - - - - - . . . 171 J. McDou ALL STUART * 8 º' * & 4 a * * s a tº - - - . . . 175 RICHARD BURIKE tº a s * * * * * * • * * * * * * * * ... 177 W. J. WILLS ... & a tº * * * & s º # * * * * * * {} ... , 178 Mon UMENT AT MANSFIELD TO POLICE KILLED BY BUSHRANGERS 186 WILLIAM BEDE DALLEY ... * * * * * * * = 4 * * * ... , 188 SIR GEORGE BOWEN ... * * * * * * tº a 8 a * * * * * ... 193 BRISBANE IN 1860 ... * * * * * * * * * m & 4 * * * ... 198 STATION ON THE OVERLAND TELEGRAPH LINE... * * * . . . 206 MAokIS DEFENDING A PA ... * * * * * * a º º & º . . . 221 TE KOOTI * * * g º ſº tº tº 4 . . . . . . tº ºr º * * * , , , 228 SIR HENRY PARKES ... * * * * * * * * * - - - º 4 w ... 240 R. E LA CI ON DE V N memorial que ha prefentado a fu Ma getad el Capitan Pedro Fernandez de Quir , fobre la poblacion y decu- brimiento de la quarta parte del mun do, Autrialia incognita,fugran rique za y fertilidad:decubierta por el mifmo Capitan. an-a-a-la -a=-a-l- -a es ase-. Con licencia del conejo Real de Pamplona, Impreº por Carlos de Labayen. A o 6to. «- 2. a—- FAC-sIMILE oF TITLE PAGE oF THE FIRST Book ON AUSTRALIA. CHAPTER I. THE FIRST VISITORS. A. For EIGNERs. WHEN we look at a map of the world, and see the long chain of islands that stretches south-east from Asia to within a few miles of Cape York, it must seem a strange thing that Australia should have been so little known before the time when England founded a colony here. One would think it easy for even unskilful seamen to creep from island to island along the Malay Archipelago till they reached the continent that spreads out below it and yet, as far as we can make out, the aboriginal tribes that we call “blackfellows " must have come to the country very many hundreds of years ago, and were left quite undisturbed by settlers until the English arrived. There are three main reasons for this. In the first place, the tribes of eastern and south-eastern Asia were not particularly adventurous voyagers. All the bold Asiatic seamen—at least all those of whom history tells us anything —-lived up in the north-west corner of the Indian Ocean, and so thought themselves very bold indeed when they --~~ managed to sail as far east as Java. In the second place, the Malay Islands enjoy a tropical climate and are extremely fertile, while the north coast of Australia is, on the whole, barren and uninviting. If Malays did land on the continent they must have thought it a poor place compared to their own country, and felt not at all inclined to change their abode. In the third place, it happens that the only parts of the Australian coast which look at all pleasant from the sea are the eastern part, and the southern as far west as Port Fairy or thereabouts; and by a curious series of accidents the European explorers, when they came, lit upon nearly 2 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Portugal 8, IT Spain Treaty of Tordesillas, 1/ſ)/ Treaty of Saraſſ08&d, 1520 all the rest of the coastline and missed the pleasant part. When at last Captain Cook happened to find that, it did not take long for Europeans to make up their minds about coming out here to live. Between four and five hundred years ago there began in Europe a great movement of all the western nations. From the time of the Roman Empire Europe had traded a good deal with India and China, and these countries had a great reputation for wealth. But about the middle of the fifteenth century the overland route by which this trade went was finally blocked by the Turks, and merchants were therefore anxious to find a new route by sea. The little state of Portugal was first in the field, and its seamen crept year after year down the west side of Africa, until in 1492 Vasco da Gama, sailed round the southern end of that continent and across the Indian Ocean. About the same time Columbus, who had persuaded the King of Spain to send him to find India by Sailing westwards across the Atlantic, came upon a number of islands which he thought were part of Malaysia, but which are now called the West Indies. To prevent the Portuguese, who had gone east, from quarrelling with the Spaniards, who had gone west, the Pope arranged a treaty by which the new discoveries were shared between the two nations. A line was drawn on the map down the Atlantic in longitude 45° W.; Portugal was to have all east of this, and Spain all west. When after some years the two nations met on the opposite side of the globe, a similar line was drawn in the Pacific Ocean (about longitude 147° E.), only in this case Portugal was to keep west of the new line, and Spain east of it. Now, although nothing was known of Australia in those days, yet a great deal had been guessed. The early mapmakers liked to make their map symmetrical : in the westerni half they put Europe on the north and Africa on the south with a big sea, the Mediterranean, between the + This was, of course, before the discovery of America. THE FIRST VISITORS. 3 two ; in the eastern half they had Asia on the north and the Indian Ocean for the sea in the middle, and they invented a big southern continent to fill up making it O <>C= <2 °º. AAA R E PAC I F I C U MA - TV & wr ra Jºe O 2 cl 7-4.3 ° T E a AV stralis NoNDY &iſit A. stretch across from the bottom of Africa and rise eastwards to meet the peninsula of Further India. So both Spaniards and Portuguese were on the lookout. If the Portuguese found Australia—and it is very probable that they did – they took good care to say nothing about it, because the most valuable districts lay on the Spanish side of the treaty line. As for the Spaniards, they sent several ships across the Pacific from their possessions in South America, but none of them hit the Australian coast fairly. They dis- covered the Philippines, the Solomon Islands, the Marquesas Islands; and at last in 1606 de Quiros”, coming past Tahiti, thought he had found the continent. He called it La Austrialia del Espiritu Santo (Austrialia of the Holy Ghost), and sailed away back to Peru. But his second in command, Luis de Torres, stayed behind, and Torres proved that de Quiros was wrong by sailing round the ~ new-discovered land, which turned out to be one of the New Hebrides. Then Torres started westwards, and got in among the islands south of New Guinea. He even saw the Australian coastline some distance south of Cape York; but he thought it was only one more island among the * Fernandez de Quir was a Portuguese : but, being in the Spanish service, he is usually known as de Quiros, which is the Spanish form. 4 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. many, and turned up through the straits that are now called after him without knowing what he really had seen. Meanwhile another nation had come on the scene. In 1580, Spain had annexed Portugal and all her empire; but as the Portuguese valued their discoveries because of their trade, and the Spaniards despised trade and wanted gold mines, Spain did not take much trouble to preserve what she had acquired. Just about the same time, too, the Dutch were engaged in a bitter war against Spain ; and, as they were enthusiastic about trade, they took trouble to conquer from her all the colonies that had once been Portugal's. They also, when they reached Malaysia, began to send out exploring ships towards the unknown Southern Land. And, quaintly enough, almost at the time when Torres on the eastern side of Cape York was imagining himself among islands in an open Ocean, a Dutch ship (the Duyſken, or Dove) was sailing further and further down the western side of Cape York into the Gulf of Carpentaria, in the belief that the coast to eastward was part of New Guinea, and that there was no water passage at all where we know Torres Straits are. Of course the Duyſken’s captain, when he returned to the Dutch station in Java, reported that there was no outlet at all eastwards into the Pacific, a mistake repeated by other expeditions that followed in the 1)wyfken's track. On the west coast of Australia, however, discovery followed discovery, as ship after ship on its way from Holland to Java was driven south-east out of its proper course. The captains left their names, or the names of their ships, all the way round from the Gulf itself—named after a General Carpenter, who was head of the Dutch East India Company—to Cape Teeuwin (Lioness, the name of a ship) and Nuyts' Land; but they were not attracted by the look of the land, which they described as barren, while “wild, black, and barbarous,” “cruel, poor, and brutal,” were some of their adjectives for the native The Dutch. 1606 inhabitants. THE FIRST VISITORS. 5 In 1628 a ship of war, under the command of Francis Pelsart, was driven on a reef off the west coast of Australia, among the islands called Houtman's Abrolhos. Pelsart got his crew to shore, and then set off in one of the ship's boats for Java, where he was given another . C. : -: “A.º.º. º ºlº º º tº &\\ º ſº º frigate and sent back to – fetch away his men. |- sº But when he returned he found that one part of the crew had muti- PELS ART's SIIII». nied and murdered more than a hundred of their fellow: sufferers —-indeed, the mutineers came off in boats to seize the newly-arrived ship, intending, if they were successful, to become pirates. Pelsart, warned in time, made them prisoners, executed all but two, whom he put ashore, and sailed back to Java with the remnant of the refugees. Not long afterwards a new governor, Antony van Diemen, came to Java ; and in 1642 he sent out Abel Tasman (already a noted voyager among the islands of Asia) with a couple of ships to make what discoveries he might well to southwards. Tasman went across the Indian Ocean to Mauritius, and then struck South, so as to place his ship in the belt of steady westerly winds that lies south of latitude 40°. These drove him straight to the shores which we call Tasmania, but which he named Van Diemen's Land, in honour of the man who had sent him out. In Blackman's Bay he anchored and landed, but saw no natives. What he did see was rather terrifying—the tracks of an animal like the tiger, and two trees with steps cut in them five feet apart, which made him think the people who used them must be giants. So away he Sailed east again, and in no long time reached New Zealand. Tasman J 6 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. 1644 Here he met natives—not giants, indeed, but very fierce— who prevented him from landing at all; and when he came back to Java, by way of the northern side of New Guinea, his report was sufficiently discouraging to prevent any more Dutch ships from visiting those parts. He himself was sent off again to make one more attempt at finding a passage to the south of New Guinea; but, in spite of all his care, he made the old mistake, and sailed across the western mouth of Torres Straits, under the impression that it was merely a large bay. B. THE ENGLISH (1688-1770). In those days it was not so well settled as it is now that every civilised nation is responsible for the doing of its citizens. Nowadays, no Englishman would fit out a ship to plunder the merchant vessels of a nation with which England is at peace; or, if one did, he would be called a pirate, and hunted to death by warships. Three hundred years ago, however, it was not an uncommon thing for high-spirited young men who had no money to join a number of seamen of different nations who lived among the West Indian Islands, and harried the commerce and colonies of Spain. Towards the end of the seventeenth century these buccaneers—as they were called —found their old quarters becoming too hot for them ; and one crew decided, as it was too risky to plunder Spanish ships in the West Indies, to betake themselves to the East Dampier. Indies and plunder Dutchmen instead. Among them was 1 (jSS a young Englishman named William Dampier, who accompanied them round Cape Horn, across the Pacific Ocean, and through Malaysia to the western shores of Australia, where, with some trouble, he managed to leave them and get back to England. Here he published an account of his voyage, and as a result was sent out in 1699 in command of the IRoebuck to make a careful survey of the coast he had been on, and to discover whatever new THE FIRST VISITORS. 7 land he could. Both his visits, unfortunately, were paid to the most barren part of the whole coastline ; whereas, directly he left it, he came upon New Guinea and other richly-wooded tropical islands, which made poor Australia seem still poorer and more barren by comparison. So his reports were not a whit more favourable than any previously written. The land, he said, was Sandy and waterless, the natives were “the miser- ablest people in the world,” the trees were stunted, and there was very little to eat. He seems to have come across some kangaroos, and enjoyed a meal of their flesh; but the greatest delicacy he could find was a catch of sharks (), inside one of which he declares he found the head of a hippopotamus. After that it is hardly surprising to find that his book of travels was at first looked upon in England as a romance ; but he was really a very careful, truthful, and observant explorer. There is a romance, however, with which Dampier was closely con- nected. In 1705 he helped to fit out an expedition bound for the Pacific to destroy Spanish commerce on the South Ira, of the American coast. When the ship reached a small island, sº, called Juan Fernandez, it was found to be so leaky that "“” one of the crew, Alexander Selkirk by name, preferred to stay alone on the island. The ship did go down on its way home, but Dampier escaped ; and in 1709, finding himself again near Juan Fernandez, he managed that the ship whose sailing master he them was should put in and take Selkirk off. And out of Selkirk's account of his four years' loneliness Daniel Defoe constructed for us a romance that everybody knows—the tale of “Robinson Crusoe.” 8 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Cook p. 108 Nothing is known of any discoveries in Australia for Seventy years after Dampier left it for New Guinea. But there was a good deal of discussion, and scientific men compared the different accounts of the explorers, and the conclusion to which they came was a strangely wrong one. All the old maps insisted on a great mass of dry land stretching up from the Antarctic regions; and it seemed possible that the land Tasman had called New Zealand was a northern peninsula of this “Great South Land.” On the other hand, Dutch navigators were positive that New Guinea extended down the eastern side of the Gulf of Carpentaria. As for the rest of the surveyed coast, it had islands along it, and the Pacific was known to be an ocean of many islands. What more probable than that the whole supposed coastline should be merely a line of island groups? In any case, there was an absolutely unknown region between Tasmania and New Guinea one way and Nuyts' Land and the New Hebrides the other way— which, by the bye, Dean Swift made use of to locate Lilliput and Brobdingmag in his “Gulliver's Travels.” At last an opportunity was found of settling all these questions definitely. ſ In 1768 Lieutenant James Cook was sent in command of the ship Endeavour to convey a party of scientific men to Tahiti, where they wished to make astronomical observations. He went out round Cape Horn, with instructions to search diligently for traces of a southern continent in the Pacific. Accordingly, when the business at Tahiti was finished, he made his way towards Tasman's New Zealand, and sailed round both islands, making good maps as he went, and proving, of course, that they were islands, and had no connection with any Great South Land. That being settled, he determined to visit Tasman's other discovery, and steered straight for Tas- mania ; but when not far off a lucky storm drove him northwards, and at six o'clock in the morning of April 19, 1770, his first lieutenant, Hicks, saw a long stretch of land THE FIRST VISITORS. 9 to the north-west—the Ninety-mile Beach of Eastern Gippsland. Of what lay to southwards Cook knew a little, for Tasman had been there. The north was a pure mys- tery. So after a couple . of hours he headed the Endeavour north-east along the coast, watching the shape of it, as it changed from day to day, for a harbour where his ship might lie in safety. A southerly wind carried him past Jervis Bay, and the rough surf frustrated an attempt at landing near CAPTAIN COOk. Clifton ; but at daybreak(on the 28th he sighted the opening into Botany (which he at first called Stingray) Bay, ) and by afternoon the Endeavour was at anchor inside it. A full week was devoted to exploring the neighbourhood and trying to make friends with the natives. Both enterprises turned out unlucky. The blackfellows ignored the strangers as far as possible, and either ran away or threw spears at them when any communication was attempted. As for exploration, a book published later in England under his name, and with his authority, talked about “great abundance of grass'' and “the finest meadows in the world,” besides “a deep, black mould, fit for the production of grain of any kind; ” and it was largely this description which afterwards made the British Government believe a young colony in New South Wales would almost immediately be able to supply itself with food—a belief which nearly resulted in the wholesale starvation of the first settlers. On May 6 the Endeavour sailed again, keeping as close to the shore as was safe. Cook charted and named . The first, landing 10 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Aug. 21 •l. Banks all the striking features of the coastline as he passed, some- times from their appearance—Broken Bay, for instance— Sometimes after his friends or superior º: officers at home—e.g., sº Port Jackson and Portſ SSsºs Stephens, after the two -- sº Secretaries to the Ad- $ ſº SW §§ miralty. Once round § Sandy Cape, he found --- ~ ~3--> - _2~sº Sºs - ~ - S. ~ w" *S* 5:3. - º J. : § sº § Sº, • § # §§§ himself among the § * Sºś ſ shoals of the Great 4iº Barrier Reef; and a little north of where Cairns now stands the ship ran suddenly on a coral reef, stayed there for twenty-three hours, and sustained such damage that she was barely carried into the mouth of a little river, which Cook named after her. It took two months to patch her up and make ready for a fresh start ; then, with exceeding care, Cook threaded his way in and out of the reefs till he had rounded Cape York. And there, being at last certain that he had been sailing along the eastern side of a continent—since he had now connected his discoveries with those of the Dutch nearly two hundred years before—he landed on a little island in the straits, and, with hoisting of flags and much firing of musketry.( took possession of the whole eastern coast for the King of England, giving it the name of New TIIE ‘‘ENDEAVOUR '’ CAREENED. South Wales. | One of Cook's companions on this memorable voyage was stirred by it to take a strong and lasting interest in the lands he had helped to discover. Joseph Banks had joined the expedition as botanist at his own expense, and from first to last was the most active of explorers when- THE FIRST VISITORS. 11 ever a landing was made. It was the number of plants which he and his fellow botanist, Solander, collected there that suggested to Cook _//7 Jº R the name, which he after- zºº wards adopted for his first ſºsºſº. Australiananding place, of % = * º, “Botany Bay;” while the heads of that bay still bear the names of the botanists Ç * & , º /, When the expedition re- ...” wº turned to England, Banks' 2-3%.º journal was used as much as, and perhaps more than, Cook's in compiling the authorised account of the voyage. Later on, when there was talk of making a settlement in New South Wales, º. & - SIR JOSE1'11 BAN KS. Banks was consulted again and again. It was more his work than any other man's that the settlement was in the end made ; and from the time of its making he helped the settlers in every possible way. He sent out plants; he obtained sheep from the King's own flock ; he offered to engage the African explorer, Mungo Park, to make discoveries inland; he heartily backed up Flinders, the greatest of our explorers by sea ; he was in constant communication with many of the governors, especially Governor King, whose successor he practically appointed. To him, in fact, more than to any other man, it is due that, in spite of many early misfortunes, the English colony took firm hold on the soil of New South Wales. 1772-5 War of the American Revolution, 1776-1783 CHAPTER II. —THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 4. PLANS AND PREPARATIONs (1783-1788). Cook had no idea of the importance of his discovery : indeed, he was rather apologetic for having done so little. Both he and those who sent him out were much more interested in the Great South Land, whose whereabouts was still a puzzle. It did not seem to be anywhere south of Tasmania, certainly. But it might lie further to the east, between New Zealand and South America; indeed, there was another legend that a Spanish pilot, Juan Fernandez, had discovered a fertile country with large rivers in it not very far south-west of Chili. So on Cook's second voyage he let Australia quite alone, and went sailing here and there all over the South Pacific ; he ransacked it thoroughly from Tahiti to the Antarctic ice, and from Tierra del Fuego to New Zealand, and after two years went back to England quite satisfied that there was no Great South Land worth looking for. A third voyage which he began in 1776 was given up to explorations in the North Pacific, between Alaska and north-eastern Asia ; Cook just put in at a Tasmanian harbour and at Queen Charlotte Sound in New Zealand, but did nothing more in our part of the world ; and in an unfortunate quarrel with the natives of Hawaii, where he was spending the winter of 1778-9, the great and adventurous seaman was killed. So for several years Australia was left to itself. But in those years England was occupied in fighting several other nations; and one result of all this fighting was to set men thinking of the new land in the southern seas. In the first place, we were fighting our own cousins, the Americans. Or, to put it more correctly, we were helping some of the English colonists in America to fight the rest ; those we 12 THE PENAI, SETTLEMENT. 13 helped were the fewer in number, and in the end we and they were defeated. So bitter had been the fight that it became impossible for our friends (who were called “Loyalists”) and the men who had conquered them to live in the same country, and we were in honour bound to find some place where our friends could live in peace. It occurred to some Englishmen that such a place might be found in the land which Cook had discovered ; and James º Matra, who had been a midshipman on the Endeavour, drew º scheme by which the Loyalists should be set X down in New South Wales to found a colony there) with labourers brought from China and the South Sea Islands to do all the hard work for them. But there was a great difficulty in the way, which arose from this same “War of the American Revolution.” England was fighting also with France; in fact, it was the help of France which had given victory to the Americans, and that help had been possible because France had at last a strong navy. Now the French had been quite as much p. 25 interested as ourselves in southern exploration, and part of Cook's work on his second and third voyages had been to follow in the tracks of some French ships and find out what they had discovered. So it was not unlikely that, if the Loyalist colony was formed as Matra proposed, a strong French fleet would come down upon it and seize the country. He therefore went to the English Ministry and asked for help ; if the scheme was carried out under the direct orders of the Government, there would be no fear of a French attack. 1783 Before the Ministry would do anything it had to be clearly proved that England would get some advantage out of this new settlement. Again the recent war provided useful arguments in its favour. We had been fighting Spain and Holland as well as France; if we had to fight them again, New South Wales would be an admirable centre from which to attack the Dutch and Spanish islands | 14 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. | K } Trans- portation **. The First to | *- N Fleet in the Malay Archipelago. But the argument which in the end prevailed was much more pressing than that. It was, that{New South Wales would be a most suitable place to which to send convicts. For more than a mºl. years we had been in the habit of shipping off certain classes of prisoners to America, to be used there by landowners as labourers on their plan- tations. ( When the American war broke out it at once became impossible to do this any longer, and the English prisons soon became full for before the war a thousand used to be transported every year, and room had to be found for all these. Parliament in 1779 discussed several plans for getting rid of the extra numbers; and when Matra's proposal was brought before Lord Sydney, the Home Secretary (who at that time looked after our prisons and our colonies, too), it struck him at once that all the people whose disposal was troubling him — convicts and Loyalists and all—might be arranged for together in the new country. The Loyalists could make use of the convicts in Australia as they had done before in Virginia ; and the Government, if it got rid of its convicts, could afford to protect the colony from a French invasion. The plan seemed a good one. But the Government took a long time to make up its mind. Australia was a very long way off, and a ship was sent to search for some nearer place along the west coast of Africa. When after all it became clear that Africa would not do, the Loyalists had grown tired of waiting, and had settled down in Canada ; and thus it came about that the new colony, when it was founded, had no free settlers at all, but was made up of convicts and the marines sent out to keep them in order. On the 18th of August, 1786—almost exactly sixteen years after Cook had annexed the Australian coast— Lord Sydney gave formal directions that a fleet should be got ready to take out 750 convicts. Two years' food was to be put on board, as well as plenty of clothing and tools THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 15 for house building and farming; cattle and hogs and seed corn were to be obtained at the Cape of Good Hope on the way out ; and a good stock of glass beads and pocket looking- glasses and “real red feathers” was laid in for trade with the South Sea Islanders, besides some Dutch money and beer to bribe the Dutch agents in the Malay Archipelago. Lord Sydney himself chose the man who was to command the expe- dition—and there was need of a very careful choice, for on the first Governor of the new GOVERNOR PIJILLIl’. colony everything depended. It would be his business first Philip's H.S of all to convey more than a thousand people, three-quarters of them prisoners, safely on an eight months' voyage across seas not very well known to a country of which no one really knew anything. Arrived there, he would have to make for himself everything that men need in a civilised settlement ; he must build houses, cultivate crops, raise cattle, make roads, and do all this by the labour either of prisoners who did not want to work, or of marines who had quite enough to do in looking after the prisoners. He would have to maintain the laws, and to make a great many of them, because there were very few already made that exactly fitted the situation ; most laws assume that the majority of people prefer to obey them, but in the new country three people out of every four would be likely to break the laws whenever they could. It was a difficult position to hold, but Lord Sydney found the right Illall. ( Captain Arthur Phillip) had fought in the Seven Years' War, and in the more recent war against France, and in both had gained promotion ; but his governorship of New South Wales was the best work of his life. /5 ) 2. 16 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. For eight months he worked incessantly at all the details of the expedition—the food, the clothes, the stores, the tools, even the razors. The slow-moving departmental officials could not keep pace with him at all ; they were accustomed to making arrangements for a six weeks' trip to America, nd would, but for Phillip, have made exactly the same ( May 12, 1787 lººd for the voyage to Australia. As it was, Y ( the fleet sailed with very little ammunition on board, and so The Found- ing of ~ Sydney. little spare clöthing that it was proposed to use floursacks for many of the convicts. But at last, after calling at Rio Janeiro and the Cape of Good Hope for provisions and live- stock and seeds, Phillip on January 18, 1788, reached Botany Bay. A few days on shore convinced him that no settlement could flourish amid the swamps that bordered on it, and he went round by boat to Port Jackson, where he “had the satisfaction of finding the finest harbour in the world.” Returning to Botany Bay, he gave orders that the fleet should sail at once for its new quarters. What followed has been thus described by an eye-witness —“The Governor, with a party of marines and some artificers selected from among the seamen of the Sirius and convicts, arrived in(Port J ackson)and anchored off the mouth of the cove intended for the settlement on the evening of the 25th ; and in the course of the following day sufficient ground was cleared for encamping the officers' guard and the convicts who had been landed in the morning. The spot chosen for this purpose was at the head of the cove, near a run of fresh water, which stole silently along through a very thick wood, the stillness of which had then, for the first time since the creation, been interrupted by the rude sound of the labourer's axe and the downfall of its ancient inhabitants—a stillness and tranquillity which from that day were to give place to the voice of labour, the confusion of camps and towns, and the busy hum of its new possessors. . . . . . In the Jan. 26, 17ss evening of this day the whole of the party that came round in the Supply were assembled at the point where they had THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 17 first landed in the morning, and on which a flagstaff had been purposely erected and an Union Jack displayed, when the marines fired several volleys, between which the Governor and the officers who accompanied him drank the healths of His Majesty and Royal Family, and success to the new colony.” The transports which anchored in Sydney Cove that same evening were unloaded within ten days, and on February 7 the new colony was founded with all due formalities. ^ B. The BABY Colony (1788-1804). Fine harbours were not enough to feed a thousand people on, and the land near Sydney was soon found to be very poor. Phillip explored the country as well as he could ; he discovered Broken Bay, with its two wings, Brisbane Water and Pitt Water—more fine har- bours—and made an attempt to strike inland towards the distant Blue Mountains. First, however, he had done something of more immediate practical use—he had sent one of his ships under Lieutenant King to occupy Norfolk Island ; and the accounts of it that came back went near to causing the abandonment of New South Wales in favour of this fertile little spot. Troubles of all kinds soon came to vex the Governor's heart. The sheep died. The cattle strayed and were lost. The convicts were lazy. The officers of the guard quarrelled among themselves. Major Ross, Phillip's second in command, declared the colony would not be self-supporting for a hundred years. “It will be cheaper to feed the convicts on turtle and venison at the London Tavern than be at the expense of sending them here.” When the Sirius was sent to the Cape for flour, she could only bring back four months’ supply. All public works had to be stopped, and the food allowance made as small as possible. Phillip's private store of flour went into the common stock ; the Governor refused to fare one whit better than the convicts. He despatched a couple B Phillip Governor, 17SS-1792 Early troubles 1790 18 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. \ R'arming under difficul- ties of hundred people to Norfolk Island to relieve the distress in Sydney; scarcely were they landed when the Sirius went ashore, and a quantity of stores was totally lost. Mean- While two ships had been sent from England with help, but the one that carried most provisions was wrecked near the Cape of Good Hope, while the other (which had some stores on board) had also two hundred convicts; and within the month another thousand convicts were put ashore, with news of yet a thousand more to come. Phillip was at his wits' end/ He had found fair agri- Cultural land at the head of the harbour, where Parramatta now stands, and had marked out a township there, to be called Rosehill. But the first fleet was quite lacking in farmers. His own butler was found to know a little about farming, and was given charge of a hundred convicts to do the best he could. Letter after letter went to England asking for free settlers, or for men who could give instruc- tion in farming and carpentering and tool-making ; but free settlers were few and far between, and out of five “experts” who arrived in 1790 only one was in any way qualified for the work. The natives, too, were hostile. Phillip did his best to treat them kindly, but few of the settlers followed his example ; stragglers from the township were killed by way of revenge, and the bush was set on fire whenever the white men turned their stock into it for pasturage. As for the convicts, the workers with whom this new colony was to be built up, their condition was most pitiable. Phillip's own contingent had been brought out in good health, owing to his personal care ; but the second fleet lost 270 out of its thousand passengers on the voyage, and landed nearly 500 sick. The third fleet did better, but even so landed nearly a third of its convicts too ill to work. In spite of all the Governor kept heart, and (by 1792 had reason to think the worst was over.) In J uly of that year the danger of a permanent famine was past, although THE PEN AL SETTLEMENT. 19 for a long time there were recurring periods of scarcity. The Rosehill settlement had grown apace, and had a popu- lation of two thousand, of whom sixty-four were farmers working their own land. Sydney had more than a thousand inhabitants, and Norfolk Island about as many, with a hundred and fourteen farmers among them. The Hawkes- bury Valley had been explored from its mouth to the Grose junction, and good land found at many points along it. The guard of marines was replaced by a regiment of Tºw soldiers specially raised for the work, and there was hope Yº: of strict discipline in future. So after much labour Phillip persuaded the English Government to give him leave of Grose and • - * Paterson absence, and at the end of the year left his governorship . in the hands of Major Grose, the new regiment's commander. §§ S, This unfortunate step gravely imperilled the success of the colony. Phillip's desire had been so to use his convict material as to make New South Wales before long a settlement attractive to free immigrants. But Grose brought in military rule: for the next seventeen years the New South Wales Corps was the real governor; and few of its officers were inclined to let such a chance slip. They had, indeed, joined the corps in order to make their fortunes—men who went a-soldiering for renown and the joy of fighting would have joined some regiment for home service, where every day another War with France was coming nearer. But the Eastern seas were still for Englishmen the - home of great wealth to be suddenly ac- A playºre quired. Poor men had gone to India and N. W., returned millionaires : why should not Aus. Corps. tralia, people thought, give similar chances ! Landing with such hopes, and finding them so grievously disappointed, most of the officers set themselves to make what money they could ; and under Grose's rule they were given every 20 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. chance. They allotted themselves large areas of land and the pick of the convicts to work it. They took over from the civilian administrators all control of affairs. Being almost the only moneyed men in the colony, they very soon became the only merchants, and sold goods at exorbitant prices More especially—for this was the quickest way of becoming rich—they imported and sold large quantities of rum. When in 1794 the Hawkesbury Valley was settled, and grain from its farms became plentiful, they soon found that it was more profitable to turn the grain into spirits than to sell it for food—and the rum? industry thus estab- lished was for many years the bug-bear of governor after governor. For some time the home Government refused to accept Phillip's resignation, in the hope that he would return to the colony and take up again the Work he had dome so well. In the end they sent out another naval officer, Captain Hunter, who had been Phillip's second-in-com- mand on the first fleet. After five years he was succceeded by a third seaman, Cap- tain King, the officer GovKR Noſ. HUNTER. who had first Occupied and ruled Norfolk Island. Under both Governors the colony increased slowly in size and prosperity. The same troubles beset both. Provisions were always running scarce, for the fertile farms were found to suffer badly from floods. Free immigrants were slow in coming, and free settlers, with Hunter Governor, 1795-1800 * “I&um ” was the name used in those days for any form of spirits, just as “gin " is now used in West Africa. THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 2] money were rarer still ; so that {: ring of officers gained X power every day, and was able to defy openly the Governor's º) Rum-selling and rum-distilling debauched the convicts and their guards. The soldiers rioted ; the officers quarrelled with each other and the civilians. Discipline was, indeed, so hard to maintain even within the small area actually occupied—which consisted of a strip east and west along the Parramatta, a strip north and south Explora- / along the Hawkesbury, and a slant strip connecting the iša, two—that neither King nor Hunter much encouraged explorations inland. Phillip had pushed to the Hawkes- bury-Nepean line, and there his successors stayed their hand. When the Cowpastures were discovered in 1795, they were rigidly reserved from settlement as a grazing ground for the cattle found on them—the descendants of those that had strayed in Phillip's time. The Blue Mountain barrier was attacked three or four times through the Grose and Nattai Valleys by private enterprise ; but when in 1799 Wilson, a convict, struck south-west across the Mittagong tableland and reached the Lachlan, Hunter refused to make any use of this rather embarrassing discovery. New South Wales, he considered, was a convict depôt, which it was his business to keep in order ; even the Hawkesbury was so far away as to be scarcely manageable –how could he hope to maintain discipline if settlement spread a hundred miles off! The mountains, in fact, were for these early governors —all seamen rather a useful fence to keep their prisoners from straying than a cramping barrier to be broken through as soon as possible. The sea was their element, and to its shores they clung. Along its shores, indeed, much exploring work was Coastal done both north and south. It began with two Pºy: young officers of the Iºliance—the ship that brought ) out Governor Hunter—George Bass, the surgeon, and \ Matthew Flinders, one of the midshipmen. These two were great friends, and ready to face any dangers 2 2 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. so long as they could make discoveries. They secured a boat eight feet long—aptly christened the Tom Thumb —and, after a preliminary trip round Botany Bay, started in March, 1796, down the coast southwards from Sydney to look for a large river of which there were rumours. The first night they stood in to land, expecting to find themselves near Botany Bay ; but the current had taken them down below Bulli, a steady north wind ( ; FORGE |},\SS. prevented their return, and they had to run for the Five Islands, and at last to land near Wollongong in order to get drinking water. Here they were met by natives (who were inclined to give trouble till Flinders amused them by clipping their beards with a pair of scissors), and thought it better to get back Sydney wards. So, rowing their hardest against wind and current, and camping on the beach near Coalcliff — too tired, though, to notice the coal—they narrowly escaped boatwreck in a sudden “southerly buster,” and in the end found their “large river’ to be merely the inlet of Port Hacking. Bass Next year it happened that a store ship was wrecked on one of the islands below Cape Howe, and some of the crew, getting to the mainland in boats, tramped along the coast three hundred miles to Sydney, which only three of them reached alive. On their way they passed Coalcliffs, and saw coal lying on the beach. Bass was sent to investigate, and found a layer of it six feet thick running for eight miles along the face of the cliffs. The news brought by the shipwrecked men stimulated him to a bigger 1797 THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 23 voyage of discovery. Flinders was away at Norfolk Island, but Governor Hunter provided a whaleboat with a crew of six and six weeks' provisions, and Bass went south on his old tracks. He passed Wollongong, and the Illawarra coast, and a shallow harbour with a river running into it, that he contemptuously called Shoalhaven ; touched at Jervis Bay, which was already known, discovered the picturesque Twofold Bay, and, slipping round Cape Howe, ran south-west along a coastline that was quite unknown, Off Wilson's Promontory he was driven by a storm to shelter in Western Port, which he explored thoroughly , but the delay there of thirteen days nearly exhausted his stock of provisions, and he had to make for Sydney as straight and as quickly as possible. This voyage made him more eager than ever to continue his discoveries. If his calculations were correct, he had got so far in behind the coast discovered by Tasman that it was almost impossible for it to be part of the mainland of Australia. Tasmania was an island—he was sure of that—but to prove it he must sail right round it. And the next year (1798), Flinders being back from Norfolk Island, the two friends obtained a twenty-five-ton sloop (the Norfolk) from the Governor, ran down to Furneaux Island and thence to the Tasmanian coast, and traced the coastline westwards steadily (exploring the Tamar estuary on the Way) till they rounded its north-western corner, and saw open ocean in front. They sailed completely round the island (Flinders making careful maps as they went), explored the Derwent as far as their ship could sail, and then returned in triumph to Port Jackson. Hunter gave Bass' name to the straits in which he first had sailed. And then Bass drops out of history altogether. Someone per- suaded him to go on a smuggling expedition to Chili, and no more was heard of him. Flinders was more fortunate. In 1799 he took the Funders' Norfolk along the coast northwards and mapped it 24 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. 1801 1802 out carefully as far as Hervey Bay. When he took his maps to England their great value was acknow- - - ledged, and the British zººs *.asº Admiralty gave him a % tº ~~~~ * ship of his own, the §, = 2 § Investigator, with which % : “ºfº”. ſ º to make a thorough Wh tº ºf survey of the whole Australian coast. He struck it near Cape Leeuwin, put in at King George's Sound, and then sailed slowly round the Great Bight to Kangaroo Island. No man had ever landed there before ; seals and kangaroos lived on it quietly together, and allowed themselves to be killed quite tamely. “The seal, indeed,” said Flinders, “seemed to be much the most discerning animal of the two, for its actions bespoke a knowledge of our not being kangaroos, whereas the kangaroo not infrequently appeared to consider us to be seals.” Just beyond the island the English ship fell in with a French ship, ſle (#60ſ/raphe, commanded by Captain Baudin, which had been surveying the coastline westwards from Western Port, and the two captains exchanged news of their discoveries ; Flinders, however, went on with his Survey and, using greater care than Baudin had done, dis- covered and sailed in through the narrow entrance of Port Phillip, which the French had not noticed. This, however, turned out to be no new discovery, since Murray of the Lady Nelson had been in the bay ten weeks before. | ſ ſ MATTHEW FLINDERs. When Flinders arrived in Sydney, he found there another French ship, Le Naturaliste by name ; and not long afterwards Baudin came back to refit and get pro- visions. It is curious to read of this friendliness at a time THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 25 when England and France were fighting hard in Europe. The French, moreover, were the one nation whose enterprise French , , º g - • ... voyager we might fear in Australia. They had been interested in it almost as early as we were. De Bougainville sailed in the neighbouring seas two years before Cook, and Marion du Fresne two years after him. La Pérouse reached Botany Bay only a week later than Phillip. D'Entrecasteaux in 1792 visited Tasmania. This very expedition of Baudin's resulted in strewing French names all over southern Australia—the whole south coast was called Terre Napoléon, and Spencer's Gulf became Golfe Bonaparte. But we can º 3, - º - ...,xk-e-Mººr: sº #º - , º º &ºr; ilº- a tº & agº: #: ; - 㺠º 3-ºxº ºrg FºrT. irº Nº. §§§ ºš º ºr ſº tº * - tº D §§ $ººtºº w £º Sºrsº. §§ Sºº-3-e six-- - - º YººHºº §§§. Pºffº ººzººſ fº lºstºs - Q º tº ºr - - º § ºtva... : :º) tºº *: º: &l.-, 44- º -- - º -s tº º * * * * * **** tººl §º c. ſ a- Tillºllº -º-º: R_TI Ali Jºãº §§§§ EºsFsº -- º º Sºº-º-º- - w tº wº ----" " § tº sº sºsri º- ºr º **s -- SY UNEY FROM THE WEST SI DE IN 1800. understand that the trade of Sydney already made the French explorers envious, when we read their description of it. In the harbour of Port Jackson, only fourteen years after its discovery by Phillip, they saw coal-ships ready to sail for India and the Cape of Good Hope side by side with well-armed smugglers bound for Peru ; other ships were on their Way to China, to New Zealand, to the South Sea 26 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Flinders agallºl Islands, to Vancouver; American vessels were never absent ; and the whalers, the sealers for Bass Straits, and many smaller craft added to a constant bustle of shipping which Baudin's crews had not expected to find at the other end of the globe. Flinders' work was not yet finished. He next went northwards, and continued his survey of the Queensland coast from Hervey Bay right round Cape York to the bottom of the Gulf of Carpentaria, where he connected with the surveys of the old Dutch maps; so that at last the whole coastline of the continent was clearly known, and he could contentedly return to England. Just then began a long series of misfortunes. His own ship, the Investigator, was found to be unseaworthy, and he took passage for home on the Porpoise. This ship was wrecked on the Queensland coast, and he had to put back in an open boat to Sydney for help. Starting again in a small schooner, the Cumber- land, he found it necessary to put in at the Mauritius, which then belonged to France. The governor there, instead of imitating the kindness shown in Sydney to Baudin, threw Flinders into prison and seized all his maps and papers; they were sent to France by the very ships which had enjoyed our hospitality, the Géographe and Naturaliste ; and while the real discoverer spent six long years and more in his island prison, his maps were published in France, with French names replacing the English ones, as the glorious result of Baudin's voyage and the work of Frenchmen alone. He was set free in 1810, just before the English took Mauritius, and on his return to England published his journals, of which he had luckily left copies with King in Sydney ; but the best part of his work had been already used by others to obtain a reputation for themselves.” It is, however, to a suggestion made by him in his introduction to these journals that Australia owes its 1802-3 * Baudin had died before Flinders was imprisoned, and had no share in this injustice, which he would probably have prevented. THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 27 name. Before this time it had been known as “New Holland,” and the word “Australia’’ had been but rarely and vaguely used. Flinders, of course, had not the whole field of coast tºº. exploration to himself, though he was by far the greatest Teries of our discoverers by sea. Vancouver in 1791 had entered vº King George's Sound. Shortland in 1797 discovered the \ Hunter River, and coal was exported from it as early as 1799. Murray, as we have seen, was first inside Port Phillip, though only by a few weeks; and Murray's ship, * then under Lieutenant Grant, had surveyed the Victorian coast a year or two before, so that Baudin's French names are left only on a small strip of coast from Cape Northum- berland (the first point seen by the Lady Nelson) to Encounter Bay, where the French ships met Flinders. On the west coast, beyond the Leeuwin, French names re- appear, for English ships had not yet visited these parts. From the year 1800 onwards dºor. Captain King was Governor 1S()()-6. of New South Wales. It was he who had received Baudin So kindly, but he knew well enough what the French had in view. As soon as he could, - therefore, he organised two ( ; ) \' ERNOR lº l NG l expeditions to secure the country about which the \ French had been most inquisitive, Lieutenant Bowen IS()3 being sent to the Derwent, and Colonel Paterson a year lSU)-1 later to the Tamar ; while a third expedition under Colonel Collins, one of Phillip's men, was sent direct from Dngland to occupy Port Phillip. Collins, unfortunately, camped near the mouth of the bay, in the Sorrento district, where there were too many natives and too 28 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Convicts Bligh Governor, 1806-8 little water. Instead of thoroughly exploring the coast- line, he obtained permission from King to move his party to Tasmania, and settled at Sullivan's Cove on the Derwent (where Hobart now stands), Bowen's camp across the river at Risdon being moved to join his later on. As for Port Phillip, it was left alone for many years. C. RIOT AND MUTINY (1804-9). It was not only fear of the French that moved King to make these new settlements. The convicts had been getting harder to manage of late years, partly because of the quarrels among their rulers, partly because a new class of convicts— political prisoners from Ireland—was being sent out, and these men were not inclined to be treated like thieves and criminals of that kind, They were already stir- % º ring up the others to %l iſºsºs. º % // º §s revolt, when Tasmania / fºr 2× º S s º | || /āş was occupied for the GOVERNOR BLIGH. purpose of sending them there to be kept in isolation ; and in 1804 an attempt at rebellion was actually made. It came to nothing, because the best of the Irish prisoners would have nothing to do with it, and the rebels so lacked organisa- tion that a couple of dozen soldiers were able to disperse three hundred of them by a single charge. But it kept the Governor on tenterhooks, and made him feel (as he hated to feel) how much his authority depended on the unruly New South Wales Corps. In 1806 he resigned his position and left the colony, being succeeded by THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 29 a fourth naval officer, Captain Bligh, whom Sir Joseph Banks had strongly recommended for the post. Bligh, who had by his overbearing conduct already brought about the famous “Mutiny of the Bounty,” and by sheer pluck and judgment had extricated himself from its very serious consequences, came out with the full intention of putting down all disorder and disobedience with a strong hand. Of course he at once fell foul of the New South Wales Corps, more especially of its ringleader, John Macarthur, a man whose influence on the young colony was so important that it deserves a separate paragraph. Macarthur came out in Phillip's time as a lieutenant in the Corps, and obtained his share of the land which Grose distributed among its officers. But he was a man of ideas, and the trafficking and rum- selling in which his friends indulged did not content him at all. He used his farms for experiments, and at last made up his mind that sheep would thrive here better than any other stock, and that the colony was admirably fitted to produce good wool. He fetched sheep from the Cape, where Boer farmers had a few flocks of the much-prized Spanish merino breed. When in England in 1803, he obtained from King George some much better sheep of the same breed, and so interested the British Government in his projects that he took back to the colony a grant of ten thousand acres of land wherever he liked to pick them. He was a man of hasty temper and great obstinacy, and repeatedly came into collision with both Hunter and King ; for, while doggedly pursuing his own schemes, he was always ready to back his less worthy J (), IN MIACART II U"lt. John TVI acar- thuſ 30 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. | \ ~) The Bligh. Mutiny | \ t º | comrades of the Corps against the naval governors. Con- sequently King was by no means disposed, when Macarthur produced his grant, to let him have all he wanted, especially as he wanted the pick of the Cowpastures, that jealously- guarded reserve for the herd of Crown cattle. Still, it was certain that Macarthur had the good of the colony at heart, and King compromised with him : he got land in the coveted district, but only 5000 acres of it, which he called Camden, after the Secretary of State who had obtained him the grant. In all directions he was active ; his crops flourished like his flocks; he bought a whaler ; he made preparations for vine-growing and wine-making. To Bligh, however, the progress of the colony was not so important as its discipline, and he ruled it as he would a man-of-war. Macarthur's enterprise and public spirit affected him little compared with the belief that Macarthur was in- subordinate and a supporter of the rum-sellers. “What have I to do with your sheep, sir!” he burst out at the offender. “Are you to have such flocks of sheep as no man ever heard of before ? No, sir!” The Corps' privi- leges, which it had so abused, were fiercely attacked. Macarthur's Camden grant was threatened with confis- cation. The more important free settlers stood by the Corps. The smaller settlers and the emancipated convicts, whom the Corps despised, sided with Bligh. At a critical moment Macarthur was arrested and brought before a civilian judge who was well known to be his bitter enemy. He appealed to his military friends, who Jan. 26, 1808 released him. The same afternoon Major Johnston (acting as Lieutenant-Governor on a written requisition from Macarthur's party) marched his regiment from the barracks to Government House, and arrested Bligh and the civilian officials; the next morning he formally deposed the Governor, and took the administration of affairs into his own hands. For a year Bligh was kept under arrest in Sydney; then he was shipped off for England by Colonel THE PENAL SETTLEMENT. 31 Paterson, who had come over from Tasmania to supersede Johnston. About the same time Johnston and Macarthur sailed for England to explain their conduct, and the colony settled down to wait, rather uncomfortably, for the Home Government's decision. Disci- pline restored Macquarie Governor, 1810-21 s: “emº” CHAPTER III. THE COLONY EXPANDS. A. A NEW SYSTEM (1810-1818) This time the British Ministry put its foot down. The Corps had procured Hunter's recall and King's resignation, but it could not be allowed to depose a Governor at its own will and pleasure. At the end of 1809 Colonel Lachlan Macquarie landed in Sydney, and at Once announced the will of the Imperial authorities. Bligh was to be reinstated as Governor for a day, before handing over his position to Macquarie himself. Everything that had been officially done in the colony since Bligh's deposi- tion was cancelled—all appointments, all land grants, all trials ; though Macquarie afterwards took care that this decision should not be rigorously enforced. Finally, the New South Wales Corps was to become one of the ordinary regiments of the British army, and was to be sent back to Europe at once.* Another regiment came out with Mac- quarie to supply its place, and others were to follow in rotation, so that none should acquire any special intimacy with the population they controlled. Bligh, who had hung about the coast of Tasmania instead of going straight to England, did not arrive in Sydney in time to be reinstated, but when he got home he was made a rear-admiral, while Johnston was dismissed from the army, and Macarthur forbidden to return to New South Wales for eight years. Macquarie's arrival was the beginning of a new system ) of administration in Australia. Up to this time the Governor had been an officer of the navy, whereas his authority had depended on the military : and between army and navy in those days there was a good deal of jealousy. - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------------. -- * It was disbanded a few years later. 3 2 THE COLONY EXPANDS. 33 Moreover, the military officers were permanent residents and landowners, and had very large private interests, which made them oppose the Governor's measures in- stead of loyally supporting them. Now for the first time the Governor was an army officer commanding troops whose interests and duty were the same—to carry out his orders and support his authority. This gave Macquarie far more power than his predecessors had possessed, and enabled him to alter completely the status of the colony. It had been a prison for the confinement of bad characters ; it was now to be a home for their reformation. Phillip had asked for free settlers to found an empire ; his successors, getting none, had abandoned the Imperial idea ; Macquarie was ready to take up Phillip's task with the materials he had at hand, and to carry out in full the half-neglected theory of transportation, according to which it gave prisoners a chance of atoning for their faults by living an orderly life in a new country. Settlement, therefore, was to be encouraged in every way. Macquarie made a tour through the territory he governed, visiting the Hawkesbury first, then the two posts in Tasmania, then the chief harbours on the New South Wales coast. Everywhere he marked out townships and roads, and encouraged the settlers to im- prove their farms and houses by a promise of Govern- ment help. Everywhere he urged them to explore the country further. As a natural result, the great problem of the Blue Mountains was soon solved. For twenty-five years this petty range, nowhere more than four thousand feet high, had confined the colony to a strip of coast not forty miles wide. It is, as a matter of fact, a detached tableland, cut off from the main dividing range by one deep valley and intersected by several others, all edged by cliffs four or five hundred feet high. The earlier explorers, following European precedent, had tried to make their way up these C Crossing of the IBlue Moun- tains V 34 |HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. valleys, and had invariably been blocked by the cliffs. Bass, who had once or twice on his journey scaled the cliffs, seems to have as soon as possible descended them again and renewed his journey up the Grose only to be blocked once more. In 1813 Gregory Blaxland, who had visited the lower Cox Valley with the Governor and dis- cussed matters with him, determined to try a new plan. With Lieutenant Lawson and a young colonist named Wentworth he went straight up the side of the ridge that overhangs Penrith and deliberately kept along the top of the hills as due west as he could go, avoiding every gully, and so piercing the heart of the tableland itself. After seventeen days' hard work in thick bush and rugged country, they found themselves on the point of Mount York, looking down on a beautiful grassy valley, and the next day made their camp amid grass three feet high on the bank of a fine stream—the Lett. Having pushed on to the hill now called Mount Blaxland, they returned with the news to Sydney. Macquarie was delighted, and sent one of the Govern- ment surveyors, G. W. Evans, to extend and report on the new discoveries. Evans pushed on three weeks' journey beyond Mount Blaxland, over the main range, down the Fish River, and across a splendid stretch of open country known later as the Bathurst Plains ; and in a second journey not long after crossed the rough country beyond, and came upon a second large river. A road made in hot haste along Blaxland's track opened up these grazing grounds for settlement, and in 1815 Macquarie rode across with his wife and laid out the new township of Bathurst on the river since known by his surname*—his Christian name, Lachlan, falling to Evans' second river. These two rivers were a great puzzle to the geographers. Both flowed inland, but in different directions; it was The Western Table- land * The Macquarie is formed by the junction of the l’ish River with another called Campbell's River. THE COLONY EXPANDS. 35 natural to suppose that they would get larger as they went on—yet along the whole coastline of the continent no estuary of a really big river had been discovered. Macquarie determined to send the Surveyor-General, John Oxley, to find out what did become of his two namesakes. In April, 1817, Oxley, with Allan Cunningham, the botanist, and ten more in his party, started down the Lachlan. A fortnight's journey brought them to a vast swamp ; they got round that, and presently reached a second ; through that, and into a third, larger and more impassable than the others. In despair Oxley turned back ; two days more would have brought him to the Lachlan's junction with the Murrumbidgee. He now struck northwards across country to find the Macquarie ; when he reached it provisions were running short, and he had to make his way back to the settlement. But next year he was off again with Evans and a new party to Wellington, where he had met the river in 1817, and from that place downstream in boats till he once more came upon huge swamps. This, he thought, must mean that both rivers discharged into a shallow inland sea of no value. It was better to keep on dry land, and he turned east towards the black Warrumbungle Range. Across the flooded Castlereagh, over the range behind it, through the Liverpool Plains to the Peel, and up the dividing range at its head, the expedition climbed to Mount Seaview, that overlooks the Hastings Valley; then they scrambled down to the river, gave Macquarie's name to the inlet at its mouth, and made their way to Newcastle after five months of most arduous and important exploration. Nor was it the Government only that was busy with such expeditions. In 1814 Hamilton Hume and his brother climbed on to the tableland that lies round Berrima, and the first named spent several years in opening up fertile country beyond it, past Goulburn as far as Lake Bathurst. The settlers who soon followed in his track Oxley ISIS V 36 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. pushed on further still, and before long news came back to Sydney of new rivers, bigger than any yet known, that rose in a tangle of ranges far to southwards. And thus the colony, which at Macquarie's arrival contained some two thousand square miles at most, at his departure had been explored four hundred miles inland, and spread more than three hundred miles from north to south. B. THE TRoubles of Gover NMENT (1810–31). In managing the colony Macquarie was less success- ful, although from first to last he was only anxious to do his best for the people under his charge. His great desire was, as we have said, to give • every man a fair chance. “My principle is,” he wrote afterwards, “that when once a man is free his former state should no longer be remem- N bered, or allowed to act against him ; let him *// \ºm feel himself eli- (, OW ERNOR MACQUAR! F. gible for any situation The which he has, by a long term of upright conduct, * proved himself worthy of filling.” So he took every chance Question of patronising the emancipists, encouraging them to take up land, appointing them to important offices, and doing his best to promote friendship between them and the free. settlers. But these –the chief of them, at any rate—were either ex-officers of the New South Wales Corps or men who had sided with them in the Bligh troubles. They were not inclined to oblige the Governor who had been sent out to reinstate Bligh. And they were personally Very bitter against any attempts to rank men who had been convicts THE COLONY EXPANDS. 37 beside men who were free from the first. They had protested against King, when he allowed emancipists to share in their pet trade of rum-selling ; they had been violently indignant with Bligh when he took legal advice from an emancipist attorney. Under Macquarie's rule they had much worse to put up with. He made magistrates of the freed men, insisted on their practising as lawyers, and— unkindest cut of all—invited them to dinner and invited the free men to meet them. In return he was harassed in every possible way. As each regiment replaced its prede- cessor, its officers were dragged into the quarrel. The first judge of the Supreme Court, coming out in 1814, refused to let any emancipist practise before him. IIe was recalled, and his successor refused to let anyone who had ever been convicted sue another man for a debt. Free magistrates would not sit on the Bench with ex-prisoners. Macquarie was naturally hot-headed and vain. He had practically absolute power in the colony. He knew he was doing good work, and thought his mistakes should be passed over for the sake of his achievements. One section of his subjects idolised him as its champion, another ridiculed and attacked him daily. It was not unnatural that he should get into the habit of believing overmuch in the virtues of his friends, and imagining base motives in the most honest of his enemies. Other things also he began to carry too far ; he was proud of his roads and bridges and public buildings, and went to extremes in securing the skilled labour necessary for them ; he was proud of his humane treatment of the convicts, and succeeded in pam- Mac- quarie and his subjects pering the least deserving of them. If a good workman was in Government employ, he scamped his work in order to appear useless, for good workmen were too useful to be let out on ticket-of-leave ; if a rogue was assigned to a private employer, he behaved badly so as to be sent back to Government work and its many indulgences. The Governor was bewildered ; the men from whom he should \ 38 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. have got good advice had deliberately set themselves against him ; he grew more autocratic, less tolerant of opposition. His enemies complained of him at home; a lslº Commissioner was sent out by the British Parliament to report on the whole business. Mr. Bigge, the gentleman chosen, made a long and careful series of reports on every branch of colonial administration. On the emancipist question he was against Macquarie's policy; he condemned the extravagant expenditure on public works; but on other matters gave Macquarie some of the credit he deserved. |For indeed he had done well. During his rule population trained farm land increased fourfold, and live-stock ten- ºi Good roads and strong bridges helped the most remote settlers to bring their produce to market. Schools Were established wherever children could be got together. Commerce was encouraged by the founding of the Bank of New South Wales, thrift by that of the Savings Bank ; Seamen welcomed the erection of the South Head light- house ; measures were taken to make the periodical Hawkesbury floods less ruinous to the farmers; the various religious and benevolent societies received all possible help. Whatever the richer free men might think or say, among the rest of the colonists Macquarie was deservedly popular to the last ; and, in spite of all his faults, no other Governor so shaped for good the destiny of New South Wales. prºne. His successor was a very different man. Sir Thomas "...” Brisbane came out to introduce a number of reforms which had been recommended by Commissioner Bigge; but their exact nature was not decided on till he had been in the colony two years, and meanwhile he was anxious not to be mixed up with the emancipist quarrel, which for many years reluained the chief question in colonial politics. So he left business as much as possible to the permanent officials—who sided with the free or “exclusive” party—and occupied himself with the study of THE COLONY EXPANDS. 39 science at Parramatta. The reforms, when they were made known, proved to be of very great importance, for they embodied the ideas to which Phillip had given expression thirty-six years before. New South Wales was henceforth The Be- - ginnings to be no longer a penal establishment ; there was even talk Of Freedom of abolishing transportation altogether. It was to be a colony of free men, entrusted by degrees with their own government, to whom convicts should be sent out as in old times to Virginia, in order to provide the labour necessary in opening up new territory. Free immigration was, therefore, to be encouraged. A Legislative Council was given to the Governor for his advice ; he could act against the Council's Constitution wishes, but must in that case refer the matter to England for final decision. A regular Supreme Court was established, and trial by jury allowed in certain cases. Brisbane him- self helped on the movement towards self-government by annulling the censorship which previous Governors had exercised over the newspaper press. For the moment most of these measures played into the hands of the “exclusives ;” and Brisbane, whose neglect of his official duties had also favoured that party, left the colony without having pleased either party, General Darling, Darling who followed him, was at least more decided in his actions. º He was a martinet and a man of routine, given the governorship in order to set straight the details of the new system of administration. He began his work by weeding out every emancipist from the Public Service, and proceeded to introduce Acts which would have annulled the recently- granted liberty of the press That liberty he found The extremely inconvenient for him. Under the old censor ºf ship only one newspaper was published, the Sydney (#a sette,” which was completely controlled by the Govern- ment ; liberty had resulted in the appearance of two new papers, the chief being the Australian, with W. C. \\\ *This was first brought out in 1803 as a four-page weekly, published by the Governor's authority, the owner being a certain (;eorge Howe. Act of 1S23 .* 40 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. b. 34 Wentworth as one of its editors. Now Wentworth was born on Norfolk Island, where his father was the first surgeon ; he had shared in Blaxland's notable expedi tion, which had revolutionised the colony ; he had just returned from England, where his book on Australia had been much praised ; and he was an ardent advocate of freer institutions, and a bitter opponent of that “exclusive” party which was trying to keep all power in its own hands. As a consequence his paper attacked Governor Darling hotly, and that gentleman became eager to crush it as quickly as might be. But it happened that in the new constitution there was a clause making it necessary, before an Act could become law, that the Chief Justice should certify it as not contrary to the laws of England. Chief Justice Forbes was strongly “anti-exclusive,” and persis- tently refused to give his certificate to any of Darling's Acts against the press; the ordinary law, he said, was quite strong enough to check unjustifiable virulence. So the Governor began a series of libel actions against the offending editors, which, as they were tried before juries of military officers, he generally won ; but the chief result of this was to bring about the institution of ordinary juries in all cases, and so to deprive the “exclusives” of yet another weapon. When Darling was recalled in 1831 the political fight was as bitter as ever. C. EXPLORATION AND SETTLEMENT (1822-30). While Sydney was distracted with these disputes, the rest of the colony was growing and prospering. The encouragement of free immigration brought in large num- bers of young and adventurous men, each with a little money of his own. To these land-grants were allotted in proportion to the number of convicts they offered to take as servants—a hundred acres were given for each convict— and they took up farms in the neighbourhood of Bathurst, Goulburn, Campbelltown, and Maitland. Others brought THE COLONY EXPANDS. 4l cattle or sheep and travelled them beyond the settled districts into the waste lands that Oxley had discovered, where there was no rent to pay and abundant pasturage in good seasons. This spread of settlement did much to improve the convicts also. In Macquarie's time they had been herded in great gangs for work on the roads or public buildings, whereas now they were split up in twos and threes all over the country under the control of men who wanted good work, and were willing to encourage those who did their best. Moreover, it was an essential part of Bigge's scheme of reform that convicts should be classified, so that the worst criminals should be separated from those who were suffering for technical or thoughtless crimes, and who might therefore with care be made good and worthy citizens again. Tasmania and, later, Norfolk Island were made receptacles for the very worst class; others were sent for a time to Port Macquarie. But this district was too valuable to be made into a mere gaol-enclosure, and in search for a more suitable spot further north along the coast Surveyor Oxley lit upon the site of Brisbane. How he did it was told afterwards by one of his com. panions. He had been up as far as Port Curtis, and had seen no place fit for his purpose. On his way back he went into Moreton Bay, which had been visited by Cook and Flinders without any result. But as Oxley landed there came down to the beach a crowd of painted black- fellows, with a white man in their midst, who hailed his fellow-countrymen with great delight. When he was calm enough to tell his story, it was discovered that he was Thomas Pamphlett, a cedar-getter of Illawarra, who had been blown out to sea in a small boat with three others about eight months before. In the belief that the storm had swept them southwards, they steered north as soon as it abated, and when they made land set out to walk still northwards along the coast in the hope of reaching Sydney. Presently they came upon a very large river, up Oxley in Moreton Bay Pamph- lett, V 42 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Work in the Interior which they had to travel for a month before they could cross it. All this time they were among friendly blacks, who looked after them, and used to take them off one at a time to help in fights with other tribes; consequently, when Oxley landed, Pamphlett was alone with his black friends. He was immensely surprised to find out where he was. “North of Sydney !” he said. “I thought we were some- where below Jervis Bay.” The refugees two days later took Oxley to the mouth of the river, up which he sailed for about fifty miles through fine forest country. He was delighted at the discovery. So large a river, he thought, must be the long-looked-for outlet to that great inland sea into which he imagined the western rivers to flow. He christened it with the Governor's name, and within a year BRIS BANE IN 1837. had established a settlement, at first at Humpy Bong, near the river-mouth, afterwards on its bank at the site of the present town of Brisbane. But while the convict system was inspiring these discoveries along the coast, the growth of free settle- ment was urging men to pursue their explorations inland. Two problems especially were pressing to be solved. The one was to find some easy road to the fertile Liverpool Plains which Oxley had crossed in 1818 he had entered them over the rugged War. THE COLONY EXPANDS. 43 rumbungle Range, and had left them by passing the still more rugged ranges at the head of the Hast- ings, so that his tracks were of no use for settlers. The other was to discover what lay in the great triangle south-west of Goulburn, about which nothing was known south of the Lachlan or west of the Monaro Plains. Governor Brisbane was much interested in this latter problem, and proposed to land a party of convicts at Wilson's Promontory, and let them make their way across country to Sydney. But Hamilton Hume, whom he consulted on the matter, preferred the opposite route ; he suggested start- ing from Goulburn and making for Western Port. Brisbane readily agreed to this. A party was made up and put under the command of Hume, as an experienced bushman, and Hovell, an old sea- 1.I.AMILTON IIUME. captain, who knew how to take astronomical observations and determine the longi- tude and latitude of places they might reach. They started from Appin early in October, 1824, and soon after passing the limits of settlement found the Murrumbidgee River in full flood. With a rough boat, made with one of their carts and plenty of tarpaulin, they got safely across this obstacle, and plunged into the very rugged and difficult country that lies behind what we now call Tumut and A delong. Here the carts were abandoned, and the stores put on bullock-back ; they spent most of their time crawling up and down precipitous cliffs, following some- times native paths, oftener the slight tracks left by kangaroos. From one hill they saw with admiration a i tº Hume and EIOvell 44 PIISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The First, Ex- plorers of Victoria, noble half-circle of snow-covered peaks about twenty miles away; but the sight warned them to go no further in that direction, and they turned westward into more fertile but still difficult country. Suddenly they came upon a splendid river winding in a broad valley between low hills; the stream was full of fish, and its banks crowded with wild duck ; the valley was thickly studded with large blue gums in an undergrowth of kurrajong, flax, and ferns A two days’ journey down it from their first camp near Albury disclosed no possible crossing-place, but a similar journey upstream brought them to narrows. They made a boat of wickerwork and tarpaulin, safely transferred their stock and stores, and set out again over much easier country, crossing river after river on the way. The big stream they named the Hume'" ; then came the Mitta-Mitta, the Ovens, the Broken River, and the Goulburn. Here the country altered again ; they were once more entangled in the main dividing range, difficult here not so much for its height as for the thickness of its scrub. They climbed Mount Disappointment, and saw nothing but more ranges ; they tried Kingparrot Creek, and were driven back by bush fires; at last they crossed the range further to the west, and joyfully came down into the coast country near Port Phillip, which they reached not far from Geelong. The return was nearly as troublesome as the journey had been, for provisions ran out and their beasts were footsore; but once more they turned the kangaroos to good use, by making stockings of their leather for the bullocks. When they got back to Sydney, however, there were yet more troubles to come. In the first place Oxley, who had prophesied that the southern districts would be barren and waterless, was jealous of the success obtained by an unofficial expedition. In the second place, Hume and Hovell had quarrelled over the exact whereabouts of their furthest camp. Hume rightly said it was on a branch of * Now the Upper Murray. THE COLONY EXPANDS. 45 Port Phillip, while Hovell maintained that it was on Western Port adopted. and Hovell's opinion was unfortunately The other problem—a route to the Liverpool Plains Cunning- (/ - - :{lºſºl---~. -- - -...- - - - - --- —was attacked by Allan Cunningham, who had spen the years since his 1817 trip with Oxley in botanising all round the Australian coast with Captain Philip King, son of the former Governor. Brisbane aided him to form 1823 an exploring party, and he made his way north from Bathurst towards the heads of the Castlereagh and Goul- burn, where after considerable difficulties a gap Was discovered, to which he gave the name of Pandora's Pass. This success led him to devote several years more to exploring the districts further north. In 1826 he got within a few miles of the Upper Darling. In 1827 he pushed across the Namoi *- and Dumaresq Rivers on to the splendidtableland of the Darling Downs. And in 1828 he worked inland from Moreton Bay and discovered a practicable pass from the coast to the Downs, which is still called by his name. § But during this last journey of Cunningham's another explorer had arisen, whose work, if of less immediate usefulness than the botanist's passes and downs, was at once more arduous, more striking, and of even greater , permanent value. Sturt was an officer in the 39th Charles V Regiment, which formed part of the Sydney garrison in Sturt Governor Darling's time. He had already made several journeys into the bush on his own account, when Darling picked him to head an expedition which was intended to 46 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. On the Darling carry on Oxley's search for the end of the two big inland rivers, the Macquarie and Lachlan. The years 1826-7-8 were years of drought, and it was hoped that this would make it possible to get through the swamps which had stopped Oxley. At the end of 1828 Sturt and Hume, with eleven others in the party, entered the unknown country, and found it possible to follow in a boat the main channel of the river among half-dry marshes. But presently this disappeared in a network of shallow and snaggy creeks, so they left the boat and took to horseback, making a ride of more than two hundred miles over scrub-covered plains that had evidently been flooded not long before. Quite unexpectedly one day the ground seemed to gape open before them, and they found themselves on the bank of a broad, muddy stream They were thirsty, and rushed to drink of it, but were amazed to find the water salt. Surely, thought Sturt, this must mean that the inland sea is not far off. They tracked the river, which Sturt called the Darling, for miles down to the mouth of the Bogan, which they hoped was the missing Macquarie ; followed this stream some way up, worked round the marshes again to meet the Castlereagh (which was dry), and tracked its bed to the Darling, which they found no less salt than it had been lower down. The whole country was drought- stricken and not worth further trouble. The only chance of finding good land now was to follow one of Hume's rivers, since Oxley's gave such unpromising results. Accordingly Sturt, with a party of eight, left Sydney towards the end of 1829 to find out what became of the Murrumbidgee. From Jugiong to below Hay the expe- dition marched slowly along its bank, carrying stores and a couple of boats on bullock-drays. Then they fell in with the usual swamps, and determined to use boats henceforth, making a depôt of provisions in case of their return, and sending the drays back to Goulburn. The boat party had scarcely started when they passed the mouth of the w ^ THE COLONY EXPANDS. 47 Lachlan. Seven days more brought them to a narrow reach, with a swift current, and while they were every moment expecting to be upset among the snags, they were suddenly shot out into midstream of a fine river more than a hundred yards wide, that flowed through well-grassed country under the shade of noble trees. This, Sturt knew, must be the stream fed by all Hume's other rivers, from the Hume to the Goulburn ; and he at once decided to track it to the sea, feeling it impossible that so great a body of water should lose itself, as the Macquarie had done, in a marsh or desert. Day after day he followed its windings, landing every night to camp in spite of danger from hostile natives, of whom he saw large numbers. Once, where a long spit of sand narrowed the stream, his party was in imminent peril of being overwhelmed by a huge mob of blacks, who were dancing and howling in full war- paint on the spit. Sturt had his finger on the trigger of his gun -–for he hoped that by killing one black he might frighten away the rest—when four men came racing down the opposite bank of the river, and a couple of them plunged in, swam to the sandspit, and with violent lan. guage and gestures checked the hostile crowd. The four were blackfellows with whom Sturt had previously made friends, and their interposition saved his party from certain death A little below this memorable sandbank another broad river was found coming in from the north. Sturt suspected it to be the Darling, although its waters were fresh, and his Darling had been unmistakably salt ; but he had no time to verify his suspicions. The main river (called by Sturt the Murray) still ran on west into much poorer country; then there was a sudden turn to the south, and in a day or two the boat was borne into a broad lagoon. The river channel at the lower end of this was so shallow that Sturt left the boat and, clambering over a number of Sandhills, found himself on the shores of Encounter Bay. on the Murray 48 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. IMinor Settle- ments Now began the worst difficulties of all. A vessel had been sent round to meet them in St. Vincent's Gulf, although Hovell had actually named Encounter Bay as the point where they would reach the sea. They were too worn out to cross to the Gulf by land, and a heavy surf made it impossible to fetch the boat round by sea ; the only thing to do was to go back by the way they had come. For a thousand miles they pulled wearily upstream, sometimes rowing for ten or eleven hours at a stretch to get clear of hostile blacks. Often men fell asleep at the oar; some fainted ; one lost his senses ; but not a man murmured in Sturt's hearing, so devoted were they to their great leader. At last two of them were sent ahead by land to the depôt, and the rest waited in camp a long week for their return. All hope was gone, when the two faithful fellows were seen coming with a supply of provisions ; as they reached the camp they sank down with limbs swollen and quite unable to bear them. When Sturt at last arrived in Sydney he went blind, and did not recover his sight for a long time. Such explorations as these, of course, went far beyond the bounds within which settlement was probable for many years. But the colony was filling out all the time. The district of Illawarra, for some years past a favourite haunt of cedar-getters, was formally occupied in 1826 by the establishment of a military station at Wollongong. Wellington had been similarly settled in 1824. In 1825 large tracts of land round Port Stephens, together with the coal mines of Newcastle, were handed over to the Aus- ~tralian Agricultural Company, which had been formed in England to carry on farming in Australia with the best stock, the best machinery, and the best staff to be got in the world. Its promoters were drawn from the head officials of the Bank of England and the East India Company, as well as from the British Ministry, and the enterprise promised well. '$'}}{\IOTAXGI XT HYGI SIHJ） 30 SXOV HJ, *… ---sajfuno? uaajauſwaq/ /o/Jepunog （ - ſyoojazdys º ſumus| 9c8/T ~~ ~~~~ //91/9/////3u/n//） uueųȘuțuun:)Afø/x0 čº} THE COLONY EXPANDS. 49 In these years also there were renewed rumours of a proposed French intrusion ; some pointed to Westernport, some to the western and northern limits of the continent. Accordingly steps were taken to seize the threatened points before the French could reach them. Melville Island, in the north, was occupied in 1824, but abandoned five years later. In 1826 three ships landed a party of convicts and their guards in King George's Sound, where they founded the township of Albany. As for Westernport, to which Hovell was sent with a similar party, the French had been there first, and had abandoned it in disgust, and the English expedition was soon only too glad to follow their example French alarms Bourke Covernor, 1831-37 CHAPTER IV.- THE DAYS OF BOUTRIKE. A. PoliticAL AGITATION (1831-7). DARLING's successor, Sir Richard Bourke, was a stronger and wiser man, though even he at last was entangled in a dispute which arose out of the same old exclusive- emancipist question, and resigned his post because of it. For six years, how- ever, he succeeded by great tact and absolute justice in holding the balance even between the two contend- ing parties ; and both sides, while they attacked each other and the home Govern- ment sometimes very bit- GOVERNOR POl' RRE. . terly, had little but praise to bestow on the Governor. During his rule pro- gress was made towards a settlement of three important questions. In the first place, the English system of law, which had been introduced by an Act of 1828, was incom- plete as long as the old colonial jury system was retained ; and a persistent agitation was kept up by Wentworth and his friends to obtain juries after the English fashion. There a man accused of committing a crime was tried before a jury of twelve civilians; in New South Wales, until Pourke's time, such a trial took place before seven military men. Bourke passed an Act giving the accused man his choice, and the military juries were swept away altogether soon after the next Governor arrived. 5ſ) THE DAYS OF BOUR KE 5] But Wentworth was fighting for a more important reform than that. The colony was still very much in the power of whoever might happen to be Governor. During Darling's rule the Legislative Council had been altered so as to consist of seven official members and seven non-official with the Governor as fifteenth ; but all the non-official members were nominated by the home Government, and the colonists had thus no voice in appointing any of the men by whom they were ruled. This was now an anomaly, since the money which the local Government handled was no longer provided by England ; and Wentworth revived an old and famous watchword of the English Commons, when at meeting after meeting he advocated “No taxation without representation " The people of New South Wales, he said, by paying taxes and in other ways provided the money which the Council disposed of ; they, then, were the Beform , Of the Council ~ Deople whose votes should elect that Council. The granting peop S 5 of this reform also was delayed till after the arrival of Governor Gipps ; but it was during Bourke's time that the movement attained strength and practically won its Call Se. The third question was the most vital of all : Should transportation be abolished . The leaders of English politics at this time were men who had set themselves in every possible way to make people humane. They abolished slavery throughout the Empire ; they greatly improved the condition of English prisons ; and their attention was naturally directed to the treatment of prisoners in Australia. A rising of convicts near Bathurst in 1830, and a serious mutiny at Norfolk Island in 1834, caused very close investigation into the whole system, and in 1837 the House of Commons appointed a Select Committee to make full enquiries, which reported that transportation did not do very much good in England, and was as bad as it could possibly be for the colonies, 52 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. \ Sir -\Thomas . Mitchell 1831 1835 1836 B. THE OPENING UP of Port Pirillip (1835-7). None of these questions were finally settled in Bourke's governorship, which is best remembered by events of a different kind, and notably by the explorations of Sir Thomas Mitchell and the founding of the colony of Victoria. The discoveries of earlier explorers spread out from the settled districts like the rays of a starfish—Cummingham's to the north, Oxley's and Sturt's north-west, and Hume's south-west. Mitchell, the Surveyor-General, determined to connect all these rays, and so obtain a clear idea of the whole country within four or five hundred miles of Sydney. His first expedition mapped out more carefully the districts north of the Liverpool Plains. His second followed Sturt's tracks towards the Bogan and Darling, but found the country in a very different state ; the river banks were well grassed, and the Darling was no longer a salt stream. Mitchell was so delighted with what he saw that he established the depôt of Fort Bourke, and traced the river's course for some three hundred miles further. - As he had already made sure of its connection with the Namoi, Gwydir, and Comdamine, the one thing left to do was to make sure whether it ran into the Murray or wandered away somewhere west. This task he undertook the next year. Following Oxley's route down to the Lachlan valley (most of which was now occupied by thriving cattle stations) he traced that river to the Murrumbidgee, and proceeded to and along the Murray till-he reached the broad river which Sturt had taken for the Darling. He made sure, by going some way up it, that it really was the Darling, and then turned back past the Murrumbidgee- Murray junction with the intention of making his way to Hume's tracks and finding the connection of the Murray with Hume's series of rivers. But near Swan Hill he came upon the Loddon, and was led to climb first Mount Hope and then Pyramid Hill ; and the view threw him THE DAYS OF BOURRE, 53 into raptures. “Fit to become eventually one of the great Australia nations of the earth,” “Of this Eden it seemed I was the Felix only Adam,” “The sublime solitude of these verdant plains”—these were some of the phrases in which he expressed his delight. The Murray valley was at once abandoned in favour of such splendid regions, and the expedition struck across the Loddon and Avoca to the head waters of the Wimmera through “exuberant’ soil that choked its dray-wheels till they made no more than three miles a day. Once past the dividing range, Mitchell hit on the broad Glenelg, and was even more enthusiastic and poetical in recording its many beauties. It led him, however, only to a shallow estuary and a sandy bar ; he turned eastwards and, coming down upon Portland Bay, found himself in a settlement of white men—a farm and whaling station established not long before by two brothers named Henty, from Tasmania. The Hentys were con- siderably alarmed. Mitchell's party was a good deal bigger than those of former explorers, and marched very much in military fashion. Five-and-twenty men in such guise, appearing suddenly from the unknown bush, put the little settlement on its defence, and a four-pounder cannon was brought to bear on the suspicious-looking strangers. Ex- planations followed ; the expedition was welcomed and supplied with provisions, and Mitchell determined to make for Sydney as straight as he could. He crossed the Pyrenees and camped near Castlemaine, making a journey thence to the top of Mount Macedon, from which he could look across forty miles of grassy plain to the great bay of Port Phillip; then, returning to his camp, he hastened to the Murray a little below Albury, crossed it, and reached Sydney in triumph after a seven months' journey full of exciting and important discoveries. This expedition, in opening up the fertile inland districts of what is now Victoria, did but complete an enterprise that was already in hand. In the settling of the waste lands of 54 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 44 \ John at nan the World a strange series of accidents delayed beyond its time the colonisation of Australia; in Australian history the colonisation of Port Phillip was delayed by accidents no less strange. Collins had pitched his camp at Sorrento, and the dreary Sandhills drove him in disgust to Hobart ; Hovell's mistake in 1824 had misled the party he brought round later into making a vain attempt to establish them- selves at Westernport. The British Government, anxious to avoid a too great scattering of settlers in a land where order was kept none too easily, discouraged all unofficial occupation of a coastline so far from Sydney. But in 1834 the Hentys, of Launceston, made a permanent settlement on the western shore of Portland Bay, cultivating the ground and running large herds of cattle there for the pro- visioning of their whalers. Their success roused another Tasmanian to action. John Batman, born at Parramatta in 1800, was in 1834 already one of the best known of Tasmanian settlers. He had captured single-handed the most daring of Tasmanian bushrangers, Matthew Brady. He was one of the few who had at all distinguished themselves in the Black War. In 1827 he vainly petitioned Governor Darling for leave to run sheep and cattle at Westernport. The example of the Hentys determined him to carry out his project, leave or no leave—not at Westernport this time, but on Port Phillip, of which Hume had given a glowing description in a Sydney newspaper of 1833. He formed an association to undertake the enterprise, including in it five officials and the nephew of Governor Arthur. The Governor himself privately approved of the scheme, though he found it con- venient afterwards to write against it. On May 29, 1835, I}atman landed at Indented Head, well within the great bay, and found the country all that a sheep-owner could desire. Four days later his ship lay in the mouth of the Yarra, and he started on a walk that took him up past Sunbury, across country eastward, and down the Merri THE DAYS OF BOURRE. 55 Creek. He had met some blackfellows near Geelong, and made friends with them ; here were more, a tribe of . fifty, with no less than eight chiefs, from whom Batman, with many ceremonies and a great deal of explanation, pur- chased a huge block of land. There were 600,000 acres in The º ºn 1- Yº! d * -y e * 4 g & Batman it, stretching from the main range to Geelong and past #|| the head of Corio Bay so as to include the Queenscliff” ”, 18° Peninsula ; and the price of it, set forth solemnly in trip. º : ººzz ºf Z. “ºff. zºº/ 2.2% 23. g º 4.2% ºr ºf Sld N.ATURES ON BATMAN's TREATY licate agreements, was 40 pairs of blankets, 130 knives, 42 tomahawks, 40 looking-glasses, 62 pairs of scissors, 250 hand- kerchiefs, 18 red shirts, four flannel jackets, four suits of clothes, and 150lb. flour. Cheap land, certainly, although there was still a rent to pay—more blankets and knives and tomahawks and looking-glasses and so on, and seven tons of flour every year.” But at least the flour and blankets were really valuable to the land-sellers, which is more than can be said for the glass beads and rubbish for * The cash value of this rent was about £320 a year. 56 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. \ Fawkner which natives in other parts of the world have often bargained away their country. On his way back from the blackfellows’ camp Batman came upon a lagoon full of wild duck the site of to-day's West Melbourne ; and on June 8 he took a boat up the Yarra to the falls (lately cut away—just below Prince's Bridge), and “this,” said he, “will be the place for a village.” The village was duly set there, and is now called Melbourne. But it was not of Batman's setting. He left the Yarra, the same day and returned to Launceston, stopping at his first landing place, Indented Head, to fix a site for his proposed house and orchard. A fortnight more saw him in Hobart, urging upon Governor Arthur his claim to be confirmed in the possession of the land he had just acquired. And while he was thus busied, a second party of settlers sailed from Launceston across the straits, examined and abandoned Westernport, and, passing into Port Phillip, skirted its eastern shores unavailingly until they, too, anchored in Hobson's Bay. After a useless row up the Salt- water River, they, too, discovered the admirable village site at the Yarra Falls—“the velvet-like grass carpet, decked with flowers of most lively hues, most liberally spread over the land, the fresh water, the fine lowlands and lovely knolls around the lagoons on the flat, the flocks almost innumerable of teal, ducks, geese and Swans and minor fowl, filled them with joy.” With great promptitude they brought their ship right up to the desired spot and landed their live stock. Two days after, on Jo IN PASCOE FAWRNER. September 1, 1835, the first hut was put up ashore; and one of the Batman party, arriv- THE DAYS OF BOUR KE. 57 ing next day from Indented Head, was astonished to find a strange ship in Batman's river and a busy party of strangers building, mowing, and ploughing on the Associa- tion's land. This double occupation, of course, caused many quarrels. Fawkner, the promoter of the second enterprise, was a townsman, not a farmer like Batman. He had practised as a lawyer in the Launceston courts, had kept a hotel, and published a newspaper. In the end, therefore, it naturally happened that he became more closely identified with the town his enterprise had founded, while the earlier occupiers devoted themselves to pastoral work in the sur- rounding districts, and eventually spread their flocks over the country between Geelong and the Hentys' station. But Melbourne itself in those early days was the merest hamlet. Emerald Hill was a sheep station, and Prahran a cattle run. The residents had the greatest difficulty in getting supplies from Launceston, because every ship was fully laden with live stock, which paid better. All these parties—the Hentys’, Batman's, and Fawkner's —had deliberately taken their chance of being repudiated by the authorities. Governor Arthur, although he made complimentary remarks about Batman, said the country was beyond the bounds of Tasmania, and he could do nothing. Governor Bourke, within whose jurisdiction Port Phillip lay, issued a proclamation denouncing all parties alike as trespassers. The Home Government was appealed to, and stood by its old resolution not to expand the bounds of settlement. Then Bourke, who had only done his strict duty in making the proclamation, interceded with Lord Glenelg, the British Colonial Secretary. He pointed out how useless it was to forbid an enterprise which had already been warmly taken up ; the settlers were actually on Port Phillip, and would stay there whether the Government recognised them or not ; if left to themselves, they would scatter more widely than ever ; it Ofticial protests 58 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Melbourne fort nded, Apr. 10, 18.37. ~~~ Land would be better to establish definite central townships and ports, and to control settlement by leasing the land in moderate areas and by appointing magistrates and other necessary officials. Bourke was given his own way. When Mitchell looked down from Mount Macedon, he may have seen the ship that brought into Port Phillip its first ad- ministrator—Captain Lonsdale. In March of the next year Bourke came himself, and confirmed the laying out of Melbourne and Williamstown. Before the end of that year ninety acres of Melbourne land had been sold, at an average price of under £80; two years later the price was more like #5000. As for Batman’s treaty, it was ignored altogether ; but as compensation to him and his friends for their enterprise and expend it u re, they were allowed to take COMMAN DANT's II () ('SE, MEI, 130U RNE, 1837. up free of charge seven thousand pounds' worth of land in the splendid lake country west of Geelong. ('. LAND REGULATIONS (1824-31). Again and again during the years that followed Bris- bane's arrival the British Government had protested against the way in which the colony's population was being dispersed over an enormous area. It was not easy for anyone living in England, a country of small and well- cultivated farms, to understand how different the conditions were in New South Wales, where first-class farm labourers were rare, and where the climate, the spasmodic rivers, and the nature of the soil made it more profitable to run stock over large tracts of bush land. In Brisbane's time grants Grants were made in proportion to the number of convicts em- THE DAYS OF BOUR KE. 59 ployed by the grantee, with a maximum of two thousand acres—sometimes the area was proportioned to the amount of money which the applicant was prepared to spend on it. In 1824 regulations were forwarded from England which ordered that the whole country should be surveyed, and a price fixed for land in each parish ; but this was so absurd on the face of it, that the Governor ignored the order, and went on in the old fashion. In 1831 another" set of regulations arrived, which abolished all land grants, insisted that all land should be sold by auction, and fixed a minimum price of five shillings an acre. The - * fºr fº Tº a tº a s •] . … or * Nine- This order had to be obeyed ; but Darling made . common sense of it by proclaiming an entirely new set of ** boundaries for the colony.” These “boundaries of the colony, within which settlers will be permitted to select land,” comprised, roughly speaking, the districts east of a line from Wellington to Yass and south of the Liverpool JRange, with a coast line from the Moruya to the Manning —to which the Port Macquarie district was afterwards added. This was a very small bite out of a colony which extended from Cape York to Bass Straits. For the rest of that huge territory no system yet devised was suitable. Farms— . The ſº even two thousand-acre farms—had no place in the great squatters! plains of the Darling watershed. Their usefulness was for “runs”—vast areas of grass land, insufficiently watered, within which the flock-owner might move his stock from place to place as the grass gave out and the waterholes went dry. To these men—“squatters,” as they were soon called, because they were not authorised to occupy---a few thousand acres were useless, and leave to buy land at five shillings an acre was a mockery. Not much less of a mockery was an offer to lease them the land at £1 per square mile. They made no efforts to legalise their position in any Way ; the Government might proclaim them trespassers, but they knew well enough that no Governor would ruin / * He had been instructed to do this. 60 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. the valuable wool industry by actually prosecuting them for trespass. Bourke's common sense at last saw a way out of the difficulty. He divided the plain country into “pastoral districts,” and gave the occupants of each district a license to go on trespassing within its boundaries on pay- ment of a small annual fee. This scheme was formally embodied in an early Act of his successor, Gipps, and by l&43 the whole country from the Darling southwards was c.p. s.5 divided among a few hundred squatters. 2- D. THE SETTLERS AND THEIR SURROUNDINGs. COmnu- is inferest in or al-o o n; c.4 “o no’s !-- -] … R nications It is interesting to make a picture in one's mind of New South Wales as it appeared to the colonists in Bourke's time, when people proudly wrote home that two steamers w were already plying between Port Jackson and the Hunter, and in Sydney itself “more than one hackney coach had begun to carry passengers about the streets. Stage-coaches cal ried the mails west to Bathurstandsouth to Goulburn along good main roads, §: º, º ºf mº . -> * - - jºiº taking about two *ś, days on the journey :#ºjºſſ!” — letters had to be short, for the charge was four shillings an (; ENERAL POST OFFICE, SYDNEY, IN 1833. ounce. The Hunter valley was similarly supplied with its mails from Newcastle, while sailing vessels kept up communication along the V coast southwards to the Shoalhaven and north to Port Stephens, Port Macquarie, and Moreton Bay. Thirty-, five trading vessels and an equal number of whaler, owned by local men, constituted the colony's mercantile marine. Bush- Under Bourke the inland traffic was no longer exposed ºranging to a danger which had been very serious only a few years THE DAYS OF BOURKE. 61 before—the raids of bushrangers. This evil, which in Tasmania more than once developed into a merciless War between the outlaws and the law-abiding settlers, did not take so grave a shape on the mainland. Nor was there a permanent body of bushrangers in these early years, such as grew up during the gold-rushes thirty years later under the leadership of Gardiner and Ben Hall. Here and there a gang of escaped convicts eluded the police and terrorised the settlers for some months : one such gang in 1826 was audacious enough to attack houses in what are now the suburbs of Burwood and Auburn, not twelve miles out of Sydney. The career of most escapees, however, was shorter and less exciting. They were usually convicts who had been assigned as servants to up-country settlers, and had chanced upon cruel and brutal masters: from this servitude they took refuge in the bush, living on blackfellow's fare unless they could steal provisions from some outlying shepherd's hut. On the whole they were guilty of few violent crimes, and sooner or later were driven by starvation to surrender. But under Governor Darling this fluctuating body of petty robbers was largely increased by escapees from the road-making parties, whose condition the martinet Governor changed for the worse and made almost unbearable: and these men, who were as a rule the most incorrigible of the convict population, used their illegal freedom to commit every sort of crime. So it was that from about 1827 onwards highway robbery became frequent, and by 1830 a regular system had been developed, which practically ensured that no man could travel a hundred miles along any road in the colony without being “stuck up” by armed bushrangers. To meet this violence an equally violent law was enacted. The Bushrangers Act of 1830, among other severe clauses, contained one which rendered any man, free, freed, or convict, liable to be imprisoned on suspicion by an officer or magistrate, and marched perhaps hundreds of miles under arrest before he could prove that he was earning his living p 69 62 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 1S6 The Coinage lawfully. This Act, harsh and unjustifiable as it was, at any rate effected its object. There was an outbreak at Bathurst in 1834, mostly of assigned men who had been half-starved ; but when this was put down, bushranging ceased to be a serious evil, until the gold-fever revived it in a new and far more virulent form. By Bourke's time also commerce was free from another trouble which had in the early days considerably hampered it. This was the scarcity of coin, which had during ! Hunter's and King's rule made it necessary to use flour and rum as a means of paying debts The Government brewery in 1804 accepted payment for its beer in “wheat, barley, hops, casks, or iron hoops.” King issued twopenny pieces in copper, and in his accompanying proclamation named Johannas, Ducats Mohurs, Pagodas Dollars, Rupees, and Guilders—a motley collection—as coins legally circu- lating in the colony. With all this variety money was still scarce, and traders began to issue promissory notes—known VA N DIEMEys LAND | 824 No ON EMAND ! Promise to Pay the Bearer ONE SHILLING, Value received. Ent. - 222222::= | i ('URRR'NCY NOTE. as “currency,” while money was called “sterling”—for sums from £1 down to threepence, the latter to be paid (in a note issued at Hobart) “in Spanish dollars at five shillings each.” For notes payable in “currency,” the holder could get only more notes, which were of little or no use in trading outside the colony. The value of these notes, there- THE DAYS OF BOURKE. (53 fore, went down considerably ; and when in 1816 Mac- Quarie abolished them by proclamation, it was agreed by the Sydney merchants that £1 “currency” should be considered worth only 13s. 4d. “sterling.” Macquarie had in 1813 made an attempt to increase the amount of coin by a singular device. Although accounts were reckoned in pounds, shillings, and pence, the actual coin most in use was the Spanish dollar, which was made in Mexico—the great silver-producing country of those times—and circulated nearly all over the world. Out of these Dollars and Dumps dollars (legally worth five shillings each) Macquarie ordered a small central piece to be punched : this “dump ’’ was made a coin worth fifteenpence, and the rest of the dollar— at once, for obvious reasons, christened “holey-dollar ’ —still represented a value of five shillings. This bold device carried the colony on to 1825, by which time whole dollars sº 3: 3-º-, , , º, Jºº Y " Yºſyl HOLEY-DOLLAR. Obverse. 1, tº pers,'. Af º - & A F. : * ~~~ : ... - l) U M p. had again dropped in value, notwithstanding proclamations, to about four shillings, holey-dollars to three shillings or less ; while a tradesman might still receive in settlement of |. 64 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. The Abo- rigines Their Origin p. 73 his little bill not only Spanish silver and English copper, but French, Indian, American, or even Sicilian coins, with Values varying from tempence to four shillings and four- pence. This muddle, complicated by the persistence in some districts of the old “currency " system, lasted till 1829, when Governor Darling finally settled the confusion by insisting that in future all reckonings must be made with reference to the ordinary English coinage. Nearly all over the world, wherever civilised white men have occupied a newly-discovered country, their most immediate and one of their most lasting troubles has been to pacify and live quietly among the native inhabitants. The Red Indians in North America, the Zulus and other tribes in South Africa, the Maoris (as we shall see later on) in New Zealand, have had an important and often a retarding influence on the process of colonising those regions. In Australia, however, the influence of the aboriginal tribes has been much smaller. Their numbers were very small compared with the area of land over which they roamed : they were split up into small communities, and did not readily combine against a common enemy ; they had no real or permanent chiefs—the “King Billys" whom one meets in their settlements or hanging round country towns are victims of the White man's imagination, with a title invented for his amusement. In New South Wales, more especially, the blackfellow was seen almost at his weakest. In mid- Queensland there are tribes who have often proved them- selves ferocious and formidable enemies; but the tribes with whom English settlers first came into contact had much less power of united action. Their origin is still an unsolved problem, but they seem not to have been the first owners of Australian soil. These, driven south across Bass Straits by the incoming tribes, took refuge in Tasmania, and are now extinct. The invaders, as far as we can gather from the study of their customs, passed into this country from New Guinea down THE DAYS OF BOUR KE. 65 the Cape York Peninsula, and separated at the bottom of it, their lines of travel spreading out fanwise across the continent. Thus a traveller from St. Vincent's Gulf to the Gulf of Carpentaria might find himself continuously among tribes with similar customs and dialects that varied little from each other : but anyone crossing the country from Adelaide to Sydney would come upon different usages and different languages in nearly every tribe he met. Curiously enough, just as in mediaeval Europe languages were known by the word used for Yes (the Lingwa di Si, the Langue d'Oc, &c.), so in Eastern Australia tribe-groups were known by their word for No-the Kamilaroi of the Namoi Plains using “Kamil,” the Wiradhuri of Riverina saying “Wir- rai,” and so on. The blackfellow's life was a hard one. Rarely was he so lucky as the Port Jackson tribes, who had a perennial supply of fish ready to their hand. More often he roamed through inhospitable bush or sterile plains, learning great cunning in his attempts to snare the opossum and kangaroo, but often subsisting on snakes, grubs, roots, manna—any- thing, in fact, which could be chewed. He had no ideas of cultivation. His tribe claimed a certain district for its own hunting : within its boundaries, when once he was full-grown and admitted with solemn rites to manhood, every living thing was his to eat if he could catch it.* This law, as may be imagined, caused much trouble between whites and blacks when first the settlers pushed their herds westwards into the great plains ; for the blackfellow could not at first understand why he might kill all the kangaroo he liked but was punished for touching a bullock. This very freedom and independence, which made it so hard for the tribes to act unitedly, at the same time made each individual blackfellow a valuable guide and ally to our pioneers : and their value was increased by the fact that * There were, however, religious scruples, based on a man's descent, which forbade certain men to ent certain animals, E Their Life 66 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Black- fell OW and White Man. nearly always they were willing to be friendly at first sight. Hostility, as a rule, came later, when the white man, through ignorance or malice, went counter to their ideas of right and wrong. “Go away! go away!” cried the natives of Port Jackson as Phillip's fleet stood into the harbour; but when Phillip landed he soon made friends with them, and it was an unfortunate collision with the French sailors of La Pérouse's expedition that first made discord between natives and newcomers. At the same time their very intrepidity and manliness seemed to foreshadow that they would be dangerous enemies when irritated, and it was a long time before the settlers ceased to fear an outbreak. Fear of the blacks, indeed, was not the least of the motives which prevented early governors from exploring the country far inland. For many years the relations between black and white men remained on the same footing. Settlers took up country without taking any account of the natives’ rights. The tribes dwindled away, some demoralised by drink and the vices of the meaner whites, some retreating into the more sterile interior as squatters occupied the better eastern lands. Individual blacks were employed on the stations, where their quickness and knowledge of animals rendered them invaluable. But those who preferred to lead their own life grew more and more hostile as their hunting- grounds were taken from them: and by the end of Governor Bourke's rule complaints were coming in from all parts of the colony that white men had been murdered and their flocks raided, while the settlers in too many places had taken the law brutally into their own hands. At Myall Creek, in 1839, a whole tribe was captured by a body of shepherds and stockmen, and massacred in cold blood. This and similar acts so roused the tribes of the interior that in 1842 there broke out what was practically a Black War, and from Portland Bay to the Darling Downs every outlying settlement was full of raids and reprisals. But THE DAYS OF BOUR KE. 67 the alarm was only temporary : the risings were put down one by one, either with violence or by the peaceful intervention of the State-appointed ‘ Protectors of the Aborigines,’ of whom George Robinson was the chief. Since then the tribes of south-east Australia have dwindled, and are now mostly settled in a few reserves under State care. Over the great plains of the interior, from Central Queensland almost to the West Australian coast, and from Carpentaria south-west to Encounter Bay, their kinsmen roam more freely, still sometimes a danger to the scanty white population that lives among them, and sometimes the victims of careless white brutality. | Earl Troubles Cl-IAPTE R. V. THE I) AU (; HTER COLONIES. A. TASMANIA (1803-36). Tasmania, as we have seen, was first occupied in 1803 in order to anticipate the French, who were sup- posed to be desirous of setting up rival colonies in the southern seas. Bowen pitched his camp at Risdon, on the eastern bank of the Derwent ; but Collins, who was disappointed with Port Phillip, and could find nothing to his liking on the Tamar, the northern Tasmanian river, transferred his party shortly afterwards to the Derwent, and chose a better situation on the opposite bank of the river, a little nearer the sea. When Bowen went back to Sydney his detachment was brought over to join that of Collins, and it was thus settled that the future capital should be where Hobart stands now. King looked after the new settlement with much interest, and sent over as many cattle as he could spare. Bligh transferred to it some of the best farmers obtainable from Norfolk Island, which he was ordered to abandon. But within the next few years there was constant famine in the little island. Its own farms were a failure, partly because the labourers employed on them were half-hearted and unskilful, partly because the blacks were a much fiercer race than those of the mainland, and made repeated attacks on the newcomers. New South Wales, which was supposed to supply food, was itself starving because of floods in the Hawkesbury. At one time the islanders lived entirely on kangaroo meat; convicts were let loose to hunt down kangaroos, for which they got eightpence a pound, and many of them naturally took the opportunity to escape into the bush. (58 69 ‘SGIINOTOO }{HJLH+)ſ) VCI (HHJL S.I.93 Ult, J. -Usul GT 3 UIL 8 ISI Il-8 ISI ‘...tou.I.O.AOR) AoA'U(I $8 d ! spreadonjº stutug oun 5uipped KIISuo jo put aduoso Jo Inoq sojºunquoddo uoun podal]o-putlogº, Itaquoo oth Jo sands poiâni uoowºod skollux doAſ, ou du Suluuna Ilos ounday Jo sqians A\oliutl In A-Kúunoo out, Jo annuu oun puu : pupſ tou] go as to A olin KIIbusu odo AA untiqsuv up setuplo usoly polyuuloo pull ou.A osou) 5uſoq ‘sholauoo unpuuutsul TAo smoºlos 1 outwood Fußuviusnq quun ou!] S. KoAuCI up su.A q ‘putt doujo out uO nuou A unIA ‘Oslº Kuoloo dougout oul qual ‘uputulstºl, Kuo jou poulddns suolº)as aun 9 ISI up puu 'pajuluooue seas ‘oon ‘Kūsupuſ 5uluuty ou.I. slopeu A put uouhuuuodou Joy unoquoſhoºt go ounuoo e outlooq uoos put ‘sieutoo Iſe on uodo uxoaqq seas ‘sdrus 5uſpean on uoppiq,10] uood put uloſuA ‘à l'uqo EI go quod ou" ; plp out 5uſun as A KuoA at O ‘Khup Jo uouſ A SSousnodonsoq ouos unlaw JIosuru 5uſ Koſuo put sumou ooljo 5ultup oolismſ usmo. 5uſions uſuupt ‘dutºo tº St. Kuoloo ouſ, pontain a H Auou -u to Aoi Jo stuo K ano] slui Jo (bold Kh doujºt St. A 5uyuujoq spun put Mulap tº log on outeo out asnou hsig aun qu polluo put ‘soxoals),trus sitſ UI Italite to odoúst pox{[tºw utiluoſhuań Kpeed-put-u5nod Kioa sºul, lºſt.jºſ I, he poAaos puu u A sauſaulu out, Jo Joolſo ut, ‘KoA*CI ſouoloo StºA quouſ ſº Aau sun topum loud9A05-quuuoqnoll sag ou.I. 'stonienbpeau spu Su Qiuqop, unlaw ‘lond oud topun oq pinous put[s] oloux oun ounqng oun dog nutſ, popſoap sea aſ quoulošuta.itol peiauai; oth uſ put ; apeut uoaq puu ssolāoid ºut A oos on JoAo autuo alatºnbot. IN toudoao; ) dojº uoos put ‘pop suſloo OISI uſ ºng hiºdoh on uonsoount"I tuouſ pubs: oup, ssoliou punoj sew loºt) tº 10s I uſ put solot'ſ ou', put ouputuſ utoly sold no.11 outs oun politus qi (15notiº ‘pouloaoš sulloo upſtix ouo aun tuouſ louſ sſp on mb stay quouſ -opinos spun As.III V uonsoount T. Jo ongs quoso.Id oul ol din poxout ou laao wou donuſ oAn Io it ok V ºuxoJ. eidoº) qu unnotu sloxia oun tºo.Iſ itſ not podiuto put ‘Khued 5uſiºnos e qaya, allotſ, poput uosioned loudloo FOSI uſ 'pºolāou ) uooq Jou puu retuuL out ‘It’Aoiddesſp Suſù00 go on!ds uſ 70 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA, Brutal to begin with, they lived a brutalising life in the recesses of the Tiers, and made themselves by the vilest ruffianism so terrible to peaceful folk that many farms were abandoned ; yet their success appealed to men of a better class, and among others a land surveyor and a commissary of stores were induced to join their ranks. VIEW OF HOBART TOWN, 1820. Davey in despair put the whole island under martial law. Macquarie, as Governor-in-Chief, cancelled this order, sººn and Davey resigned. His successor, Colonel Sorell, had a “ºr less military idea of colonisation, and called the settlers to his counsels instead of treating them as private Soldiers under his command. A subscription was raised among them ; large rewards were offered for the capture of a bushranger; the convict working-gangs were more strictly disciplined ; and the marauders, cut off from communication with their friends in these gangs, and zealously hunted up and down the island by police and soldiers, soon began to betray each other to their pursuers. When in 1821 Macquarie again visited Tasmania, he found that four THE DAUGHTER COLONIES. 7] years of Sorell's rule had doubled the population and trebled the acreage of farmlands. Sheep, moreover, were found to do very well in the central uplands, and the importing of some of Macarthur's merinos from Camden soon resulted in gaining a reputation for Tasmanian Wool which has endured to the present day. Sorell, recalled in 1824 amid the regrets of the colonists, was succeeded by the strongest of all Tasmanian governors, George Arthur. He had already served with distinction Arthur as Governor of British Honduras, where he was known as º a strict and energetic ruler and a strong advocate of humanity to the negro slaves. Sorell in his later years had allowed the discipline of the colony to relax, and bush- ranging had begun again. Arthur took firm hold of the reins. It was not necessary, he thought, that Tasmania. A Strong g . . Man’s should be a free country ; it was urgently necessary that it fluie should be a moral and orderly country. As an Act of the British Parliament had in 1825 practically separated Tasmania from New South Wales,” he found himself unhampered by interference from officials at Sydney, and with great boldness altered or annulled laws which he objected to, and suspended officials with whom he was for any reason displeased. When the land regulations of 1831 (enforcing sale at not less than five shillings an acre) arrived in the colony, he set them at nought as far as he could by issuing land-grants broadcast before the date on which the regulations could come into force. Such arbitrary conduct, of course, brought him into collision with the free settlers again and again ; and there were now a good many free settlers, for Macquarie's glow- ing report of his second visit had induced a large number of people to emigrate to Tasmania from England in 1822. But in Arthur's eyes free men were only there on suffer. ance. He, like Macquarie, felt that his first duty was to * Arthur and his successors were nominally still Lieutenant-Governors, “in the absence of the Governor,” who was also the Governor of New South Wales, and took care to remain absent. 72 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. POrt, Arthur the convicts, for whose reception the island had been set apart. His chief work was to terrorise the evil-doers among them, and to encourage those who showed any signs of reform ; to that work all consideration of the free settlers must be subordinated. Sorell had made an attempt to weed out the worst characters by establishing an isolated penal settlement at Macquarie Harbour, on the west coast, where the intricate bush at its back and the wild seas that beat on it seemed to make absconding impossible. But to desperate men neither barricade was absolutely impassable. Matthew Brady, with ten others, escaped by sea in a stolen boat, and revived the worst terrors of the old bush- ranging days. A few prisoners penetrated the bush itself, and their sufferings on the way made them irredeemably inhuman by the time they descended on the farms inland. Arthur did his best to make this establishment at once less brutalising and more disciplinarian. The revival of bushranging was quelled by stern and sharp punish- ment, and Brady himself was at last captured by John Batman, the coloniser of Port Phillip. After a while the length (a month or more) of sea voyage to the harbour was found to be a great disadvantage—-one party of convicts seized the ship that was taking them round and sailed off to China with it ; free settlements, besides, were approaching it too nearly. Arthur accordingly resolved to remove the whole establishment, and, after making a trial of Maria Island, finally fixed on a site at Tasman's Peninsula, which is almost completely severed from the mainland by two inrunning bays that leave only the seventy-eight yards' width of Eaglehawk Neck between them. Here doubly and trebly convicted prisoners were dealt with under an unrelenting system ; the better behaved, as in New South Wales, were assigned to free masters all over the colony ; and between the two classes there was interposed a series of road-making gangs, by whose labour the main highway from Hobart to Launceston and other roads were a constructed and kept in repair. THE DAUGHTER, COLONIES. 73 However despotic the Governor might be, his power was undoubtedly used to good ends. The colony grew and prospered. The Van Diemen's Land Company, formed in 1825, obtained large grants of land on the north coast at Circular Head and inland from it near the present Waratah, and in 1828 began to raise stock on a large scale. When Arthur left it was found that the population had trebled since his ar- rival, the revenue had in- creased sixfold, and the volume of trade from £75,000 to £900,000. But of all his rule perhaps the most important achieve- ment was at the same time the most painful to think ' ' ,', of—his settlement of the / % / native question, which then ſ % * / / //, / threatened the peace of the GOVERNOR ARTIll R. island. The Tasmanian blackfellow, as has been said already, was less manageable than his distant cousins on the Australian continent, and came into contact with a worse class of White men. From the first they were suspicious of the white intruders, for at Risdon in the early days fifty of them had been shot by the soldiers in a momentary panic without having done anything unfriendly. From that time the colonists and the blacks regarded each other as natural enemies. Every governor in turn proclaimed that a black man's murder would be punished as severely as a white man's, but it was impossible to control the actions of scattered settlers and convict storekeepers on the distant bush farms. The natives in their turn attacked isolated homesteads, and learnt to imitate the cruelties of the bushrangers. At one time they were organised and led by an Australian blackfellow chief, The Blacks 1S04 2…e.” The JBlack War 74 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Musquito, whom Governor King had captured and sent Over to Tasmania for safe keeping. For this unendurable state of things, existing at his arrival, Arthur tried many remedies. Proclamations were in vain ; the capture and execution of Musquito only embittered his followers. In 1828 reserves were set apart for native use, and “capture parties " were sent abroad to bring recalcitrants in to the appointed districts. But most of these parties simply took to hunting down the blacks and killing them ; even Batman, who took every care to explain his friendly motives, found himself more than once forced into a fight. At last Arthur's --> J | patience gave way. º TAs MANIA ºn 5 y Jeſſ/ed in 1837 X ſº A-A Cordon of troops º had first been in the The whites, he knew, employed /n 8/ock War wrong, but as matters stood they must be protected. He deter- mined to make a line of beaters half-way across the island, * who, advancing stead- ily from north to south and wheeling round their right flank, should drive the black inhabi- tants before them into the cul-de-sac of Forestier's Peninsula. For nearly two months the long line kept pace across hills and valleys, through dense bush, over difficult rivers, till it was concentrated between Spring Bay and Sorell ; then it closed in triumphantly on East Bay Neck,- and found not a soul in front of it. One old man and a boy, cap- tured on the way, were the sole trophies of an undertaking * The line extended from St. Mary'8 to Deloraine, and then south past Lake Echo along the Dee and Derwent. This included the homes of the more important and dangerous tribes. THE DAUGHTER, COLONIES. 75 that had cost the colony more than thirty thousand pounds. At that moment of almost ridiculous failure Arthur had Fº the courage to own his policy wrong and to reverse it com- pletely. The reserve on Bruny Island had been exceedingly well managed by a bricklayer, George Robinson. He had, indeed, so won the hearts of the blacks in his charge that Arthur had allowed him to go unarmed into the bush and communicate with the west coast tribes. To him the whole management of native business was now confided. The “capture parties" were disbanded. Robinson, with a few friendly natives, went freely to and fro among the tribes, and within four years had brought nearly the whole black population to Hobart. Their numbers were found to have been much exaggerated : one dreaded tribe consisted of twenty-six all told, sixteen being men. But the terror they had excited was too great for much pity to be shown them ; they were deported to the islands on the north-east corner of Tasmania, and there died off rapidly of mere home-sickness.” In 1847 a feeble remnant of forty-four was removed to Oyster Cove, a little below Hobart. In 1876 died the last of them, Truganini, one of the friendly guides who had helped Robinson to complete his work forty years before. B. WESTERN AUSTRALIA (1826-40). Between 1820 and 1850 the men most influential in re-shaping the life of the British nation were theorists, working out in practical politics the ideas which they got from the study of philosophy. They reformed Parliament, and the poor laws, and the factories, and the English system of taxation. It was to be expected, therefore, that some of them should also try their hand at reforming the system under which our colonies * This had been anticipated, but Robinson himself declared there was no danger obinson c.p. 97 of it. 76 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. were founded and governed. Only, as Parliament and the factories were immediately under their eyes, while the colonies were a long way off and not like any- thing they had personal experience of, their reforms at home were more reasonable than those which affected the colonies ; though after some years, when they had learnt something of the actual conditions under which colonists lived, they managed to do better and more lasting work on this side of the world also. The first colonial experiment of this theoretical kind was a most lamentable failure. In 1826 a military station had been fixed at King George's Sound, to prevent the French from occupying that part of the Australian coast. In 1827 Captain Stirling, who had been sent to inspect this station, cruised along the western coast on his way back, and went home full of enthusiasm over a grand river he had found there – one which its Dutch discoverer a hundred and thirty years before had called the Swan River, because of the black Swans that he saw on it. His report induced a Mr. Peel to plan out designs for a new and successful kind of colony. Ten thousand people were to be sent out by Peel and his friends. They were to grow sugar, and flax, and cotton, and tobacco, to raise horses for India and cattle for the warships’ beef-casks ; and they were to be given four million acres of Western Australian lands for their colony, in consideration of spending £30 on every man sent out. The British Government was not quite ready to encourage a few men on such a magnificent scale, Dec. 5, 1998 but it adopted a good many of Peel's ideas ; and in the Theory end a proclamation was made to the public, specifying the terms on which colonists would be allowed to go to the Swan Iłiver settlement. Immigrants were to form parties, in which five people out of every eleven should be women, They must go out at their own expense, and maintain themselves after arrival ; but for every £3 they took with them in money or goods they should get 40 acres of THE DAUGHTER, COLONIES. 77 land. Land, indeed, was to pay for everything. The Governor was to get land (a hundred thousand acres of it) instead of a salary, and some of his under officers came on similar terms. Forty acres for £3 meant eighteenpence an acre, and the lowness of the price attracted a great many. But everybody seems to have been so delighted with the prospect of owning land, that no one thought of enquiring what kind of land it was. In colonising by theory that sort of thing is ºn "º. -- - -— . ~~ 2. T." Rºss. dº --> cºlºr- ~~~~ - ºâtillºs- - - - S$4 - - - ‘p 1 - - - - - - .*- FREMANTLE IN 1831. apt to happen. Captain Fremantle, sent out in advance and of the first settlers to get things ready for them, found that Fractice the country which had looked so inviting from the sea was a mixture of sandhills and scrub. The emigrants who followed had to camp for a time on Garden Island, a bleak spot in the open ocean ; at last Captain Stirling, who had been made the first Governor, fixed on the Stirling site of Perth for his capital, while the beach of Fre- º, mantle at the river mouth became a makeshift port. There 78 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. º * , ** ~ Explora- tion the unfortunate settlers landed their valuable goods, chosen in England mainly for the amount of money they repre- sented, not for their usefulness in beginning life in a new country. A seventy-guinea piano was hardly the sort of furniture suitable to a pioneer homestead ; but it was good for a 980-acre land order, and, having secured that, was left to rot on Fremantle sands. By way of making the failure of this crude scheme absolute, the Governor ordained that those who claimed the largest areas should have the first choice of land. All the country near Perth was promptly taken up in blocks of fifty and a hundred thousand acres, and the settlers who had come out to take up and cultivate small farms found themselves obliged to make their choice in districts many miles from their market. The large landholders were in the end no better off. Peel, who had really hoped to make a great success, and had brought out with him good labourers, good tools, and good stock—everything, in fact, of the best—got no reward at all for his enterprise. His land proved worthless, his labourers ºn away, This tools rusted, his stock strayed, and was poisoned wholesale by eating noxious scrub. Never * - s -- was a ſhore unmistakable collapse. Settlers who had any money left used it for getting away to the eastern colonies, as, ludisily for themselves and Victoria, the Hentys were able to do. Those who had none stayed and fought their luck doggedly. There was the usual trouble with the blacks— even more than the usual, for the western tribes are a wilder and more implacable race than those of the South- eastern coasts. By 1835 two or three townships had sprung up in the country east of Perth, the station at King George's Sound had been taken over, and a couple of settlements had been made on the intermediate coastline. During these barren years there were a few attempts at exploration, but the inland country was so desolate that no results of any value were obtained. One series of adventures is notable less for its practical value than for 6/, 'Sº INOTOO XIGHJLH #)(). WOI (HHAL A3J.E) o'ſ Tºnolul ‘put ‘uatu Aaj u unlaw pueue pousnd glosuru ou ! solº palpumu oatun ouds ‘ooutºsºp out, Jo so.1 oun Silva, on ºno los on Judsop uſ jans oun uſ uſudou puo Koq poãuuup *low squoq (Inoq to ‘ulu tuouſ uaxiu, swax odou sun toao Atºl ounuounuu:) Av 'spuja, KLiougnos aquunsqo jo tlºom oth uſ stoo oun 5uolu quoq Āq uniod on Mouq Kew stu o-Iult on bouquilonop Kolb) sold no.1) aloun on pappu saxolio] ->lotºld Aq Mount ut, put ‘putiluſ duu.In ssolosn 5uo u Khaud où posuuo oštaut u 'suois Aoid go 1900) oun pokounsop put shºot ou" poſſuturup studols uaul, ao ARI ou Kooser) oun podowoosip put[uſuu oun on ssolou äumlind puu Kud sºlious '8:::SL N ‘ū N.10S sºlorio: ) oxyl ‘ANVH'IV uſ ‘putts] dolu.logI (10 Squoq oeduº put oAlo Al Jo Knaud tº UIn A popul: St A a H 'suolsuoup onutsià ssal go asſad -.19%uo Aou tº IOOliapun 68SI uſ put ‘SmInſant, IN oun pla quaoq do] dºuis XIOO) au ‘olouſ poptºL ºueſiunbinut out! Oh aſzznd u III's si utilio osot A sºulºuſtºd-Moot punoj Kotº) (Iolu A atou ‘to Al I Flauolº) out, St. A soloqui Jo Kao Aoosip Kuo ouſ, put ‘passed aq. On paşän. Oom StºA of utº stoo ouſ, and : Udae. I Ol Kahunoo SSO.Lot 5uſtio.tºul Jo uolluoquy oun unIA ‘nsuoo Ulaanso A-ū).toU out) to ‘Kuºl [of Asun.1Q uto.1] politºs Áed O oãdoor) huvuonnoyſ Sgs I III Áliuſ I odou Shi Jo exius oun S0 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA, c. p. 200 E. G. Wake- field bush knowledge of his native guide, Kaiber, reached Perth in great destitution ; a relief party which was at once sent out picked up the rest of his men straggling along the sea coast, almost too weak to move at all. One, a boy of eighteen who had volunteered for the expedition, was dead. Little came of all this suffering. Grey had crossed several previously unknown rivers, but found only one district worth settling in--that of Champion Bay ; and even there no action was taken for a long while after. He himself for his services was sent to act as Resident at the settlement on King George's Sound. C. SouTII AUSTRALIA (1830-41). The first model colony, as we have seen, was to a great extent a failure. Out of that very failure sprang the second, planned carefully so as to avoid the glaring errors of its predecessor, though the first outline of the plan was made independently. In 1829 a London publisher issued “A letter from Sydney, the principal town of Australasia. . . . . . together with the Outline of a System of Colonisation.” The letter was written from the standpoint of an “exclusive.” Wentworth and his friends were called “rebels,” whom “nothing but a sense of weakness deters from drawing the sword.” New South Wales was no place for a gentleman. The refinements of English life could not exist there, for there was no leisured class. A leisured class must have servants to do the work, and of free servants (for convicts were to be shunned) there were none. A labourer might work for you during the first year or two after his arrival from England ; but he would be sure to save money out of his wages, and buy land with it – for land, said the letter, was much too easily got in New South Wales—and then the refined master would find himself without a servant, and must spend his leisure in working for his own living. These conditions produced a new kind of society, and not a good kind. A THE DAUGHTER, COLONIES. S 1 really valuable colony would be one in which the state of society in England was faithfullly reproduced. How was this to be done? The letter had its remedy cut and dried. All the enumerated evils arose from the cheapness of land-make land dear. Then the labourer could not afford to buy it and set up for himself; wherefore he would remain a labourer, happy and contented, earning his master's living as well as his own, and the master would have time to read and converse on intellectual matters with his equally leisured neighbours. Therefore— sell land at a high price, use the money thus obtained in bringing out emigrant labourers, and take care only to bring just as many as would actually be wanted to culti- vate the land sold. So everybody would be happy—the rich would hold all the land, and the poor would never lack employment. The whole arrangement went like clock- work—in theory. The author of this letter was one of a set of men whose influence on the whole of our colonial empire during the next twenty years in deed. Edward §§§ * tº: : Gibbon Wakefield # was the friend of º Lord Durham and Charles Buller, who between them (with Wakefield's help) gave a new constitu- tion to Canada. An- other of his friends, / Lord Grey (who should not be con- fused with Sir George - Grey), seriously interfered by his mistaken zeal with the , vosperity of British South and West Africa, Wako- N. § ~. 4%). Nº § % AAA. *; ſº - § N N - : , "z'ſ - 'NS SN Swº EDWARD (; 1 BBON WAREFIELD. His Colo- nizing Scheme S2 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA 1S30 field himself did a good deal to mould the destinies of both South Australia and New Zealand, and was not without influence on the other Australian colonies; for it was his denunciation of land grants which brought about their cessation in 1831, and his South Australian plans affected the price of land in all the districts further east. Wakefield followed up his letter by founding a colonisa- tion society to carry out its suggestions, and the report of Sturt's discoveries on the Lower Murray suggested a site for his model colony. He and his friends at once demanded from the British Government a charter giving them complete control of the whole southern territory between West Australia and New South Wales. So extensive a charter was refused, and in 1834 they tried again. This time they asked for less absolute powers : they would be Content to sell land and use the proceeds for assisting immigration. A “South Australian Association * was formed, including many members of Parliament. Pamphlets favouring the scheme were issued broadcast, and a bill was introduced into the House of Commons. The Association M’s.P., among whom was the historian Grote, pushed it through against a small opposition. The Duke of Wellington helped it in the House of Lords. The Act embodied a great deal of Wakefield's original scheme. South Australia was to have no convicts sent to it. The land was to be sold at not less than twelve shillings an acre,” and the receipts were to form an Emigra- tion Fund ; whole families must emigrate together, though only those under thirty would be paid for out of the fund, and men and women must, as far as possible, come in equal numbers. This part of the business was entrusted to a board of eight commissioners. The administration of other public affairs was to be in the hands of a Governor, as in the other colonies. The British Government was to be at no expense in the matter, and could take over the colony p. 47 T he South Austra- lian Act * In New South Wales at this time the price was 58. an acre. THE DAUGHTER COLONIES. S3 entirely, if in twenty years there were not twenty thousand people in it. Colonel Torrens was made chairman of the Board, a Mr. Fisher was to represent it in the colony, and Captain Hindmarsh was appointed Governor. One mistake of the West Australian colonisers Was repeated with disastrous results. As before, the word land had a magical sound about it, and men did not trouble themselves about the quality of land available. In fact, one clause of the Act deliberately insisted that all land within the colony must be sold for the same price; the price might be altered from time to time, but if in July (say) it was fixed at £1, then £1 must be the price of every acre sold then, however fertile or barren the soil might be. In July, 1836, the first settlers landed on Kangaroo Island, and after a good deal of trouble a site for the capital was found on the banks of the River Torrens, about six miles from the sea. When Governor Hindmarsh arrived at the end of the year, he, as a naval man, took great exception to this choice, which involved the use of a miserable little creek as a port ; but the original site was confirmed at a meeting of settlers, and the town named Adelaide, after the then Queen of England. Soon there were more quarrels – not unnaturally, seeing how Parlia- ment had divided authority between the commissioners and the Governor. Fisher gave orders to the emigration agent ; Hindmarsh removed the agent and appointed another. When some of the commissioners' officers quarrelled among themselves the Governor suspended them all round. At last the home Government, tired of the complaints of both sides, recalled Hindmarsh, removed Fisher, and sent out Colonel Gawler to take the place of both. Governor Gawler found everything at sixes and sevens. The rich landholders, who ought by theory to have been living on their estates and employing the poorer immigrants to plough and sow them, were clustered together in Adelaide and engaged chiefly with speculating in town lots. Hindmarsh Governor, 1S36-S (Sawler Governor, 1S3S-41 S4 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Scheme Fails c. p. 100 The commissioners themselves had encouraged this specu- lation by shifting the price of land for no particular reason. They began with £1 an acre, dropped to 12s., with a motification that it would shortly be £1 again, and ex- pressed a hope that they would soon be able to make it £2. The labourers who came out stood on their dignity, demanded exorbitant wages, and did little for their pay – partly because they lacked colonial experience—so that really important work was entrusted to emancipists from Tasmania. The immigrant labourers might have worked for themselves, but land was priced too high for them, and many went eastward to the cheaper lands of Tasmania and New South Wales. Very little money was made in the colony, and the greater part of what had been brought out was paid away for provisions imported from the older settlements. Gawler was at his wits' end, and could think of no remedy but relief works, which certainly kept the poorer people from starving, but at the same time kept them from tilling the soil as Wakefield's schemes had insisted they should. When Gawler arrived the finances were in a hopeless muddle ; the only thing certain was that the year's authorised expenditure had been run through in the first three months. He used the whole of his own fortune in paying Government labourers, and pledged his word that the home Govern- ment would pay nearly £400,000 more. But this was too much for that Government's patience. The Act had stipulated that no expense was to fall on British funds, and the British Ministry thought they had been quite generous enough in advancing £155,000 to meet Gawler's expenses. They stopped at that, notified the colonists that not a penny more would be paid, and recalled Gawler in disgrace – which he did not altogether deserve. At his departure South Australia was practically bankrupt. Its official expenditure was nearly six times its revenue, and its people paid away for imported goods nearly ten times the value of their produce, 9. I ‘d UIOI! ISO q. QITloſſIICI W 9f-S$SI ‘.10 UIlê AOR) sold!: ) 09 'd "..iſ QS aouempaqo up suojsloop uxo IIoun 5uſsia Aoi Ka Kinuanbaſ] put ‘uonadosip slu on tPontu 5ulato Kol songlºmb quals su peºpol -Aou Not oudu qu solinino.109S Ithuolo() out! toulout langu ouo all UA : ].Ioddns 5ulloquyun put quouipmſ dualſo unIA Soyuuſpaoqns slu şuld ſoul ‘Ulug poons sold I?) It nº usuoluJ. ‘Khmp slu Şulop Kuo suA ou.A louda AoE) tº uo SMoºnu Tuuos -dod go solios t onuſ lolluoo usiläuq stuºu uojunific STUI II* pouann ‘huburnuloddesp slu şul A15.to doAou ‘àopuol lumdod out) put : Unto Aqua A Jo Sºso lonuſ oth nsuſtóu lot on pañuqo st A out putſ put[toſz AoN on 5unulol donºtul tº uſ quun ‘ooq ‘pouodduu I uoul lºool out, Jo spuutuap Kuutu unpaw asſunudu Ks on poulouſ ulanul StºA out outſ, out! II* out A ‘do Aod sq haassº on put stunto shuouula Aok) usinſ,191 oun quoddns O) put sold H) put ‘huautuſ.It'd Ivoo tº dog subſon Hod (tool Kol potu Iºlo St. A utoun Jo II"; Jo [0,1]uoo otlL 'poa I.I.It out uot A sputºu Sddlº) uſ ato A stonquul quºq.toduſ douqo uozop tº JITU put ‘uonuompa 'oohod oun uoſquitºuttuſ—qi go qsoo attº put ‘tutons.'s hop Auoo auth--Slaqqºmbs on postol Jo ‘pſos eq pinous qi tloſt|A lio studon ou', put put Jo aolid ou.L "poqndsp Kroodog 5uſoq st: A Kuoloo oth Fouquioa on huāi. Sº I uot A outſ tº ºt. quoulido AOF) outoH oun quoso.Idol on Stºw Kamp SIH ‘dillºuld oouis sºontinsſunupt. Kut. Jo Inoujſp soul aun Kuſtºdoo su.A lion sod slui qud ‘ptu to Ao Sull solº AA UIQ noS Aa N aoutoAor) isoqu out, KIQuqold St. A scid Ho ‘unſ A Itop 04 sutolaoud huojun Kaa A ºnq postostin Jo isoll tº ‘sddº) of door) als ‘lossooons slu on 5ulatio ‘uoul Jo osntrooq sod slu pouñysal put ‘sta.Lumb nsidioubulo aun uſ du poxu st qu IIostulu punoj ‘olto slui II tº unſas “extinogi uoAGH ‘(IG-19. SI) SITY AW. IILſ)0S A\|N 'F' * 'JNGHIV NRIGIAO: ) -JITGIS (HO #) NIWOO (HHALT I A NIGHALCIV FIO S6 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. to his advice. No Governor has been more unpopular, none less deserved unpopularity. Three great questions, relating to transportation, self- — government, and the land laws, were now ripe for decision. The first was soon done with. The Parliamentary Com- mittee of 1837-8 had reported against transportation, and the ghastly evidence it had collected horrified public opinion in England. In New South Wales men at first feared that no more convicts would mean no more labour, and that large landholders would thus be ruined. But they were given their choice between convict labour and self-government. “No one,” said Charles Buller, “would think of proposing that a convict colony should be allowed to rule itself " Such a choice was quickly made, and in 1840 a T3ritish Order-in-Council made Tasmania. and Norfolk Island the only convict settlements of Aus- tralasia. Now that there were no more convicts to come, the emancipist question became one of little in portance, and survived mostly in dis. plays of personal feeling towards a few of the more prominent emancipist poli- ticians. Wentworth became the leader of all who wished to have more local control over the business of the colony, and in 1842 their wish was partly gratified. An Imperial “Act for the Govern- ment of New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land ” gave WILLIAM C11 ARLES WENTYWOR'ſ II. the colony not “responsible " government (as we call the system which exists here now A New #" (2I ( • . . . ) y s As ) contºu- but “representative "government —-a sort of half-way stage, 1OI). - - in which the Governor still appointed his Ministers on his THE COMIN(; OF SELF. GOVERNMENT. S7 own judgment, and himself directed their policy, and did a great deal which a Premier does now ; while, on the other hand, he no longer had Macquarie's power of making laws, or even Bourke's full power of choosing the Council which was to help in making them. The new Council, which first met in 1843, consisted partly of nominated members, six official and six non-official ; but they were quite in the minority, seeing that the elected members were twenty- four in number—one for Melbourne, five for the rest of the Port Phillip district, and eighteen for the various other parts of New South Wales. The Act provided also for District Councils, which were to take over from the central government all “roads-and-bridges' business, pay- ing their expenses by rates levied within the district just as municipal councils now do. This provision would have given the colony a system of full local govern- ment such as it has been waiting for ever since ; but, unfortunately, it was complicated by a clause which forced the district councils to pay half the police expenses, while the Governor retained the whole police control. Such a mistake gave Wentworth the opportunity he wanted, and one of the first acts of the new Legislative Council was to declare, firstly, that district councils ought not to pay for a force which they could not control ; and secondly, that the colony ought not to pay any expenses connected with the Imperial Government's convicts. Gipps yielded on the first point, but was firm on the second. Britain paid for the actual convict establishments, rightly and Willingly ; but the Council wanted to be paid also for all convicts who misbehaved in the colony and were sent to ordinary gaols therefor ; and that the Governor could not grant. From that time Gipps and his Council were at daggers drawn ; though he began by using mild and conciliatory language, the Opposition leaders abated nothing of their aggressive tone ; and soon the plain speaking of their resolutions against him was only equalled by that of The Council a.S Sert S itself SS HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. I, and- law S p. 81 his comments on the resolutions when he forwarded them to the Colonial Secretary at home. Wentworth was, of course, the man whose reputation and experience gave weight to these attacks; but they were pointed and embittered by the genius of Robert Lowe, who learnt in New South Wales the art of political war which he was later to practise so successfully in the Imperial Parliaments of the sixties. The land laws were a con- stant subject of discussion. The I&OBERT LOWE. difficulty with regard to them was twofold—there was the question of land sales and the price to be fixed, and the question of land leases and squatters' licenses. In the land sales matter South Australia was the stumbling-block. Its commissioners were asking 12s. an acre, and hoping soon to make the price £1 ; but how could they get buyers while across the eastern border land was to be had at 5s. Accordingly in 1838 Gipps was ordered to make the price 12s. in New South Wales also, and in 1840 Lord John Russell appointed a Land and Emigration Commission to look after these matters throughout the British colonies. This commission was thoroughly imbued with Wakefield's ideas, and took advantage of its powers to experiment largely with his theories. It demanded that auction sales should be done away with, and that all Australian land should be open for sale at a pound an acre, quite irrespective of its quality. A strong protest from Gipps brought about the concession that land on the Sydney side should be disposed of as before, but Port Phillip and its backlands were to be treated separately under the new order as to fixed price. Gipps again came to the rescue with a refusal to sell at all e.IoW Ut; pull O GI a ULO put out ITV 'snoſtas a ſoul seas Mount Jo quiod puooos oùI, posts": oolid out, unao A StºA qi llſ) ºn: A plmoo qi put ‘uouout quun Yu put out. IIas on poou quals ou sua odoun hull) poſidol sóldº) (Lou A On : unioxquo AA plus ‘Tºo! (Iuu.LKn st A sooutºnsumo.uo Ulons uſ spuu Kununoo toy aloe up punod t >[st OL UAop utoqn 5uluoq Āq doous dad Aoûtº, Jo Uniow sºul IIlus XIs anoqt loš plmoo no K quun K.IoAoosip otſ) Kol unt on mosqu Uto.1] poAus Kitto oilo A stonnenbs aun but ‘puouſ tº aduadix Is on UAop 5uſun Kuº dog pios 5uloq ataA doous 'dn puno A St. A put quotu Kud paddons type.Iqsnv Jo Slutº out) || Jo Almson tº su Çi SI uſ puu ‘Of Sl uſ posdulloo pull (KIt ſubotloo SKupt. Aou pallºo aq. pUnoA q St.), tuqoq but I, SIULL dri otto:5 pull sooſad put ‘put uſ torquinoads Jo leap avoiâ tº used put aloun alojaq satak Aaj V oolid a Ijiu Oo, It'ſ st'A odou (It I ºf ‘uoſºsoddo out, plus ‘ooed qsag ouq uſ utoun oxº; how out, Jo SU(OISIAoid aadun sº pooš os ouou nnd utſu 5uplouqqt log seſqunquoddo Kubu punoj spueſ.]] slui put undo Aqua AA UIU On Utopanq tº ojit Sddº) aputti ‘osſo juſtin Kuu utú) allout ‘tun how sluſh St. A q I ‘Kuolo.) oul Jo quouaq out, Joj ‘dounout to Kº A atto uſ ‘posn aq. On St. A Sosuoolſ to solus UIO.1] poultºndo Kouout ou? IIW pouoſº, -out's XII bulloy su A sosuool I Šupljumbs Jo Utahs&s sexinog ‘sdrustLAO, Uto. J put out, Jo equenSIp out, UAIA Kaba on StºA put ‘hg quinouh Iouda Aok) aun sº adou uantu st; eq qušIUI qud "a lot up [3 utún ssoſ aq. On hott StºA oolid ou.L "uoſº one Áq pſos eq \snut elſe.[1sn'V quous nodun pubſ quul peſhºes quoult'ſ LIt'd It'Itadtu I out, Jo how eleS sput, I uAOIO t, z+8 uſ 'dlau subut 5uouns e oatt. On pej Sea ‘ueu 5uouns a J[ostulu ‘ĀouthS p.IOT ‘lossooons SIUI put: ‘IOude AOE) [n].101st UI put as AA out. On oouo qu uſ oató IIessn'M UTIOſ’ pionſ - 'uohuši.IgE Jo qunqus auanoqſa IN out, AOU SI quu A Jo 90UA ou.) alou up [3 qu anoes On pañuuguu TsIIºnideo euo UOIqoſ.Inso, quun unIA UIoaq put[].Iod put ‘āuoſook) 'ou.InoqLoIN- sdrusu Aon U.Leunmos Jeſúð out) Jo Setſuu oAg uſun'ſ A put Kub 6S 'JNGINN'IGHAO:)-JTGIS Jo {)NIWOO (HPIJ, 90 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Financial fund was to be spent for the colony's benefit, but not Control Squat- ters’ Ticenses 1844 necessarily by the colony's representatives. Half was to form an immigration fund ; out of the rest Gipps was empowered to pay for looking after the aborigines for the making of roads and bridges outside the settled districts, and for the maintenance of a Border Police force in the back country ; any surplus was to be paid into the general revenue of the colony. Here, said Wentworth, was taxation without representation—the Crown was getting money from colonists and allowing them no voice in the disposal of it. Bourke, he claimed, had promised that the Council should control all the land revenue. Gipps denied so far- reaching a promise, and held that Bourke's words applied only to the surplus, which the Council did control. Squatters' occupation licenses provided the third and most vital point at issue. The Act gave the Governor power to settle this matter, and Gipps issued a series of regulations by which each run was to be separately licensed at a fee of £10, whereas previously each squatter had taken out a license and had held under it as many runs as he liked. The actual amount of money in question was very small, and there was no doubt that the squatters were getting great privileges at a ridiculously low price. f The real trouble was not about money at all. It was just this to whom did the waste lands of Australia belong ' The Imperial view, stoutly upheld by Gipps, was that all the waste lands of the Empire belonged to the Crown, which held them to be used or disposed of for the benefit of all citizens of the Empire. If that was so, it was evidently right that the Governor in each colony should control that colony's waste lands, and settle the price at which they were to be sold or leased, and the use to be made of the proceeds. But Wentworth's party maintained that all land within the colony's boundaries belonged to the + One squatter for nearly 400,000 acres paid £80 a year. , Four of the large land- holders under Bourke's system paid no more for nearly eight million acres than four others did for 1-20th of that area, THE COMING OF SELF GOVERNMENT. 9] colonists, and in that case the Governor had no more right to make regulations about it without the consent of his Council, than he had to levy customs duties or alter the law at his own will and pleasure. Wentworth talked about taxing by prerogative, as if Gipps was an Australian Charles I levying ship-money. Gipps considered himself to be defending the rights of the Empire against the claims of a few provincialists. On these matters of finance and land the Council as a whole was fighting the Governor. One other matter of importance there was on which the Council was divided within itself Almost from the moment of their first landing the settlers of Port Phillip chafed against their inclusion in New South Wales. Their first administrator, - - --- - - * -- ... - -- - - - - - - -- :A--:i --‘. º-::: sº:-à- s s & # y §§§. º, § 2. - - - - - 4 SSS º a 2 x ∈ , tº ºr * Nº J . §§§§§º §yºtº §§ §§§ºš ‘. tº:- s:Sºsºx' " -*. * ...” > FAR LY \'l F.W OF MEL);ou RN1. Captain Lonsdale, had been superseded by Mr. Latrobe, Who, first as Superintendent and then as Lieutenant- St * * º * - -- - - Governor, brought the young colony through fourteen years of very varied experience ; but Latrobe was merely an official under the control of Gipps, and Gipps' The Troubles Of POrt Phillip Lonsdale P. M. • *** - ) 1S36-9 Latrole Superinten- (lent, 1 S39-51 02 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. See map, p. 197 * -- A Change of Policy at Home very ability made him unlikely to trust overmuch to a subordinate's discretion. So Port Phillip took its orders, Very unwillingly, from a department three weeks distant, and the inhabitants of Melbourne occupied their spare time in drawing up petitions for separation. The Sydney- siders, they said, were tainted with convictism : they were jealous of Melbourne's progress, and spent the proceeds of Melbourne land sales on extravagances in Sydney. When the Emigration Commissioners in 1840 ordered that Port Phillip should be treated as a separate district, they fixed its northern boundary at the Murrumbidgee, and gave it the coast as far north as Moruya. The Sydney Council was up in arms at once, protesting against So great a sacrifice of territory ; and in deference to its objections Lord Stanley during the next year adopted the boundary it had suggested, and fixed the line where it now runs— along the Murray, and from its head in a straight line to Cape Howe. This, of course, gave ground for another charge to be hurled by Melbourne against Sydney. Not even the conces- sion of six members in the new Council satisfied the agitators; the capital was too far away. Business men could not afford to leave their affairs for five months every year in order to attend meetings at Sydney, especially when they were sure to be outvoted. In 1844 all six members for Port Phillip were Sydney residents; and when a motion proposed by one of them for separation was defeated in the Council by a majority of three to one, Melbourne deter- mined to apply in future direct to the authorities at home. Gipps was strongly in favour of severing the connection, and Lord Stanley accordingly promised to take the matter up. But in 1845 Lord Stanley resigned his post. The whole Peel Ministry soon followed him, and its successors were drawn from the party of colonial reformers. Lord John Russell, the Colonial Secretary of 1839-41, was the new Premier ; the new Colonial Secretary was Earl Grey, THE COMING OF SELF-GOVERNMENT. (93 .# ~ -2° formerly one of the Wakefield party ; Charles Buller and another friend held important posts in the Colonial Office. A fresh chapter of colonial policy had begun. The men who a few years before had busied themselves with invent- ing new systems of colonisation, and had disturbed half Australasia in endeavouring to apply them, were now only too eager to let the colonists alone. The new creed was that Australia must have everything it wanted, even to independence. “We are, I suppose,” wrote one of the party, “all looking to the eventual parting company on Gipps was quite unfit to be the mouthpiece } good terms.' of such a policy, and it was just as well that he resigned, quite broken down in health, before the task was required of him. His successor, Sir Charles Fitzroy, came to his Fitzroy work free from all the prejudices which on both sides had "º" embittered the struggle between Council and Governor. He had no desire to interfere more than he could help in colonial politics. He was personally quite uninterested in finance or the land laws or separation. He left these matters as much as possible to the Council and its leaders, T)eas Thomson as head of the executive and Wentworth as chief critic. They could arrange matters among them- selves, and whatever Deas Thomson decided to do Fitzroy was willing to support steadfastly. The Council was given a great deal of that control over the finances for which it had fought so hard. The squatters' troubles were appeased by an Imperial Act which allowed them to lease their runs for a fixed period, with the right to buy what they wanted at the end of the lease for the bare value of the unimproved land. But just as things were settling down quietly, a new The End proposal from home (or rather the revival of an old one) coºet. threw the colony once more into confusion. Ever since 1840 ism Tasmania had been the receptacle for all transported convicts, Yeº- and had received them at the rate of 3000 a year. To so small a colony this flood was overwhelming, Lord Stanley 94 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. 1S45 1846 The * Exiles * 1848 hoped to mitigate the evil by making a new convict settle- ment at Port Curtis, then beyond the most northern stations of the Moreton Bay district ; but this scheme came to nought, and Mr. Gladstone, who was Colonial Secretary during the last few months of the Peel Ministry, proposed another solution of the question. His idea was to revive transportation to New South Wales under three conditions: for every convict a free emigrant was to be sent out, for every man a Woman, and there was to be none of the herding convicts together in gangs which had made the old system so horrible. A committee of the New South Wales Council agreed to these proposals, but the Sydney public was aghast when it heard of them. While this scheme was being discussed, a less openly offensive one was being put into operation. From the very first one strong argument for transportation was that it gave offenders a chance to reform in a new land. During the forties a suggestion was made that this chance might at least be given to offenders whose punishment was over ; and presently there began to arrive in Australia men who had served a term of imprisonment in England, and had been shipped out by Government with pardons conditional on their remaining in their new home. These “exiles,” as they were called, were at first welcomed both in Port Phillip and in Sydney, and more were asked for. But Earl Grey could not leave well alone. He tried to stretch a point by sending out not pardoned men, but men on a ticket of leave Now the “exiles,” being free within Australia, could be sent there without notice ; but the ticket-of-leave men would be still legally convicts, and subject to police supervision, so that it was necessary by law, before sending them out, to proclaim New South Wales once more a place to which convicts could be sent. At this news Sydney blazed into fury, and Melbourne was not behind hand. Charles Cowper carried resolution after resolution in the Council and helped Lowe THE COMING OF SELF-GOVERNMENT. 95 to rouse public opinion outside. When the ship Hashemy, with two hundred ticket-of-leave men, arrived in Port Jackson, there was a great public meeting on Circular Quay, and men talked of the Boston tea riots and the American Revolution. Melbourne followed suit when the Itandolph anchored in Hobson's Bay ; and presently it became known that at Capetown, in the Cape Colony, there had been a similar attempt to land convicts, and an equally determined resistance. Fitzroy took things quietly ; he was inclined to side with Wentworth and the country folk, who rather hankered after assigned labourers, and to despise the turbulent townspeople ; but it was wise to yield, and he sent on ship after ship as they followed each other to the scantily-populated settlements round Moreton Bay, where labour of any class was much needed. Earl Grey refused for some time to take No for an answer. The Council, he said, had changed its opinion before, and might again. But this time there was no chance of change ; a strong Anti-transportation League was formed, and organised a continual stream of petitions from all parts of the colony ; and the Council in 1850 sent home a flat refusal to accept any convicts of any kind under any conditions. Earl Grey yielded then, very unwillingly, with hints that after all the North Australian convict colony might be founded. But within a year he was out of office, and his successors gave the colonists an unqualified assurance that Eastern Australia had heard the last of convictism. Meanwhile the Port Phillip people had at last got their desire. Lord Stanley's good wishes had been of no effect because he left office almost immediately, and Earl Grey was busied with other matters. In 1847, it is true, he promised separation ; but his promise was so entangled with fanciful devices for the election of the legislature by municipal councils that it seemed of little value to the impatient colonists. Next year a fresh election to the New June 11, 1849 Aug. Separa- tion of POrt Phillip 96 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 92 185() South Wales Council gave Melbourne an opportunity of expressing its opinion very pointedly. When polling day came round, two candidates were nominated to represent the town, of whom one was Earl Grey himself ; and he was elected by a majority of nearly three to one. “Of course,” said the malcontents who had nominated him, “We shall have practically no representative at Sydney, but then the men we have now are Sydney men, and so worse than nobody.” They tried to repeat the performance by electing five other Englishmen to be members for the Port Phillip district, but the rest of the electors thought that was over- doing the joke a little, and put in local men. One such jest, however, was quite enough to astonish and arouse Earl Grey. He revived an old custom by which the British Board of Trade looked after colonial affairs, and, adding to the Board three strong men interested in the colonies, called on it to devise a scheme for giving self-government to the Australian colonies. The Board sent back a recom- mendation that Port Phillip be granted complete separation from the older colony, and be called Victoria ; the boundary was to be as Lord Stanley had fixed it eight years before. As for self-government in general, it was proposed to leave matters very much in the hands of the various Councils, which were to construct and submit to the Government at home such Constitutions as they might think best fitted for their colonies. But on two points the Board expressed a strong opinion. The District Councils ought certainly to be revived, and to be allowed a large sum from the proceeds of land sales to spend on local roads and bridges. And Australia as a whole ought to have identical laws on certain subjects, for which purpose the Governor of New South Wales (the mother colony) should be made Governor-General, and should be able to summon a “General Assembly of Aus- tralia,” with power over customs, the post office, shipping, and a few other matters of general interest. After a year's delay the Imperial Parliament passed an Act which THE COMING OF SELF-GOVERNMENT. 97 embodied all the Board's recommendations except those referring to federation ; of them there was left only the empty title of Governor-General for Fitzroy, which served his successor's turn and was then dropped as meaningless. Next year the New South Wales Council did its part of the work. After a characteristic grumble at not having got all it wanted—though it was now given almost every- thing but the control of the land fund—it proceeded to form the new legislatures on its own model. The Sydney Council was to have fifty-four members, the Melbourne Council thirty—two-thirds in each case being elected representatives and the rest nominees of the Crown. B. TASMANIA (1836-56). Arthur was recalled in 1836 to take up a more complicated task in Upper Canada, where there were agitations that de- --~~~~. manded a strong = =rVuliº man to control them. By way of a change the Home Gover n- ment replaced him with a ruler of very different qualities — Sir John Franklin– who was all for mildness and affec- tion as a means of reforming the GOVERNOR FRANKLIN convict. Such a man was not well fitted for carrying out the iron system which his predecessor had established ; and he brought with him a secretary, Captain Macomochie, whose theories carried mildness to extremes. Naturally, the men whom Arthur G & g *, - g g tº , C. p. 143 7 5 fr.p. Franklin Governor 1S37-43 98 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. had trained to his arrangements could not understand the A Centre new ideas, and Franklin never succeeded in working quite Editoa. amicably with them. Among the free settlers, however, tion e º - - his reforming energy showed itself in a more valuable way. To further religion and education were his chief aims The settlers, he said, were surprisingly intelligent, and lived in “ease and opulence ; ” clergymen and schoolmasters. So he sought everywhere to supply this lack ; even the famous Dr. Arnold, of Rugby, talked of coming out to work in Tasmania, and sent at Franklin's request a young Cambridge graduate, J. P. Gell, to found a school which might “hereafter become a college what they wanted were or university for that part of the world.” For a few years Tasmania was the scientific centre of Australia. Botanists, geologists, and other scientific investigators—among whom Hooker and Strzelecki are the best known —studied Nature on the little island. Franklin himself had no mean reputa- tion among them ; he had served as midshipman under Flinders in the Investigator, and lost his life in after years while endeavouring, in the cause of science, to discover the Northwest Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific. All his efforts, however, could not do away with the fact that Tasmania was a colony for convicts. When New South Wales in 1840 was closed to the importation of criminals, Tasmania got all the more. When the mother colony, three years later, was given the right to elect most of her Council, Tasmania, though named in the Imperial Act, was refused that privilege because of her convictism. Political In 1846 there was talk of closing Norfolk Islaud, where *Maconochie's theories had broken down in practice, and transferring its gangs of prisoners to the already over- stocked Port Arthur. At that the free settler's roused themselves to make a determined stand. They had already winnot quarrelled bitterly with Franklin's successor, Sir Eardley º, Wilmot, over the same question which Gipps and Went- THE COMING OF SELF-GOVERNMENT. 99 worth fought out in New South Wales. It was utterly unjust, they said, that they should pay out of their own pockets police expenditure which was caused chiefly by the British Government's convict system. Wilmot forced a vote through the Council—one of twelve nominees, half officials—and the six non-official Councillors resigned at once, and made triumphal processions through the larger towns of the island. Wilmot was recalled by Mr. Glad- stone, Latrobe was sent over from Port Phillip to put matters straight, and a new Governor was hurried out from home to restore the “Patriotic Six.” Wilmot had owed his appointment to his writings upon Denison - - -- e. - * : * > - º - . Governor the convict system ; Sir William Denison obtained his isjº, because he had for some years controlled convict labourers in the English dockyards. His particular work, wrote Earl Grey, was to be the organising of similar labour in his new domain. But the days of convict labour were nearly over. The protest against the transfer of Norfolk Islanders grew into a demand that transportation should cease altogether. Earl Grey promised that it should, and then tried to shuffle out of his promise. The movement was taken up beyond the colony. It was no longer a merely Tasmanian question, for as long as convicts were sent there, so long would they dribble across the straits into Port Phillip. As the lashemy and Randolph had excited Sydney p. 95 and Melbourne, so the Neptune, turned away from Cape- town, aroused the citizens of Hobart to vigorous and sometimes violent protests. Charles Cowper came over from Sydney to aid them. The Anti-transportation League took up their cause. When the Act of 1850 gave Tasmania, among the other colonies, the right to a Council two-thirds elective, that body immediately petitioned against having to receive any more convicts. Earl Grey was stubborn to the last, but when he fell the victory was won. On the 14th of December, 1852, Sir John Pakington, prºn. Lord Derby's Colonial Secretary, formally declared that.no º ~, ...at.8n:ºnfi • * * * * , a * cº * e & © tº º * gº 100 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. c. p. 195 more convicts should be sent to any Australasian colony,” and followed this up next day with the proposal to people Norfolk Island with the Pitcairners, descendants of the men who had more than sixty years before mutinied against Bligh on board the Bounty. The suggestion was intended as a seal on the Government's formal promise. With Norfolk Island thus occupied, and the larger colonies self- governed, no room was left east of the Great Bight for any but free settlers. There was still one relic of the old times which men gladly saw disappear, Tasman, when he discovered it, had called the island Van Diemen's Land, and the name had stayed by it ever since. From the time when King established on it a prison for doubly convicted men, that name and its adjective, Vandemonian, had been terms of reproach—since 1840 more so than ever. Now that the colony could rank itself with its free sisters, it chafed at the continuance of the brand ; and at last an Order-in- Council was procured by which, since the beginning of 1856, “Van Diemen's Tand ” exists no longer, but is replaced by “Tasmania.”f C'. SouTH AUSTRALIA (1841-51). South Australia also had waited many years for any sort of self-government, but not for Tasmania's reason —not convicts but bad financing, that went near to bankruptcy, caused that delay. Gawler's gallant but ill-judged struggle had plunged the colony deep in debt, and the settlers by 1840 were in a mutinous temper. The Colonial Office, looking about for a strong man, bethought itself of a young officer just home from Australia, where he had already shown great pluck and judgment both on adventurous journeys and in dealings with the blacks at Albany ; and Captain George Grey, fr. p. 84 9 * Western Australia, of course, excepted. See p. 209. * #To prevent confusion the modern name has been used throughout this book, THE COMING OF SELF-GOVERNMENT. 101 before he had been two months in England, found himself on his way out again to take over the thankless task of repairing South Australia's fortunes. One advantage he had which had been denied to Gawler; for the Board of Commissioners was abolished, and there was no authority that could interfere with the Governor. Grey took the bull by the horns. Most of the relief works were stopped without a moment's delay ; in the remainder wages were cut down to a minimum, lest they should keep in Adelaide labourers who were so badly needed in the country. The year's expenditure was reduced more than sixty per cent. There were tumults, but Grey stood firm. At once things began to improve, for the colony's ill-luck had already in two ways provided its own remedy. Settlement on country lands had been blocked because the rich clung to the town, and the poor could not afford to pay twenty shillings an acre ; now, however, many private owners were in a mood to sell at any price – which the Governor was not allowed to do —and so the poorer workers got their chance of taking up land ; while young Sydney squatters, who had brought sheep and cattle overland to sell in hungry Adelaide, found plenty of room for new stations between the coast range and the Murray. Gawler might have profited by all this, had not his relief system attracted labourers to the town. Directly Grey's stern retrenchment dispersed them, squatters and small farmers alike found them plenty of useful employment. While in May, 1841, four-sevenths of the population was in Adelaide, in 1843 not more than a third was left there. Many difficulties were still pressing, but the Home Government gave the colony £155,000 to set its finances straight. By the same Act of 1842 a small nominee Council was set up —three officials and four non-officials—and a half-promise was made that when the colony could pay its way steadily it should be given a larger, two-thirds elective, Council of the New South Wales type. Grey }Overnot', 1841-5 A New Begine 102 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. 'The Mines Very soon South Australia was growing more foodstuffs than it wanted, and wheat and dairy produce were exported to the other colonies. Mines, too, were being discovered— a new thing, except for the coal mines of Newcastle, in Australasian lands. A carter, dragging a log behind his dray as he brought his team down the steep side of the Mount Lofty Range, knocked out of a rut a glistening piece of rock. He examined it carefully ; its brightness and weight con- Vinced him it was valuable. Presently he found that the hill- side was covered with similar stones. Experts in Adelaide pronounced it to be an ore of silver and lead, and soon a rich mine was opened on the ridge. Copper and tin had already been found on the upper waters of the Gawler, but not in paying quantities. In 1842 specimens of copper ore were picked up on the range further north, not far from the river Light. Captain Bagot, whose son found them first, and his overseer, who had found more of the bright green ore, quietly took up eighty acres of the useless- looking land at the regulation price of £1 per acre, and astonished the colony by opening out the famous Kapunda copper mine. After that the whole length of the range was carefully searched, and in May, 1845, another discovery of copper ore was made at Burra Burra, fifty miles further away. There was bound to be a scramble for the spoil if the land was put up to auction in the usual fashion ; but speculators saw a cheaper way than that. The law pro- vided that a compact block of at least twenty thousand acres could be claimed as a “special survey’ by anyone who would pay £1 an acre for it cash down. Captain Bagot's friends made up a company to do this ; so did a number of Adelaide tradesmen. Grey, naturally anxious to get a fair price for such valuable land, was yet bound down by the law to let it go for £20,000. Bagot's party proffered the money, but part of it was in cheques and bills. Grey insisted that cash meant gold, and he would take nothing else. There was a rumour THE COMING OF SELF-GOVERNMENT. 103 that Sydney capitalists were on their way to the colony, laden with the necessary coin. Delay meant that neither Bagot's party, the “nobs,” as they were called, nor the rival company, the “smobs,” would get a penny out of their own South Australian mines. They were driven to combine for the moment, and between them scraped together twenty thousand sovereigns and secured the land. But they were still rivals. Instead of working the whole block jointly, they drew a line across it from east to west, and drew lots for choice of sections. The “snobs' won, chose the northern half, and in one year had mined more than 10,000 tons of ore. The unlucky “nobs "put twice as much money into their half as they were able to get out again, and were at last glad to sell it for £9000. There was no doubt now about the colony's prosperity. Grey could safely be spared, and Lord Stanley sent him posthaste to New Zealand, where everything was topsy- turvy. His successor, Colonel Robe, is chiefly remembered for his ill-advised attempt to prevent any more cheap purchases of valuable mines. He proposed that a royalty should be paid to the Crown on all minerals found on private land. The official members of his Council sup- ported him, the unofficial men were against him. When he used his casting vote as well as his proper vote (for the Governor had both), the non-officials walked out of the room and left the Council without a quorum. Thus baffled, Robe fell back on the Crown's prerogatives. Theoretically, all land within the Empire belongs to the Crown, and the real landowner is legally a perpetual tenant. Robe took advantage of this fiction to demand royalties, and refused to grant any more land unless the purchaser bound himself to pay them. There was an outburst of protestations. Robe was recalled, and Sir Henry Young replaced him, with orders to restore the old form of grant, and let royalties alone. But the whole affair had excited a strong desire for self-government. Lord Glenelg, when the Robe Governor, 1845-S Young Governor 1S48-55 104 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 96 c. p. 158 colony was founded, had promised an elected Council when there should be a population of fifty thousand. Lord Stanley had added the condition that the colony should pay its way. By 1849 both conditions were fulfilled, and South Australia shared with its eastern sisters in the benefits of the Act of 1850. In 1851 the new Council was constituted of twenty-four members, sixteen being elected ; so that at the end of that year all Australia east of the Great Bight was equally self-governing, and had begun to think of even fuller liberty. puer I JIe UIT, 'suoqu nu qau1 UAop dooxl punoo saqi.In oun uoe Ahoq StºA hugºsuoo oth UtoAo You put: ‘Yuupunctº su.A pool anoquilou ulouquos sqi Jo naud quo.15 tº puu put[s] undo N out, Jo olouA out, JoAO Kºtorul buolds (outo uout onlūA Unum) e.to A ‘sſaou IN polluo so.Ayyuu oull, uoo.15 Ållumbo II* “solo) to ‘usnq Io ‘oundsted unt A potaxoo [10s oil,log sl alouſ, ‘aoſ UATA polaAoo od on ujinouo Knjol soipºl uo oAt's ‘odou A&Ioao Tsoul V Aous lºnqodded uo.1) pay StoAll unt A poAoting ST Kandtonutſ) Jo uſed quo.15 ouo out put ‘pua on puo tuouſ snoultºunou out ‘puttu Iauſho out) uo ‘putſuo'Z AoN Jo sput[s] ou.L "tos out, UtoqJ looſ put snoun uoAos utú) odoul oslºt Jou.too oud up S3Lootuunu aoluº to OAA) Kuo quouſnuoo go solitu outnbs Utop|UUI oo.III] Klatou u I eanu Uuoun does on uſinoue pooj 5uſanooid SI uoned nooo Joſuo aroun put ‘tºo.It sh! on UIon.TOdoad (II Aaj olt; sa.Ayyuu sh] sput A \ou put su) IA on panms Kidualupe si quun ošerlog Kū.15 U11s u Jo puto, O.It. Soo.In Shi : señpil as to Auod Aol puu supuld su.A Jo put Kip tº si uplºansm W ‘uamut Kao A qi utody daupp Koun loadsø, Jouho Kioa o qsoutſt: uſ sm [[tº]s -oto, pino A Unual I out, quun polito] oA osmºood Uto poſtumu ost ostro uoun up sta, Itoſhudnooo Isiläug ou', put ; Isſºug| oùn Kq pold nooo puo out uſ put polo Aoosºp at ‘tioquoi aul Ka pasmun hjol put potasoosip otoA Koun ‘I oxiIT 'sound ulopout Kioa Iſhun p[to A out. Jo qsed oul UOIJ panelos, odo A Koun 'nº ox!"I quouſnuoo upſteinsnv out Jo neun unIA du punoq Klosolo uood suu Kaohsiu quoool asou A spuus, AOLItºu put 5uol oAn oil solº AA unnos AoN Jo suoo out, Jo Asia-unnos soutu polpunt oatown ºnoqv ‘(INVT III III, CINV SI:Iov IN THI, ‘E’. ‘SXV (I KTXIVGH GIHI, NI (INVIWGIZ AAGIN-IIA &IGIJld VHO Q()I 106 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Therm- selves These Maoris did not reach their present home so very long before the white men. Their legends, which agree well with those of other islands in the Pacific, tell us they caume originally from “Hawaiiki,” bringing with them the plants which were their chief food—the calabash gouid, the taro, and the Sweet potato. Ha- waiiki has been identified by some authorities with Hawaii, in the Sandwich Islands: and it is certain that Maori and Samoan and Ha- waiian are of the same stock. But others think that they all came ori- ginally from Ma- | laysia ; and there ‘. still are cousins of - theirs on the Ma- clay coast of New Guinea. About A MAOR 1 CHIEF. the time when Edward III was ravaging France, canoe after canoe was pouring out its warriors upon the North Island of New Zealand to harry and to extirpate some earlier race of whom we know nothing. “Te Ika a Maui” the warriors called this new home of theirs—“The fish of Maui”—which he, their god, drew up from the sea depths to give them a resting place after their weary voyage. The southern island was “Te Wai Pounamu”—“The water of greenstone”—a valuable stone, very hard, of which the chiefs made their axes; and indeed it was this island and its greenstone that the whole : ..expedition had set out to look for. But for some reason or NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAY S. 107 other (probably the colder winters of the south, to which these natives of the tropics were unused) they never com- pletely covered Te Wai Pounamu ; the lands on which we found them in any number comprised the whole of “Maui's Fish,” and the northern end only of its neighbour. On these they settled down to farm and fight—for in farming and fighting, and sometimes fishing, the Maori's life was spent. They cultivated the yam and the sweet potato, which, with fern roots and dried fish, were the main part of their diet. But these were labours of necessity. Their amusement was to fight ; they took their fighting in the same spirit as stirs us to a cricket match. If their enemy was starving they sent him food ; they saw no fun in fighting starving men. If he had another engagement, or wanted to get in a crop, they put off the attack till he was ready. There were even cases in which the two parties met beforehand for a friendly discussion of the plan of campaign. Still, when the war-game began, they took it very seriously. There was no make-believe about the slaughter. “Come ashore come ashore l’ they called out to Cook ; “come and be clubbed to death !” Dead enemies they ate to crown their triumph ; for to be eaten was the worst of disgraces. Out of a multitude of customs that astonished and puzzled their European visitors two specially deserve notice. One was called the MIuru (literally, plunder). By this custom a man who committed certain offences rendered himself liable to have his property taken from him by a party of raiders, one of whom would in serious cases also fight a duel with him. This raiding in itself was evidently a kind of rough justice for wrong done, just as a wrongdoer nowadays is ordered by a judge to pay a sum of money as damages to the person injured. What made the Maori custom puzzling was the nature of the acts which provoked it. If a man's child was burnt to death accidentally, the mother's relations had the right of plundering the negligent Their Customs 10S HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. father. A bush fire that ran across some old, deserted burial ground would subject the man who first lit it to a raid at the hands of everyone whose ancestors had been buried there. Moreover, the offender felt insulted if no raid was made on him. The greater the crime the more property was taken, and it was the highest possible com- pliment to take everything and club the offender as well. One can understand that when this custom was first enforced against Europeans the result was bad blood ; for the white man, not knowing what wrong he had done, looked upon his raiders as so many barefaced thieves, and the Maoris were indignant that any objection should be made to a rule so well understood among themselves. The Muru applied only to white men living among the The Tapu natives. The second custom, the Tapu, was a matter of greater moment, and was probably at the bottom of most collisions between Maori and European. This Tapu had two branches : in one light it was a sacredness attaching to certain people and their property, which prevented other people from interfering with them ; in another it was an accursedness attaching to certain people and their pro- perty, which forbad them to have any dealings with the rest of the tribe. The Tapu of sacredness, for instance, applied to all chiefs; what belonged to them might not be touched by any meaner man. Food cooked for a chief, thought the Maori, would poison a slave ; a fire blown up by a chief's breath was not for a commoner's cooking. On the other hand, all who touched a dead body (except in war), or had to do with the burying of one, were Tapu in the other sense. If they entered a house it must be destroyed ; if they touched any man, he was unclean perhaps for months. Their hands, more especially, were so utterly accursed that food touched by the hand was useless even for its owner, and he had to feed off the ground, gnawing what others threw to him as best he could with hands behind his back. Nor was a Tapu NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS. I09 necessarily permanent. A man or place might be approach- able to-day and Tapu to-morrow. The sweet-potato fields were Tapu at harvesting time, and their cultivators on any working day. A white man living with natives might in time find out some of the complex rules which governed these matters; but explorers were almost sure sooner or later to fall into some trap, and then, as with the Muru, bad blood resulted, the European thinking the Maori unreasonable, the Maori feeling that the European was an impious ruffian. B. EARLY Discover ERs (1642-1774). The first discovery of New Zealand by white men has already been mentioned. Tasman in 1642, sailing east- ward from Tasmania, anchored off the end of South Island” in the bay now named after him. Before he could land his ships were attacked by a fleet of war canoes, and a boat's crew in passing from one ship to the other lost three men. At that Tasman fired on the canoes, and the Maoris fled in disorder. But the attack had been fierce enough to make him doubtful about landing. He sailed away northwards —never finding out that there was a big strait close to him — named the northernmost cape he saw after Governor Van Diemen's wife, and made for Batavia by way of Fiji and the north coast of New Guinea. On his map the new country is called Statenlandt, but Dutch geographers soon changed the name to that which it still bears–New Zealand. For more than a hundred years the Maoris were left alone. Then came Cook, searching for the Great South Land, eager to know whether this coastline of Tasman's charting was one of its northern promontories. On October Sth, 1769, he landed in Poverty Bay, but his boat party was at once attacked, and a Maori had to be shot before the white men could get away. Still Cook did not despair. p. 5 Tasman * Strictly speaking, Te Wai Pounamu is Middle Island, and Stewart Island is South Island ; but of late years the name Middle Island has been dropped, and the two large islands are called North and South respectively. º Cook 110 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. He landed again next day, and tried to make friends with the natives through Tupia, a Tahitian whom he had brought with him. Tupia's language was understood, but it seemed impossible to keep the natives quiet ; there was another scuffle, and another was shot. Then Cook tried to capture some of them, and succeeded in taking three boys Kind treatment pacified them, but when they were landed again their countrymen made no effort to be more friendly than before. So Cook gave up his attempts in disgust, and sailed Southwards along the coast. Here he was in another tribe's territory, and had better success ; now and then a few Maori warriors would come on board, and some went so far as to stay among the strangers all night. Presently, at a cape which he called Turnagain, he altered his course and stood back to the northwards, and there, not long after passing Poverty Day again, he found a tribe friendly enough to take him through their village and explain their way of life. So he coasted along round East Cape and the great curve of the Bay of Plenty till he came to Mercury Nov. 1709 Bay, where he took formal possession of the land for England ; then, still hugging the coast, he made for Tas- man's Cape Maria Van Diemen, and from there struck across the open sea past, Cape Egmont to the bay where Tasman had first anchored. Avoiding his predecessor's mistake, he surveyed the deep bight more carefully, and discovered the strait which bears his name ; and on the shores of Queen Charlotte's Sound took possession of South Island in the name of the British King A short voyage took him up the east coast to Cape Turnagain, and being thus sure that this northern land was an island (since he had now sailed round it) he turned south, struck the southern land off Kaikoura, and followed that coastline also completely round by Banks' Peninsula and South Cape and the long west coast stretch till he came again into Cook Strait and anchored in Admiralty Bay. From that place on the 31st March he set sail for the discovery of Eastern Australia. Jan. 30, 1770 p. 8 NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS. l l 1 On the whole, Cook's relations with the natives had been friendly. Now and again he was compelled to use firearms, but with Tupia's help he generally persuaded each tribe to trade, and he took care to punish his own sailors if they injured peaceful natives. Three times in after years he re-visited the islands, and found the Maoris on each occasion friendly. One piece of thoughtfulness especially won their favour. Thinking (wrongly, as it turned out) that their cannibal habits arose from the want of animal food—for beside dogs and rats there was not a four-legged animal in all New Zealand —he left among friendly tribes several pigs, sheep, and goats, besides fowls, potatoes, cabbages, and other vegetables. Some weed poisoned the sheep and goats; but the pigs and fowls throve and multiplied, and the new kind of potato suited the Maori taste amazingly well. Not all their visitors, however, behaved so well. In 1770, while Cook was still in New Zealand waters, a French captain, De Surville, landed at Doubtless Bay, and found that, thanks to Cook's tact, the natives were inclined to be friendly. Suspecting that some of them had stolen a boat, he chose to revenge himself by destroying their village and kidnapping their chief. Two years later a second Frenchman, Marion du Fresne, crossed the Tasman Sea from Tasmania and anchored in the Bay of Islands. For a month Maoris and French were the best of friends. Suddenly, just before the time fixed for their departure, du Fresne and sixteen companions were set upon, killed and eaten. They had violated the Tapu, it appears : they had cooked their meals with the wood of sacred images. Maori law and religion demanded that they should die. But Crozet, du Fresne's second in command, knew nothing of this. To him the natives seemed a cowardly set of traitors. He shot down their warriors wherever he could find them, and destroyed everything within his reach that belonged to them. Sixty years afterwards the story was The E"rench 1772 | 12 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Fur- Il 6 El Ul X still fresh in Maori memories, and chiefs petitioned for English protection against “the tribe of Marion.” During Cook's second visit a similar misfortune befell one of the ships under his command. Captain Furneaux put in to Queen Charlotte's Sound towards the end of 1773 to refit after a stormy voyage, and lost a boat's crew of ten men, who had contrived to quarrel with the Maoris over a sailor's stupid practical joke. The next day an officer disturbed more than a thousand Maoris at their cannibal feast. But Furneaux, rightly thinking that there had been no treachery, but only a sudden dispute, rescued and buried what was left of the dead bodies, and sailed away without attempting indiscriminate revenge. C. MISSIONARIES AND CHIEFS (1775-1830). Such stories as these did not encourage quiet Euro- peans to frequent or to settle in New Zealand, though adventurers went there by the score. Sealers haunted the Otago Sounds ; timber ships were loaded with North Island kauri logs ; whalers put in at convenient harbours, and even attracted natives to form part of their crews. Such intercourse was unlikely to make for peace, for the adventurers were not men who would accommodate them- selves to the very complex ceremonial of Maori life. The early settlers were, as a rule, worse. They were mostly fugitives from justice, or men whose conduct had expelled them from civilised communities, and they helped to degrade the ignoble Maori ferocity by adding to it vices of their own. Among these “pakeha Maoris '' (as those whites were called who lived Maori lives) there were, of course, some fine characters, whose influence on the tribe that adopted them was good, and from whom we have since learnt to understand a good many of the puzzling native customs; but, taking it all round, the European element during the early years of this century was a bad one —vicious, lawless, and uncontrollable. NEW ZEALAN D IN THE EARLY DAYS. | 13 Governor King, however, was minded to make friends with the manly islanders to the south-east of his dominion. It happened that, while he was in charge of Norfolk Island, Grose sent him a couple of young chiefs who had been kidnapped from the Bay of Islands to instruct the Norfolk Island convicts in flax-growing. King was as tactful as Cook had been, treated them as chiefs should be treated, and soon took them back to their own country. A 1s06 few years later, when he became Governor, he brought over a still greater chief, Te Pehi, to Sydney, entertained him well, and sent him back in a King's ship with many Marsden presents. Now one of King's great friends was Samuel Marsden, an emergetic clergyman, who had arrived in New South Wales in 1794 as Church of England Chaplain. His career in that country was in many respects not unlike John A./XºA Macarthur's. He was \;\ W an enthusiastic breeder of stock ; he was in- terested in every en- terprise that could in- crease the colony's SAMUEL MARSDEN. prosperity ; he was a strong “exclusive” and a bitter opponent of Governor Macquarie. So thoroughly did he enter into the public life of New South Wales that his work here will always be judged according to the political prejudices of his crities ; but with reference to New Zealand matters are on a different footing. There his work was one of pure benevolence, so ably and persistently carried out as to deserve fully the success that attended it. H l 14 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. The * Boyd’ Massacre 1809 1813 At King's table he met the chief Te Pehi, and was at Once interested in his accounts of Maori life. Returning from a visit to England three years later, he travelled in the same ship with a young warrior whose uncle, Hongi, was the great chief of the Bay of Islands tribe. Sending this young man on before to tell his countrymen that there were some good white men in the World, Marsden was preparing to despatch two missionaries to his new field of interest, when news came of a more than usually horrible massacre at Whangaroa. The captain of a trading ship named the Boyd had flogged one of his crew, who was a Maori chief. A chief's back is more sacred than any other part of him except his head ; to flog him violates the Tapw most atrociously. The Boyd anchored off Whangaroa, the chief's own home, and his insulted tribesmen slaughtered nearly every soul on board, crew and passengers, leaving only four alive out of seventy. Te Pehi, who lived near, rescued the four—a woman, a boy, and two children—but got little good of it ; for vindictive Europeans destroyed his village in the belief that he had aided the massacre, and the Whangaroa men killed him a short time after for helping the survivors to escape. The news of this slaughter induced Governor Macquarie to forbid Marsden's projected expedition, but he did his best to stop the increasing friction between white and native by making the owner of every ship that traded with New Zealand liable to pay a thousand pounds if the crew quarrelled with the Maoris while there. Presently Marsden persuaded him to take more active measures. Hongi and his nephew were brought over to Sydney, and Macquarie gave them and another chief official authority to control the intercourse between their tribes and Europeans, appointing a Mr. Kendall (grandfather of Henry Kendall, the poet) as resident magistrate for the Bay of Islands district. In November, 1814, the brig Active sailed from Sydney, carrying Marsden himself, Kendall, and two NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS. l 15 missionaries, Hall and King, besides Workmen and live stock to make a permanent settlement under Hongi's pro- tection. By way of a beginning Marsden went personally among the men of Whangaroa, and reconciled them with Hongi's men, who were friends of their victim Te Pelhi; and on Christmas Day, under the shadow of the Union Jack, the tribes assembled to hear for the first time in a regular Church of England service the doctrines of peace and Christianity. For the next twenty years the history of New Zea- land is full of disappointments. The missionaries worked hard ; many a time they stood between excited war parties and prevented a conflict. Marsden came over many times to see his friends, and used his influence to discourage the trade in arms ; almost his last days were spent in making peace between two fighting chieftains. But all their influence was of little avail against the Maoris' natural joy in war, exaggerated and debased by the low whites who traded and settled among them. And war under the new conditions was becoming less of a fairly- conducted sport than before, more an instrument of bloodthirstiness and tyranny. Guns were irresistible. But guns and powder and shot could not be made as clubs and spears had been—they must be bought from white traders. Small or poor tribes had not the where withal to buy them ; consequently, small and poor tribes went to the wall, and three or four great chiefs, with their pros- perous and well-armed tribes at their back, held the island in a state of terror. Hongi, protector of the missions, chafed under Marsden's refusal to barter arms with him. He was an ambitious man—“There is but one king in England,” he said, “there shall be but one among the Maoris.” In 1820 he went to England with Kendall, the magistrate, and was made much of. George IV gave him valuable presents, and London society added many more, for this old cannibal was the lion of the season The Years Of the Tyran- nies Hongi | 16 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Baupara- ha. Hongi took everything with polite pleasure, came back to Sydney, disposed of nearly all his treasures there, and sailed for his home with three hundred muskets and plenty of ammunition as the final pro- ceeds of his voyage. Then he burst into action. One raid dispersed and almost destroyed the tribes of the Thames Valley. Another devastated the Auckland isthmus and the Waikato country. A third was directed against the Arawa, the sacred pioneer tribe of the original immigration, who guarded the nation's holiest relics on an island in Lake Rotorua. Even from the east coast War parties marched to join in a great uprising against the new tyrant, but his firearms again gave him the victory at Kaipara. Hongi's actual dominion was in the northern peninsula, which after his death remained comparatively quiet. But *s now wars broke out in the Šss º lands between Mount Egmont § ſº \\ and the Hot Lakes, where 4%\\ NW 7 ºn , * .** *** - f : §§ º \\ . a Waikato chief and one of a Wººſ \ſº g * § & º º kindred tribe in turn at- ſ § > §: Øſ § { AW, } º § % º tempted to make themselves all Q . . ~, §§ §§4% º % | º - - es * e . - ñº, powerful. By this time mus * : ***º º ** *** ſº kets were common, and no single tribe could quite master the others. Further south, however, a new power was *N growing up under the cleverest of all Maori statesmen, the TF, RAU PARALIA. chief Rauparaha. He was at first the leader of a tribe that held Kawhia on the west coast and was always in danger of being extirpated by its Waikato neighbours. Muskets there were unobtainable: white traders rarely landed on those shores, and the great trading station was at the Bay of Islands, in Hongi's hands. In 1817 Rauparaha had joined a war party that NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS. 117 went ravaging down the island to the very end of it, and had heard of another rendezvous for white men in Queen Charlotte's Sound. From that time he determined to establish himself on or near Cook Strait, and to become the Hongi of the south. Using all the arts of diplomacy, he gathered round him one after another of the smaller tribes who feared the Waikato. He obtained the help of Te Heu Heu himself, a giant chieftain who held the district of Lake Taupo in undisturbed possession while war raged all round on the coasts. He moved his followers step by step, fighting here, treaty-making there, till by 1828 they were established along the coast from Wanganui to Port Nicholson, with the island fortress of Kapiti as their refuge and headquarters. From this position of vantage Rauparaha sent war parties across the Strait to invade the South Island, taking the opposite shores from Cloudy Bay to Tasman Bay for his followers' use, but extending his ravages as far south as Akaroa. The killing of his uncle in a raid on Kaiapoi roused him to take a fearful vengeance. For a few tons of flax he hired an English ship to convey himself and his warriors secretly to Banks' Peninsula. When the ship anchored there the Maoris kept themselves hidden in its hold, while the White captain enticed on board the chief of the Kaiapoi tribe and his family. Holding them as prisoners, Tauparaha stole out at night upon their village, slaughtered its inhabitants, and brought back their bodies to be cooked for a cannibal feast in the ship's galley; while the captured chief was taken to Rapiti, and killed there after many tortures. 118 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. James Busby 1833 ().Ct. 28 D. BRITISH INTERFERENCE (1831-9). The news of so ghastly a deed as this, perpetrated With the help of an Englishman, stung the Sydney author- ities into action. Governor Darling proposed to send Sturt across as Resident, but his recall hindered matters a little, and it was two years before Mr. James Busby was formally made Resident by the English Government. He had no great powers, as Bourke plainly told him, but had to depend on the help of the missionaries and what influence he could gain over the native chiefs. He began with a piece of bad luck. A shipwrecked crew had quarrelled with the Taranaki Maoris, who killed some of them and captured a Woman and her two children ; an English warship was sent to rescue them, and its commander managed to involve himself twice during the affair in the massacre of natives who were trying to bring the children back peacefully. But Busby did his best, went from tribe to tribe with the missionaries, hearing patiently the Maori side of matters, and steadily refused to be driven into harsh measures against men who were by now intensely suspicious of all Europeans. In 1835 he collected all the chiefs of the north, and formed them into a confederation called the United Tribes of New Zealand, with power to make laws; the southern chiefs were asked to join in, and the British King was nominated Protector of the confederacy. The I3ritish King, however, had no intention of accepting this offer. Busby strongly urged that England should take the responsibility of intervening between Maori and Pakeha, Attempts especially in the matter of land sales, where the customs of seſſie buyer and seller were widely different. In 1837 Captain ment Hobson of the Rattlesnake, fresh from the founding of Melbourne, put forward a plan for establishing Government stations under British consuls at the principal ports. But the Ministry in London was worried with political troubles in Canada and racial troubles in South Africa already, and was inclined to think colonies an unprofitable nuisance. - NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS. ] 19 Another colony, more responsibility, new worries from the other side of the world—such folly was not to be thought of. Upon which decision Ministers were suddenly con- fronted with the obstinate activity—upsetting all their non-interference resolutions—of the indomitable Edward Gibbon Wakefield. Of course, all these years had not gone by without any attempt to settle Europeans permanently in so delightful a country. When in Brisbane's time free immigrants began to make their way in increasing numbers to New South Wales, New Zealand also was thought of, and in 1825 a company was formed to settle the lands round Hokianga. Some intending colonists were actually sent out, but their first appearance in the country took place at an unlucky moment. Hokianga River was the boundary between two tribes which were just then working them- selves up for a fight, and the new arrivals found themselves confronted with all the gruesome pantomime of a Maori war dance. There was howling and prancing and horrid gesture, there was the mimicry of battle and slaughter, with all the detail of a cannibal feast for a wind-up. The settlers looked at each other—and sailed posthaste for Sydney. Another attempt at colonisation, more ludicrous, but in the end more serious also, was made by a puzzle-headed adventurer who called himself Baron de Thierry. His parents were French, but he had been in the British army and diplomatic service, and he adopted either nationality as circumstances suggested. With a couple of hundred acres bought at Hokianga he conceived the idea of starting a Maori kingdom ; but neither England nor France would back his claims, and for twelve years he wandered about the World trying to make his fortune. In 1835 he recurred to his original plan, and announced himself as a sovereign chief of New Zealand and defender of its liberties. The English, while formally disowning his claims, let him take de Thierry 120 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Wake- field Scheme possession of his two hundred acres and issue edicts at his will, which amused Pakeha and Maori alike by their bombast and their assumption of royal style. But in a year or two rumours began to spread that all this was leading up to something more serious. De Thierry boasted of support from France. Certainly there were more French ships than usual off the coast ; and Louis Philippe, the French monarch at that time, was known to be quite unscrupulous in his diplomacy. A French ship captain, it was said, had bought land at Akaroa, in South Island. Men wondered, and took alarm. But it was Wakefield, as we have said, who actually forced the British Government into action. In 1836, while South Australia was still in founding, he gave evidence before a Parliamentary Committee about the scandals of New Zealand land sales, and drew a picture of the reckless adventurer inducing the poor native to barter his land unknowingly “for a few trimkets and a little gunpowder.” In 1837 he helped Lord Durham, who had been in the collapsed scheme of 1825, to found the New Zealand Association, with a most admirable and philan- thropic plan of colonisation on such terms as should be fair to everybody. After long palavering with an unwilling Ministry this plan also fell through, partly because both Wakefield and Lord Durham had done work (in connection with the Canadian troubles) of which the Government dis- approved. Even Lord John Russell declared that New Zealand must be treated as an independent country, almost at the very time when his famous declaration that Britain claimed the whole of Australia finally warned the French off that continent. Wakefield and his friends took the bull by the horns. They formed a New Zealand Company for making a colony on the regular Wakefield lines. They calmly sold New Zealand land in London, under the Government's nose—land, as usual, which they had not yet obtained from its native owners. They shipped off the first NEW ZEALAND IN THE EARLY DAYS. 121 batch of settlers quietly, with Coloſſel Wakefield, brother of the prime mover, in command. Then, and not till then, Lord Durham waited on the Colonial Secretary and told him what had been done. At last the Government bestirred itself. Hobson was made Lieutenant-Governor, and sent off in a hurry to treat with the chiefs. Any land he could obtain from them was to form part of the colony of New South Wales, and no other land sales were to be recognised except after full enquiry by the Governor. Luckily Gipps, who had suc- ceeded Bourke in 1838, was a man whom the home Ministry trusted, and a good deal was left for him and Hobson to settle between them. And so before the end of 1839 three separate expeditions were descending upon the far off Maori lands — Colonel Wakefield, with his unauthor- ised cargo of speculative settlers, making for Cook Strait ; Hobson in haste to reach the older settlement on the Bay of Islands; and a French company (the Nanto-Bordelaise, promoted mainly by merchants of Nantes and Bordeaux) commissioned by the King of the French to occupy as much territory as possible, beginning with the Akaroa concession, on condition that at least a quarter of it should become the property of the French crown, 1839 CHAPTER VIII, NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. A. Colon EL WAKEFIELD (1839-40). Colonel Wakefield won the race easily. On the 16th of August his ship reached Queen Charlotte's Sound, and The Rush he lost no time in crossing to Port Nicholson, where the for the Spoil 7 Sept. 2 Oct. 24 p. 120 company had directed him to form a settlement. In great haste—for he had heard that missionaries were coming from the north to see the natives had fair play —he sum- moned all the chiefs he could get together, displayed his stock of arms and ammunition, and persuaded the greedy natives to sign documents which, by English law, would give him the whole of their tribal territory. Hurrying from the Port to Kapiti he interviewed Rauparaha and procured his signature to another document of the same kind. Other chiefs came in, signed, and went off with the coveted guns; and on the 8th of November a third deed completed, in Wakefield's eyes, the transfer of huge territories to the possession of the New Zealand Company. It is worth our while to take Wakefield's claim to pieces. In the first place, he had been carefully instructed to make sure that all the native Owner's approved, and that each . transaction was thoroughly understood by the whole tribe which it affected. He made no attempt to carry out these instructions. A Pakeha Maori of poor character, whom he had picked up near Port Nicholson, made a few clumsy explanations to some of the chiefs in that district ; and that was all. Gibbon Wakefield's remarks of three years before were exactly descriptive of his brother's conduct. In the second place, the land mentioned in his documents stretched far beyond the boundaries of the tribes with whom he dealt. It was as if a man should claim to own 122 8&I ‘IgSI-688 I ‘CINWTVGHZ AAGIN Aur I but rI I.IO'BIN to Juoulude AoE) autou au, Jo ooutºnouăy oun quun podou Ulotſ, ‘pp Kouh II ‘lo : "I putºslopun on alquot) ou Moon ‘unu donju uoulisſlºug Kuutu put ‘piogo tº AA Touoſoſ) and oIduis XIlyuſ sſ ºn putºslapun no K (tou A ‘old ſoulad spu.J. ºnsonbuoo sh; Ādnooo on popoooo.id Klonºpoutuſ unju A odlin doll) out KQ qi Jo Ano uoA.lp puu pontejop Klonoldutoo od do “lot uutolos ū Āq Al Jo osods p On onlum loudlo snut odia) o[OULA out : stou AO oiu'uuo Kilodoid plmoo Kiloquiao) Uloſt|A uſ sKuA own Kuo odox odou I, KuAt qi oAI3 do nº Ilos pluod ‘JIosuru Joſuo out) uova you ‘uuut out) ou put uosiod oftus Aunt on jou-odlan olou A out, on poſſuoloq put I oth utou) Ul) UAV slaou. IN eun on UIAAOU MUIn on Imb alo A pupſ quuſ, Jo olus put dustou AO 'suno K St puul out, Kouout amo K pled oAutl moA udu A puu ponuns out oolid out) put quouloo.15t oun uolu A U Tuounoop º Sossouh IA odojoq uits ‘oolad tº Uto Oodiſt uOSuſqoyſ 'a IN put no & ‘ni UAO on UISTA no K II 'uosul, toºl 'a IN on (Kus) sºuoted uomoos Iºnoſhaud V put JO duſsaou Ao lunpl.Alpuſ on poultonshoot out uoulus|lºug| 'stuonsuo put I I,IOt. IN (IO populloy ouo Su A tuitio 5uſusſuolst; stun on suolooſqo doujo oun uuun snoſtos odout u0AGI 'spoof out) Jo UOISIAIp * to AO 5unušg sjaluo KXIon oun II* los On StºA ºr Jo Insa.I qsag ou', put ‘selou pubsnoun led oolted XIs quoqu Jo equil ou" qu su.A (sd.ºut sAoſ put ‘Xu A-5ultuos “spºoq “squtoo “slossos III apºu Knaud sº A UIoIUA) quatu Kud ou.I. JoJSuban oun quoqu KuA Kut uſ ponusuoo uood nou peu ou A sodi.14 doujo uoq alo A olotºn euoſº Utouſ, Jo lated put ISI undo N oth UI quuſ) hou] out, Jo as Inoodso.I.U on Inb-UOslo N put ‘ū5no.IOCILat: IN ‘uo).5uilla AA ‘pluut...It'L–sooul Aoud anoj UIſ populouſ out Aou Upolu A sputſ aun II* UTIII on JoAO pubu ol optºtt adoA sjaruo asaun squalunoop sºul Kq ‘Altans MOOO uo 5uIdeploq put[s] unnos Jo joinsip pouljapun ut, put uOSIoudLN hiod go undou outinseoo go solul Kagg sdullied posſid -Utoo Kionſ.Idol esou A “soul nº seq.In ealul Jo SJoſuo Ueos puu pogo-Tº A KoupAs Jo uomelodioO ou? utody queuß peãollu uu Jo anqiu A Ad solº AA unnos AoN Jo Kuoloo ou? 124 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. such matters would allow them to press claims which were in every Way invalid and absurd. The home Government, however, was not quite as ignorant as Wakefield hoped. Hobson's instructions laid Lºt. on him the special duty of seeing that false claims to land “º Were not set up to overreach the natives. Directly he reached Sydney he consulted Gipps, and a proclamation Was drawn up announcing that no purchases of land in New Zealand would be recognised by the authorities unless and until they had been enquired into and confirmed by Tºy Government Commissioners. Soon after his arrival in the f** Bay of Islands he called the chiefs together at Waitangi, where Busby lived, and after V’ Feb. 6, 1840 XV,” zº full explanation and two days' discussion concluded O Waitangi with them the famous and important Treaty of Wai- tangi. This contained three 3. @o clauses, each of which was interpreted to the chiefs by their friends the mission. s # aries, and well debated among them both in council and in their villages during the evening. The first clause yielded to the Queen of Eng- land “all the rights and powers of sovereignty” which the chiefs had in their districts. The second clause guaranteed to the tribes “full and undis- S1(#NATUR ES TO THE TREATY OF WAITAN (1.I. turbed possession of their lands,” and ordained that, if at any time the tribes wished to sell land, they should offer it first to the British Government. The third clause gave the natives of New Zealand all the rights and privileges of British subjects. Here was an open and honourable NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 125 transaction ; there were no beads and Jews' harps about it; the wording of the treaty was clear and simple — the chiefs S-) understood it, and Hobson understood it. When in after years the friends of the New Zealand Company tried to upset the arrangement, they had to take refuge in talk about “naked savages”— as if a man's intelligence depended on his wearing clothes—and to describe the treaty as “a praiseworthy device for amusing and pacifying Savages for the moment.” - B. THE SCRAMBLE FOR LAND (1839-43). It was certainly time that some control should be established over the greediness of the white men for land. When Hobson demanded particulars of the claims made by Europeans, he found that they amounted to more than half the area of the islands ; and out of the total of seventy thousand square miles, sixty-eight thousand were set down as purchases of the last two years. The Land Commissioners soon discovered how preposterous these assertions were. Many claims overlapped ; purchases along the coastline were assumed to extend an indefinite distance inland , sometimes a mere right to fish in a certain bay, or to obtain wood and water on its shores, was impudently transformed by the White bargainer into a claim to ownership of the whole surrounding district. In nearly all cases there was the further difficulty that the alleged Maori settler had no right to sell. He might be a chief acting without the consent of his tribe ; more often he was an insignificant member of the tribe greedy for guns; most often of all he was a perfect stranger to the district he pretended to sell, and signed the deeds without knowing or caring what they meant. As may be imagined, Hobson did not get much enjoy- ment out of his Lieutenant-Governorship. The Company was only one among many powerful claimants. Sydney, more especially, was full of them, with Wentworth at their Land Claims 126 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. The French Settlers The INew Zealand Company head, who had obtained a grant of nearly half the South Island from five petty chiefs who were visiting New South Wales. But here Gipps was a tower of strength, and the Sydney speculators had to acknowledge themselves beaten. Another more immediate danger arose from the French expedition to Akaroa. Hobson had sent the Waitangi Treaty round North Island to be signed by the chiefs, and was delighted to find signers in South Island also. To make quite sure of his ground there he formally annexed it to the British Empire both by virtue of the treaty and by right of Cook's discovery. In spite, however, of all these precautions, there were rumours of a proposed French annexation in South Island on the ground that England was exercising no real authority there except on the shores of Cook Strait. French newspapers even suggested a con- vict settlement. In July, 1840, a French frigate, L’Aube, was lying in the Bay of Islands, when Hobson heard that the ship sent out by the Nanto-Bordelaise Company was making for Akaroa. He at once put two and two together, and quietly sent off the British warship Britomart to the threatened spot. L’Aube followed closely in its wake : the Britomart ran into a storm and was badly damaged ; but the French ship also met with bad weather, and for several days could not get round Banks' Peninsula. At last it sailed into Akaroa Harbour to find that England had won the race by four days, and France had lost her last opportunity of making a white man's colony in the South Pacific. The French Company's settlers, however, were allowed to occupy the land their countrymen had bought, and for some years the Peninsula remained practi- cally French, with a French warship constantly hovering about for its protection. It was the New Zealand Company, after all, that gave Hobson the most trouble. At every step his decisions clashed with the Company's interests. His treaty had gravely endangered Wakefield's purchases, and prevented NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 127 any more of the same profitable kind. His work was to keep the peace, to protect the Maoris ; Wakefield's was to acquire land even at the risk of war and to settle white men on districts from which the Maoris must be got rid of as soon as possible. Hobson made his headquarters in the Bay of Islands, among the whalers and the kauri-getters ; the Company’s principal station was on Cook Strait, and its trade was to be agriculture. Its first township, at the head of Port Nicholson, was found unsuitable, and in March, 1840, Wakefield moved across to a place on the western shore called Te Aro, where he founded the town of Wellington—So named out of gratitude for the great - * Nº. N alsº ºš ºSiftº fºllº.º. ºś § lºº -------- . < º § º §§ § º §§§§§ §§ º - º * §§§ § º §§§ §§ §§ §ºss SSS WELLINGTON IN IS42. Duke's help in passing Gibbon Wakefield's South Australian Bill. Hobson, about the same time, was finding the Bay of Islands an inconvenient position for managing his dominions, and the Company's men hoped he might move his headquarters to their new town ; but in those days Cook Strait was really the southern end of British settle- 128 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. ment (Akaroa being French), and a more central place was found in Auckland, where two gulfs, almost meeting each other, gave easy access to either east or West coast at pleasure. Many things helped to produce friction. Hobson was on good terms with the missionaries. Wakefield jeered at them and snubbed them. The Wellington towns- folk set up a half-independent government of their own, alleging that the Lieutenant-Governor was neglecting them and order must be kept somehow ; Hobson, with the naval man's keen anger against anything like mutiny, talked about high treason and sent troops to put it down. tººs But these troubles were trifling compared with the Com- pany's struggles to retain its huge nominal territory. The lesson of South Australia had not yet been learnt, and the same old process was going on of selling land in England by blocks at a fixed price before either buyer or seller knew what sort of land it was, or even whether it was the Com- pany's to sell. Emigrants paid their money, made the voyage out, and found on arrival that the land they imagined theirs was in the possession of brown and tat- tooed cannibals-—such was still their idea of the Maori. They clamoured against the Company. Wakefield assured them it was the Governor's fault, not the Company's. Hobson declined to recognise the Colonel's enormous claim. Gipps was appealed to, and adjudged to the complaimants a block on Port Nicholson, about one-hundredth part of the claim. At that they took the matter home, where they had the very great influence of Lord Durham and his friends to back them. The Whig Ministry then in office was getting weaker and weaker every day ; Lord Durham's set was an important section of the Whig party ; to conciliate it Ministers would do a good deal. Lord John Russell, the Colonial Secretary, after some feeble expostulations did nearly all that the Company asked. Gipps was its most formidable opponent ; his influence was removed by a Dec. 9, 1840 despatch which made New Zealand a separate colony, NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 129 unconnected with New South Wales ; his award of land was set aside in favour of an arrangement by which the Hobson Company was to be allowed four acres for every pound it had Gºgº, spent. Finally, its position was made formal and secure by Feb. 12, 1841 the grant of a Royal Charter. Even now its directors were not satisfied. Wakefield had claimed twenty million acres; Gipps had granted a hundred and ten thousand ; the new award increased this to a million ; the directors demanded that they should be allowed to pick the million where they liked, and that it should be the Crown's duty to buy off all natives claiming ownership of the land they picked. But a new Ministry came into power, and the last demand remained unsatisfied. Meanwhile in New Zealand itself the confusion grew worse daily. Gibbon Wakefield saw how easy it was to force Governor Hobson's hand by simply unloading ship- fuls of emigrants on New Zealand soil. Once there, they could be trusted to insist on getting land somewhere, and Hobson would be compelled to do something for them. So Colonel Wakefield was instructed to be ready to form new settlements; smaller companies, really branches of the great one, were formed at Plymouth and other English seaport towns; and presently bodies of settlers, all of whom had bought blocks of unknown land before they sailed, arrived at Taranaki under Mount Egmont, and at Nelson Mars el)t, , lS4] in Tasman Bay. Some of the Wellington settlers also moved up the coast to Wanganui. Everywhere the new arrivals came into conflict with Maori owners who denied that they had ever parted with their land. Wellington itself was on such land ; at Wanganui only the actual town site was indisputably Wakefield's ; at Taranaki there were all sorts of Maori interests—some claimed as occupants, some because their fathers had been occupants, others by right of conquest. The native claimants nearly everywhere behaved better than the intruders. If white men built huts on disputed ground, the Maoris destroyed l 130 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. 1843 The Wairau Conflict the huts and carefully preserved all property found in them to be handed back to the owners. When the whites at Nelson mined coal on land that was not theirs, they were not interfered with while working, but every night the coal was piled back into the holes from which it had been dug. Actual conflict the Maoris avoided as much as possible, because they were gentlemen—the undiscerning settlers thought it was because they were cowards. But actual conflict was not far off. Nothing else, indeed, could be expected ; for Europeans in those days knew little about the better side of native character, and thought that all “uncivilised " people were equally savage and unintelligent. In Parliamentary debates of the time one finds two ideas strongly insisted on. The first is, that brown or black natives of any country had no right to any more of the land than they were actually occupying. The second is, that such natives should be petted and protected if they were humble and weak, but could not be considered to have any valid laws of their own which might conflict with civilised laws. The Wakefield school of colonisers thought that they were really helping the Maoris by using their land and introducing English laws; they genuinely felt that chiefs who objected were ungrate. ful wretches. C. WAR WITH THE MAoi, is (1843-6). It happened that at Nelson there was not enough farm land to divide among all the colonists who had bought blocks before they left England. The nearest available land was on the Wairau River, that runs into Cloudy Bay. Now, this was part of the territory mentioned in the document which Rauparaha had signed in 1839, and Colonel Wakefield believed that he had other rights to it. Tauparaha abso- lutely denied that he had sold it, and when surveyors came burnt their huts and removed their marks. Captain Wakefield (a third of the Wakefield brothers), who was NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 13] roa. wººin" Hokia ngā NEW ZEALAND § *; %gº by # , º }axiour Aucklan dº - Fº §Tauranga, § 2\{ V Rt. 1" ast C. tº sº N º: N º Taranakj-. akeTaupo *Mt Egmont //3 *A.€42 • Were roa *Pie. º Wagganu 132 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. head of the Nelson settlement, at once started for the Wairau with a police magistrate and an armed force in order to arrest Rauparaha. The party found him with his son-in-law, another great chief, camped on the ground, and the magistrate calmly produced a pair of handcuffs and proposed to take them prisoners there and then. “We are on our own land,” they said. “Do we go to Port Jackson or Europe to steal your lands !” The magistrate threatened to use force. “This,” said Rauparaha, “is the second time you have threatened to fire ; you should not be so thought- less.” The English party advanced, and a shot was fired by one of them which killed a woman, daughter of one chief and wife of the other. At that the Maori restraint gave way. “They have begun it,” cried the chiefs; “wel- | ?) come darkness and death Firing broke out on both sides. There was a rush of Maoris that swept the English- men up and over the hill. Then Captain Wakefield waved a white handkerchief and Rauparaha called to his men to spare the fugitives, but the other chief rushed up, crying, “Remember your daughter,” and killed Wakefield and eight others in cold blood. The bodies were left where they fell, nineteen in all. Rauparaha, carrying the handcuffs that had been meant to manacle him, crossed the Strait and summoned his tribesmen to sweep the Pakeha from their land. Two men only at that moment prevented the imme- diate sack of Wellington—Hadfield, the missionary, and a young chief who was to be notable hereafter, Wiremu Kingi te Rangitake. By the time this happened Hobson was no longer Gover- treason, nor of New Zealand. Deprived of the strong support which Work Gipps had been always ready to give him, suffering from repeated strokes of palsy, fretted by the turbulence of Wakefield's followers and the daily increasing suspicions of Sept. 10, 1842 the Maori chiefs, he died at his post a worn-out and dis- pirited man. Under his rule eleven thousand settlers had established themselves in the new country—more than six NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 133 thousand on the shores of Cook Strait, four thousand in the north, and about nine hundred at Taranaki. None of the settlements, however, were really thriving. Auckland lived on Government expenditure, and the Company's men on their own capital, waiting for something definite to be done about the land they had so rashly bought. In the far north there was still some trade with whalers and timber ships ; but the one cheerful spot in all the islands was Akaroa, where the French settlers were living peacefully in a little paradise of gardens and vineyards. The colony's finance was in ruins: it owed nearly £50,000 to New South Wales, and its ordinary expenditure was more than double of the revenue. Yet little of the blame for all this can be laid on Hobson's shoulders. His virtue was that from first to last he had done justice between man and man, white and Maori. “Mother Victoria,” wrote a chief to the Queen, “my sub- ject is a Governor for us Maoris and for the pakeha in this island. Let him be a good man, as the Governor who has just died.” Lieutenant Shortland, Hobson's second in command, kept things going as well as he could for a year, with as much goodwill as his predecessor but less tact. All Hobson's troubles were his also, and when the Wairau affray induced the home Government to send out a new Governor, Captain Fitzroy, no one was very sorry, and Shortland himself probably least of all so. But Fitzroy's rule, although he had the advantage of strong support from Lord Stanley, the Colonial Secretary of Sir Robert Peel's Ministry, did more harm than ever. His term of office began, it is true, under most difficult and disheartening circumstances. He found discontent widespread, trade paralysed, and the treasury empty. The Government officials had received no pay for six months. The Wairau conflict had excited the natives, and there were ominous appearances of another outbreak. Such a crisis Fitzroy Was unable to face firmly. He did not seem able to make Malad- ministra- tion Fitzroy Governor 1S43-5 134 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Oct. 1 S44 D. 117 up his mind definitely for any length of time, whether the subject was land purchase, finance, or treatment of the natives Hobson had refused to allow anyone to buy land direct from the Maoris. The Government, he said, would buy what land was wanted, and white settlers must bargain with the Government. Fitzroy cancelled this decision, and allowed whites to buy land direct so long as they paid the Government ten shillings an acre of the price ; and presently this weak policy was weakened still more by loweving the Government's share from ten shillings to a penny. As for finance, the Governor tried to procure money alternately by customs duties and a property tax, and got so little from either that he was forced to raise a loan of £15,000 for ordinary expenses. His native policy was more disastrous still. Almost his first act of authority was to look into the troubles at Wairau. He rated the Nelson settlers soundly and deservedly for their impatient aggression ; then he crossed to Kapiti, heard Tauparaha's account of the matter, and rebuked him for the slaughter of prisoners in cold blood, but announced his decision that the white men were first in the wrong and he would not avenge their deaths. Such a verdict was strictly just, nor could Fitzroy have peaceably enforced any other : but it seriously affected European prestige among the natives. To demand no vengeance for the death of your kin-to claim no share in the land where their blood has been shed—these things in Maori eyes were the merest cowardice : from end to end of the island every tribesman soon heard the news, and every- where the native took on himself the airs of a Superior. The Waikato chief reviewed his war forces within two miles of Auckland, and invited Fitzroy to be present. The Taranaki claimants became aggressive : “Waitara shall not be given up,” wrote Wiremu Kingi, whose tribe had left the district with Rauparaha years before, but had not therefore lost their right to hold it. NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. I 35 In the north more serious trouble was brewing. The Wairau affray had frightened away traffickers from New South Wales. The customs duties cut off trade with the Hº whalers. When the natives grumbled at their desertion an American Pakeha, with a jerk of his thumb over his shoulder, pointed to the Union Jack flying on a hill behind the Bay of Islands settlement. “That's what's wrong,” said he , and Home Heke, a son-in-law of the famous Hongi, marched his men in upon the settlement and burnt the July 8, 1814 flagstaff at a great war dance. Fitzroy hurried troops to the place, and received apologies from the neighbouring chiefs. But at this moment there came to the colony very disturbing news. A Committee of the British House of Commons, led by Lord Howick (who was afterwards Earl Grey), had resolved that the Treaty of Waitangi was an injudicious error, and that natives had no right to any land they did not actually occupy. The Committee's report was only carried by seven votes against six, and Parlia- ment refused to adopt it ; moreover, the whole business was rather a party demonstration against the Tory Ministry than a genuine decision on the merits of the case But the Maori did not understand these distinctions ; he only knew that his treaty was being disparaged and his land rights threatened. Heke cut down the flagstaff Jan. 10, 1s15 again, and a body of soldiers was sent up to re-erect and guard it. Fitzroy offered a reward of £100 for Heke's capture, and Heke in return made the same offer for Fitzroy's head. The settlement was rushed and the flag- Mar, 11 staff destroyed a third time ; the settlers defended them- selves bravely till their powder magazine blew up and then abandoned the town, which was fired and burnt to the ground. There was a panic among the whites as this news spread ; Auckland, Wellington, and Nelson were fortified. The Waikato tribe contemptuously offered to protect the Governor against Heke. Fitzroy's failure could scarcely have been more ignominious ; and Lord Stanley, when the 136 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Grey serit for p. 103 Ohaea- W 0, € news reached home, recalled him in disgrace, and sent Captain George Grey hastily over from South Australia to save New Zealand from ruin, as he had already saved the other Wakefield colony from bankruptcy. Before Grey could arrive, war had begun. Heke, debarred from further attack on Europeans by the watch- fulness of a chief friendly to the British, was busy strengthening his pas. These fortifications, which have played a great part in all the Maori wars, were palisaded enclosures, generally placed on the top of a hill, with only one approach from below, and that a very difficult one. Inside the enclosures were shallow ditches for the defenders to lie in while firing between the palisades; behind were more rows of stakes, each with its ditch, huts that covered shelter pits, and often underground passages from pit to ditch. Fitzroy sent up a force of four hundred British soldiers with as many friendly natives to capture Heke ; but the first attack on a comparatively weak pa showed how impossible it would be to storm such defences without having knocked a hole in them with artillery. Accordingly the British troops were reinforced, and five guns sent up, one a thirty-two pounder, to attack Heke's men at Ohaeawae. The Maoris were cheerful and excited—there was to be real fighting again, something like old times. Food for the British had to be brought nineteen miles along bad bush tracks, but no attempt was made to intercept it—“How could they fight us,” said the chiefs, “if they were starving ' " They made repeated rushes from the pa, capturing once a British flag, which they immediately hoisted in full view underneath their own. The British commander, in exasperation, ordered an assault before the palisading had been thoroughly battered down. The soldiers charged with great bravery and broke through the outer rows of stakes, only to find a third unbroken row of tree trunks fifteen feet high ; from that they retired sullenly, having lost half their number. When some days NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 137 later more ammunition arrived for the thirty-two-pounder, it was found that the Maoris had decamped, and our troops claimed a victory, -but Heke's warriors scouted the claim ; to abandon a pa, they said, was nothing ; a fight is won by killing men, and they had killed many Pakehas, and lost very few men themselves. Before Fitzroy had ventured to move again Grey arrived and took over the management of affairs. Here at last was a man who knew his own mind, and was deter- mined at all costs to carry through any policy he might decide on. He began by announcing at every opportunity that the Treaty of Waitangi stood good, and should not be departed from. That settled, he gave every chief his choice : there were to be no neutrals in the matter. . They must be active friends, or be counted as enemies. He had become Governor on the 18th November, at Auckland. On the 27th he was at the Bay of Islands, and gave Heke four PLAN OF RU APERATER A. days to surrender. Heke refused. Grey collected his troops—soldiers, marines, seamen, colonist volunteers, and friendly Maoris and by the end of December was battering at the almost impregnable pa of IRuapekapeka. His heaviest, guns, however, were not up till the 9th of January, and on the 10th they had hammered three holes in one face of the stockade. Next day, Sunday, the Maori garrison went out, at the back of their pa to hold service and cook their meals : the war game, they thought, like other games, must not be played on Sunday. Grey's friendly natives were Grey Governor, LS45-53 Ruapek- apeka 1S4 (; 138 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Peace on the alert, saw that the pa was almost empty of defenders, and beckoned the British to enter by the breaches. Heke's men made a gallant attempt to recap- ture their stronghold, but were driven fighting into the forest. A victory was all Grey wanted to restore the prestige Qo of the British power. Heke's men came in readily now, On the promise of a free pardon. The Governor hurried to Wellington, where Raupa- raha and his son-in-law were stirring up the Port Nichol- son tribes to intrude again upon land which Fitzroy had bought from them. A short peace was arranged. Maori and European, said Grey, should live under equal laws, but there must be an end of violence and blood. In May the trouble broke out again. Grey determined to have no more of it, seized Rauparaha unex. pectedly, and drove the other chief into the recesses of the forest, Wiremu Kingi again giving the British a great deal of help. The Maori spirit of resistance was at last broken and from north to South of the island men acknowledged the power and the justice of Grey. NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 139 D. THE ADMINISTRATION OF GoverNOR GREY (1846-50). | The war once finished, he set himself to understand and utilise the warriors he had conquered. He learnt the Maori language that he might speak directly with them, Grºnd and studied their traditions and customs to become Maoris acquainted with their ways of thinking. The younger chiefs he enrolled in a new police force, while the elder were made magistrates to keep order among the tribes. He connected the scattered British settlements with good roads, made largely by Maori labour. When one important chief forbade road-making in his territory, Grey sent his wife a horse and carriage, with a friendly note to explain that driving was a healthy form of exercise for ladies— and the road was made forth- with. Schools for chiefs' sons were built and endowed. There was one more minor May-Dec. outbreak at Wanganui, dur- 1847 ing which the natives sent their white enemies a couple of canoes filled with vege- tables, and were astonished to find their fair play miscon- strued ; but Grey settled it amicably, and crowned his peace-making by allowing Rauparaha to go home again. SIR GEORGE GREY. When, some years later, he at last resigned his Governor. ship and left New Zealand, every tribe lamented. Depu- tation after deputation of chiefs came to bid him farewell. “When you came,” said one orator, “it was like the shock of an earthquake; your fame rose to the centre of the island, and extended to the waves on the ocean's shore.” Then, bursting into half-lyrical eloquence, he addressed Grey as “the peacemaker, the honourable, the friendly one . . .” and ended, “ Go, then, pride of the tribes 14() HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Grey and the but, Father, when thou hast seen Waiariki,” return, return to us ! ” With his own countrymen Grey had a far more difficult Company task. He had seen in South Australia, the mischief wrought by speculative trafficking in unknown land. He was set on maintaining fully every detail of the Treaty of Waitangi. In both matters he was at variance with the leaders of the Company's settlements. He had found time in the midst of his preparations against Home Heke to annul Fitzroy's “penny-an-acre" proclamation, and he persistently cancelled wherever he could all land grants which violated one of Hobson’s Original rules— that not more than 2560 acres should be granted to any one person. Although this last attempt set even the missionaries against him, his services in controlling the Maoris might have won over all opponents within the colony itself; but it was opposition in England from which he had most to fear. While Fitzroy was still Governor, Charles Buller in Parliament attacked the Waitangi Treaty and all who upheld it, though after a fierce three nights’ debate he was beaten by a majority of fifty. But in the same year Lord Stanley left office, and in June of 1846 the Peel Ministry was upset, and Earl Grey (who had been Lord Howick) became Colonial Secretary under Lord John Russell. This was the Company's opportunity: the Colonial Office was manned with its friends, and the time was come to secure its mastery over the islands it had so long coveted. At the beginning of 1847 Governor Grey received from his namesake in England an Act, a Charter, and a set of Instructions. Taken together, these documents revived the unjust decision of the IS 4 || Committee, abolished all native rights in land not actually occupied, and set up a Constitution by which the Maoris and a good many of the European colonists would be excluded altogether from any share in their own Juric 1845 p. 134 1:35 * Queen Victoria. NEW ZEALAND, 1839-1851. 141 government. It was a critical moment in New Zealand history, but Grey was equal to it. Fortified by the protests of the Anglican Bishop Selwyn (a man no less noble than himself) and the Chief Justice, he refused to obey the Colonial Secretary's orders, and sent home a despatch strongly urging that they be cancelled. Bishop Selwyn's protest was also forwarded, and a numerously-signed petition to the same effect. The Waikato chiefs took alarm, and wrote importunately to the Queen. Under such a chorus of reproaches Earl Grey staggered, and (to his honour be it said) yielded all along the line. The new Constitution was suspended for five years ; the chiefs were formally assured by a letter from the Earl that the treaty was not to be interfered with ; the Governor was knighted, and asked to draw up a Constitution of his own which should be just to Maoris, colonists, and the mother country alike. Grey's triumph was the Company's death-blow. Its funds were exhausted, it could get no new settlers, and money had to be borrowed from Parliament. The Acts which granted the loan of £236,000 stipulated that the sum must be repaid by 1850, or the Company's whole property surrendered to the Crown. When the year came, the surrender took place; but friends in Parliament, active to the last, obtained a final allowance of £268,000 more, which was to be paid out of New Zealand land revenues. But colonisation was by no means at a standstill. Grey planted round Auckland four settlements of veteran Soldiers, who held small plots of land on condition that they should be always available for garrisoning or defending the capital. The Company, dying though it was, retained strength enough to promote and aid two larger and more important settlements in the South Island. A Scottish company took up the work of establishing in Otago a colony of Presbyterians, adherents of the Free Church, which had in 1843 severed itself from the Established New Settle- ment S Oct., 1847 142 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Otago Canter- bury c. p. 215 Presbyterian Church of Scotland. In 1844 a tract of 400,000 acres was bought from the few natives who roamed along the coastline between Otago Harbour and Molyneux Bay ; in 1848 the first settlers landed, and within six years there was a population of over two thousand. The land system was purely Wakefield's ; each acre cost £2, of which ten shillings paid for the land, another ten shillings went towards road-making, five shillings was set apart for schools and churches, and the remaining fifteen shillings went to form a fund for shipping labourers from Scotland. A second South Island province took its rise from similar sources. The High Church party in England followed the example set by the Free Church party in Scotland. A Canterbury Association was formed ; the great central plains, containing two and a half million acres, were handed over to it, after Grey had, as far as he could find out, satisfied all native claims. A charter was granted in 1849, and immigrants began to arrive by the end of the following year. Here, at last, Wakefield saw his theories completely justified. The land was higher-priced than ever——out of £3 an acre, £1 was allotted to the emigration fund, £1 to schools and churches, and 10s. to road-making, the rest being paid over to the Government as purchase money. But here there were none of the native troubles which had interfered with the success of Wellington ; nor were the South Australian diffi- culties repeated, for the country was fertile and well watered, and poor people who wanted land could find cheaper acres in the North Island. So Canterbury grew and prospered ; and as at the same time a settlement was forming itself among the peaceful tribes of Hawke's Bay, Grey saw before he left eight centres of colonisation thriving under his rule—at Auckland, Wellington, Wanganui, Taranaki, Napier, Nelson, Canterbury, and Otago. CHAPTER IX. —THE GOLD DISCOVERIES AND THEIR RESULTS. A. FIRST NEWs of GoLD (1849-51). Australia under English rule had undergone many trans- formations since Phillip first passed between the Heads of Port Jackson. Under the naval governors it had been a gaol. Macquarie had tried to make it a reformatory. After his retirement the tide of free immigration set in strongly, until the convict element was first diluted, then swept away altogether ; and the strong restraining hand of Gipps so disciplined young Australian politicians that it became at last possible and right to trust them with the administra- tion of their country's affairs. The Imperial Act of 1850 expressed this trust in a practical shape ; and the last five months of 1851 saw the meeting in four colonies of the Councils which were to create our modern systems of full self-government. It was a very lucky thing that so much freedom in designing these Constitutions was given to the men on the spot. It might easily have happened that the British Government should take that task upon itself—and if the Act of 1850, instead of being an “enabling ” Act, had contained an ideal system of government for Australia as it was in that year, that system would have been found quite unsuitable and unworkable when the time came to put it into force. A Constitution of 1850 would have been devised for a community of squatters and farmers ; before the end of 1851 squatter and farmer were beginning to wonder whether they were of any political importance at all. Steps towards freedom p. 96 1 4 3 144 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Early G. Old Finds In 1839 Count Strzelecki found gold in iron ore near Hartley, in the Blue Mountains : but the possible yield was so small, and the danger of exciting a large convict population by the news was so great, that Gipps persuaded the discoverer to say nothing in public about it. Two years later the Rev. W. B. Clarke found grains of gold in a creek near Bathurst, and for a time there was much discussion of the possibilities thus opened up. From England in 1844 came the prophecy of an eminent man of science, Sir R. Murchison, that the Australian main range would be found as rich in gold as the Ural Mountains of Russia, which it so much resembled. But nothing practical came of all this talk. Early in 1849 a merchant ship from California put into Port Jackson with the news that great deposits of gold had been discovered in the gullies of Sierra Nevada, behind San Francisco. The dis- coverer, curiously enough, was an engineer from New South Wales. His fellow - countrymen were quick to follow on his trail, and among them was Edward Hargraves, a colonist of more EDWARD HARGRAVE8. than twenty years' Edward standing. He had been a small squatter, and in his first BIar- graves search after unoccupied pasture-land had ridden over the unpromising tangle of gullies that lies north-west of Bathurst, along the southern watershed of the Macquarie ; and his new Californian abode reminded him continually of those rides eighteen years before. “Slate, quartz, granite,” THE GOLD DISCOVERIES. 145 he argued, “if these mean gold country in America, why not in New South Wales " " He learnt the art of gold- washing—the use of the “pan * or “dish ’ for prospecting, in which water is swilled round and round over a shovelful of dirt till all the earth has been washed away, and the heavier specks of gold are seen glinting at the bottom ; the use of the “cradle,” in which the earth is washed by a continual stream of water down a long trough with bars of wood fixed across its bottom behind which the gold lodges. Armed with this knowledge and his own happy guess, he made back to Sydney, and rode at once across the mountains to Bathurst and thence to Guyong. There he picked up a young bushman named Lister, and on February 12th, 1851, the two started off down Lewis Ponds Creek into the country of slate, quartz, and granite. The creek was mostly dry ; but where the Summerhill Creek came in from Frederick's Valley a reef of hard rock, stretching across the creek bed, held back a pool of water. Hargraves dug out and washed a panful of earth—in the bottom of the pam was a tiny nugget. Five more panfuls he washed, and in all but one the “colour" showed freely. With each dish his excitement grew ; at last he turned upon young Lister, who was Watching him with some amazement, and “My boy,” he cried, “I shall be a baronet, you will be knighted, and my old horse will be stuffed, put into a glass case, and sent to the British Museum !” Another young bushman, James Tom, was now added to the party, and the Macquarie Valley was traversed as far as Burrandong ; then Tom and Tister explored the Turon, while Hargraves went north-west to Mitchell's Creek, everywhere finding the “colour" over a district about seventy miles long by forty wide. There was no room for mistake. The discoverer returned in haste to Sydney, and after parleying for some weeks with the Government, disclosed his secret. The Government Geologist confirmed the news, and by the middle of May four hundred diggers J Ophir 146 HISTORY OF AUSTR A LASIA. were camped on the golden creek junction, which Hargraves had already named “Ophir.” The news spread rapidly. Sofala, on the Turon, became even more popular than Ophir. The mountain road from Sydney to Bathurst was thronged with would be diggers From end to end of the Dividing Range men searched the creeks for gold. At Tuena, on the Aber- crombie, at Araluen, on a branch of the Moruya, new fields were opened up ; stray prospectors proclaimed their success in a dozen river valleys from Armidale south to Albury. The townsfolk began to abandon their work wholesale. Men of all trades and professions were scattered along miles of creekbed ; even from independent Victoria set in a stream of gold-seekers, bound for the riches of the older colony they had so lately despised, Melbourne took alarm, and its citizens offered a reward of £200 to the man who should discover gold on their side of the border. victorian The response was almost immediate. One party made a §: find only sixteen miles from Melbourne, in the bed of Anderson's Creek. Another laid open a quartz reef near Clunes, on one of the sources of the Loddon. In a short time a third field was proclaimed at Buninyong. But all these were overshadowed by the opening up of a long gully not far north of this latter place, where the Ballarat Diggings soon became the scene of great excitement. In a month 2500 people were on the ground, and new arrivals came in at the rate of a hundred a day; on “Golden Point " men made thirty or forty pounds a day each for weeks at a time. Yet before long Ballarat itself was almost deserted in favour of Mount Alexander, where on Forest Creek (near Castlemaine) the gold was to be had for less trouble in shallower workings ; and before the end of this exciting year prospectors had crossed the barren granite of the Mount itself, and settled down north of it upon the almost limitless wealth of Bendigo. THE (; OLD DISCOVERIES. 147 ºš S. : • 'A N * : y sº º º Ş E. §, \\\\\º & ſº V : \' . W || || ºt W ſº" ºr cº ," u - hº º §§ §\º . \ § § *…* Rºstº'º. §§§ §. Nº §§ i. Fj SS sº ºsºsº. #ºwºſº. w Wiś Wy* m º ; : S. 1)||M||M|| n . - " ' ... Lº- Sº; º:= ºil || §§§ Y. lººs-----º sºſ ºf \ 3 vs - ~ * - tºº. º |k ſº "y. sº ºz - W. ſº º º \ } - g § sº sº | !"tí §lſº | º s | r º º Flſº º §lºgº §§º § WN º g sº §§§ & \; ". §§ º º Nº. ºS tº sº. g º §: ºn º §§ s | º;', | - | º Wºº | N Sº |. W g º ! /* | Mº, Wºr }º § { wº f º 5% | wº {{|\\ |... "... ." º sº. A. M. AV , 'i,' ' sº." §º et {{...}, . ." § 3 J 2. * t §§ ... º. W ſy § º [. §§§ ,N jº §§§ §§§ º # / 3 º |. | , \ . . & *wº Wºr | 48 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Latrobe Governor, 1851-4 The Głrea, , Rush B. THE TRoubLEs of Victoria (1851-5). By this time Victoria was in the utmost turmoil. “Within three weeks,” wrote Governor Latrobe in October, “Melbourne and Geelong have been almost emptied of many classes of inhabitants. . . . In some of the suburbs not a man is left, and the women for self- protection forget neighbours' jars, and group together to keep house.” Farms, shops, ships, were alike deserted, not only by the men on them, but by their owners and masters. It was shearing time, but there were no shearers; it seemed likely that at harvest time there would be no reapers. By December the situation had grown still more serious. “It really becomes a question,” wrote Latrobe, “how the more sober operations of society, and even the functions of government, may be carried on.” There were twelve thousand people on Forest Creek in an area less than four miles square. The police in town and country had almost entirely abandoned duty. It was only by summoning military help from Tasmania that the Governor could provide an escort for the convoy which brought gold to Melbourne ; and while a force of thirty men was all that Tasmania could spare for that purpose, more than three thousand islanders of the roughest class had already come over to add to the chances of riot and disorder. The supply of food, too, was becoming a serious question ; most foodstuffs had doubled in price, bread had risen from 5d, to 200. the loaf in Melbourne—and a good deal more on the diggings. Every month the problem grew more difficult of solution. The summer heats, drying up the watercourses and so making cradling and washing almost impossible, had somewhat checked the inflow of diggers from the other colonies; but with the first rains of autumn they came faster, and with them came shipload after shipload of gold- mad men from England and America. Gradually the more immediate necessity of providing food for these THE GOLD DISCOVERIES. 149 thousands was got over. People began to recognise that it was nearly as profitable to trade with lucky diggers as to dig for gold oneself—and the trader's profits were much more certain. Of crime there was comparatively little among the great hordes at Bendigo and Ballarat, for robbery was the only crime that tempted anyone just then, and against robbery the whole mass of gold-seekers took very strong measures. Outside the actual goldfields, however, there was still much lawlessness. The Mount Alexander road was in- fested by bushrangers, especially where in crossing the Dividing lºange it traversed the gloomy Black Forest. Melbourne also was full of disorder, for in it the stream of fortunate gold-winners, always free with their money, met that other stream of outlaws, whose one aim was to get money somewhere and somehow. And while criminals thus naturally drew towards the capital, its police as naturally Were tempted away from it ; for it was more than flesh and blood could stand, even at ten shillings a day, to be constantly arresting drunken men with two or three hundred pounds loose in their pockets. Tatrobe, who worked incessantly and made a point of personally looking into every difficulty, did his best. A body of two hundred police, recruited in Tasmania from among a number of veteran soldiers who had been settled on the land there, supplied the place of those Victorian constables who had left their Work at the close of 1851, while in October, 1852, an extra regiment was sent from England to help in keeping order. Meanwhile there was arising a graver trouble than any that regarded the supply of food or police. Of starvation, after the first few months, there was little fear. From robbery and murder any mass of men could soon be trusted to protect themselves. But in all half-civilised communities it is popular to denounce and resist the Bush- rangers Turbul- lent Diggers * VISVTV'HJLSſ) V (IO X^{OJSIH OCI 'Snowd loſino tuouſ unjj u \10.10% : unipluſo put iton ow old w puttiuſ I tuouſ sn’ \pian; alſº IIuſ I Alojua Riºt”;"| aoiſſo-Tuoun (IIA solutiuſ iſotº qitanoid tranjo put[itſ] trioi, Kºnºtifſ"I + nº fuſs. V poºn lowl Xploſin odox put ‘SI utiluſ to go uoſº ooloo sqi pun out, no ſo IV Jo Oottuqsſp Astºo liſt|1|A 9,194 ‘hauda. It'ſ mott oio A 'punitſ to 110 oun (to ‘spſoſpio'ſ titºſ.ſ010. A 510 on I, oottuq unsup quo Aoid on tPinotto stºw stop|OS J0 Áundutoo as Iluu ‘no!, a polloqºod tº sloºp uoin,I, ou? (IoIA : stronºpndod Iluuis Álo Antºdutoo putſ pitt: ‘potonºtos OtoA sploſſpºof solu,\\ unnos AoN oilſ, Tuo.toUp &loa odoº soluotoo OA) out) Jo soottuqsumo.110 oun in;I oſciuttºxo SIII poAolog o 0.141. I put ‘lošāſp Holto on Initout tº situ IIIs Kºtſu[] Jo ooj osttooſ a poſitulo put solº AA Innos AoN uſ Koizºſ, I 1s.Iy oth Utto.J Honut OO) ouou put quot (ULIOAOK) II*I.10101A out) pun: ‘tuouſ) lonju IOOI on Koutout 180.) "I ‘Klonºun).ſoju () II.inqol uſ tuoun uto.1] ºuſtºn Kut: put utop on [to] uttº. Kh Su A qi quot-lonju postool IIow odow Koun quul oos plmous ‘Atlânotin Kouſh ‘Utoutſ.to AOF) tº 1019A oul, oſ(IIssod sº toos St. Jol puu ponſold No oGſ on Ootid * Kiduus quicſ ‘outou IIoTIn 10u Su A q : onq tuouſ] pott,Toouoo upolu A Jonqutu tº stºw olujLoA sh; ‘ol on pouloddaru Kou(? Uſoſ (LA III Kanunoo ouſ) to SV at J OS 105 on Ion I oth put Kotī, JI ‘odo.tnGL III n 5ttſbuods (Ioun put , oud IIoun 5upſtrut, uo quojuſ ‘pioſ) on p[o] uto.1] potoput: A Kotſ,I, , . Kuoloo oun up KThuoubuliod (IAOp onqos oº poulouſ 10K nou oia A olou A tº St Stošijſp out “toxoo.IOIN ºutoun unIA adoplaqui hou pſno A top.ſo put. At odot{A\ oot" (I B 5uipug go odou out uſ putoA out. Jo puto stun on outoo put put ‘Kahunoo tongu Ainu noo tuo, J pollodixo tood putſ ouos : Kuoloo usInſig1 tº U saloun StºA quila utopool] out, osm on A\ou Aoux jou plp ‘poulo Aoi Kllºontºloon nº solinumoo utoly Supuloo ‘autos : JoAo pI to A olin II* utoſ; tıout Jo du opeutsu A plog Kioao uo IIonoos oAnot odou put loſslot ou.I. shop.Auoo poliopted Kinuooot to poduoso adow Kuutu souoloo touho oul utorſ outeo hºun osotſ) Jo uovo : Suoni.1Q to ‘sunriſt.usny to ‘subſionoſ A qou quonxo oiluſ tº on otoA song Klæo oul Jo Stoàp ou.L sonſ toūnt opsino go ooualaj.Ionuţ 898] “q9.4 SO 9thſ OSUI2O II [g I 'SGII?IGIAOOSIGI CITO5) GIHL suo Iq -uq 3W. oul osmºooº staşăup oup, Uli A osſunudu Ks on poulouſ st A Iounoo utilonoſ A Aoti out 1s.III TV tutău pounout outs oun Kun on poſſumooua odox put ‘sonaouant luluotoo où poAutus p KIJohnn pull stronºtºsuoulop suono!. Aoy u quuſ) loš.[o] hou pºp slošāup oun Qud : OS 5ulop Kol ourn u log oolºod balnoos put ‘u Aop Souq 0) isoq q. Jušnoun oqolººrſ Tuoluut,L\n puu Tsūſun su bootmouop su.A ‘Ulu nº ooj Kuu quot ‘ooj postolour où Kuo hou liolu A qu săuţnoout quombo, J plot IIou lobutºNo|V huno IN out) but ‘Āion no snouſ unsum tº sº.A. o.toul, "I old mop on posodoid pun: ‘splogſpoš * ould jujuutºut Jo Sosuadixo lºnqot' aun Kud on annuſ ooq uſ iuſiuſ.ld sº AA oag 'sog out] punoy OQ(O,thur I "uoſitiºndod 5ungus put popA Odo º juolut: Unuoul Kol unuout sooj putusnoun Khao] hooltoo on Slsº Ásto ut qou si qL pluous qi uuun ssol tug poplol K oog osuool oud sag Kao A out uto.II ‘u Aop 5uptuo.1Q soululoulu out) Jo Joãuup quo.15 st:A odoun quun qu podopuoA act on Klptut[s] ]] (Kuttu sº south Inoj UlſA OAq Jo tuo Ku III) Kuulu Su al-Tuop unt A odoo on putſ ou ‘sunuou Aaj u tongu ‘Utou A : putsuoun KhuoA as Jo Utopºuludod polon -quos tº Joj posſ Aop su.A ‘solº AA UIQ noS Aa N Utto.J to AO 5upitºl Usm.1 oun Jo autſ) oun has KIUO suA ou loſt|A ‘Atauluotºut soao.I quT 'o.IOtu put snouſ, o&IoM) do uom Jo Usmaul Ulu epmouſ On Khunolulp Ulonut himoth] A poulololºs od pluoo uopu A ‘putsmou, pad punt OAM, Jo uorºeſ 2%| lll Sp/01/0/0ſ) º/~ -ndod tº on pondupe ‘nuouſ ... --~~~ (º- -IIIoAoi Jo Kiouſ qobuſ { ”!ºgeneº * "evºlvinº ”, 9IOUIA ou? pubu O) Ápta.I of ſpudgsºº > - f f ( *c.1 Trn c. t www.). " ' pull Kolzº ‘sſuſ) sopisoq º ~... . . . . . ;-- - ) is A ºf | 2 +”--ºn/r \\ 'ou.InoqLoW Jo ooutºspp § N ..—-- jº º ſº 5uſualtitu Asto uſualA 2”o, . e Koup4s; º (totu put snouſ, Knjg to Ao y ~~~~. Jo oolog tº [0,1]uoo pinoo ^. - ſ º, stop to Shi put ‘ošip - 20 tº Tºº, . - * -uaq put outburonsºo on ÅInuuqsuſ pºolds plmoA qtatDºg qu juſsil V (1s.Inuyègſ Jo Khojus aun pauoqualun oAbu Tsoul qu quºut tºgos 152 HISTORY OF AUSTRALAStA. Growing IDisc On- tent, Governor claimed full control of the gold revenue in the Crown's name. It seemed possible that there would be the same trouble in this matter as there had been about the land revenue in Gipps' time. But when Sir J. Pakington, the English Secretary for the Colonies, put at the Council's disposal the whole of the gold revenue, as well as all that was left of the land revenue, the diggers' refusal to pay was looked upon in a very different light. Pakington suggested, and Latrobe advised, that the fee for digging should be abolished and replaced by a royalty, to be levied in Melbourne on gold exported from the colony. This would be easier to collect, and would be paid only by those who had obtained gold—whereas the license fee was levied in advance on successful and unsuccessful alike. The Council shelved this proposal without much thought, but the rumour of it had stirred up the diggers again. The licensing system grew more and more unpopular. Two days in every week were given up by the police to going round the mining camps in search of men without licenses. Anyone who could not produce his piece of paper was arrested and hauled off to the chief officer's tent, outside which he was ignominiously chained to a log. Now the man who had no license usually bolted directly he saw the police coming, and often got clean away, for no digger would help his pursuers. The man who really had taken one out would stand his ground, and perhaps find at the last moment that he had lost his paper ; he, therefore, who had obeyed the law, would find himself in chains, and would chafe most bitterly against the system that put him there. There was a riot at the Ovens Diggings, near Becchworth, but this was quelled without much difficulty. At Castlemaine the police, by an unfortunate error of judgment, gave the discontented part of the population a chance of organising opposition to them. Presently there was a rumour that in New South Wales the fee was to be abolished altogether. The malcontents took hold of this º *j º # g y--- +ºz-Sº' : ---. - #:---- - : “... . . ***** **** G4) LID LICENSE. / 2-tº-2- 185 24. A'. 2^ cº -3 The Beare, having paid to me the Sum of One Pound Ten Shillings, on account of the Territorial Revenue, I hereby License him to dig, search for, and remove Gold on and from any such Crown Lands within the 185 -not within half-a-mile 2- 2 as I shall assign to him for that purpose duting the Motith of of any Head Station This License is not transferable, and to be produced whenever demanded by me or any other person acting under the authority of the Government, and to be returned when another License is issued Commissioner REC.L. L.; TVO.NS TO BE OBSER!' E D B P T , 1 E. P. L. RSO, VS DIGC 1.V C FOR COLD OR OTH F. R H ISE EMPLO }' E D 247 THE GOLD FIELDS. | Every Licensed Person must always have his License with him ready to he produced when ever demanded by a Commissioner, or Person acting under hkº inst; uctions, otherwise he is liable to be proceeded against as an unlicensed Person. 2. Every Person digg, r g-for Gold, or ºccupying ſ.a.r.l. with ºut a License, is liable ºy Law to be ſincil, ſor a ſirst offence, not exceeding £3 ; for a second offer ce 1.01 exceeding £15 . . ; d (or a subsequent offency. (, ot exceeding £30. 3 Digging for Gold is not allowed with in Ten feet of the edge of any Pººl, ic Road nor are the Roads to be undermined 4. Tents or Buildings are not to be erected with ºn Twenty feet of each oſhe 5 or with ºn Twenty ſeet of any Creek 3. It is enjoined that al.) Persons at the Cold F : elds rºw intº in and ***le io maintaining a drie and proper observance of Sundays. VICTORIAN GOLſ) LICENSE. 154 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Bendigo takes action belief and spread their organisation through all the neighbouring camps; Bendigo became their headquarters, and the new diggings at Heathcote supplied a formidable contingent to their ranks. In August, 1853, they sent Latrobe a petition which formulated their demands clearly. The chief were that the fee be reduced to 10s. a month, and that, “as the diggers have uniformly developed a love of law and order,” armed police be no longer sent to collect it. Latrobe pointed out that it was a matter for the Council to deal with. The Bendigo men replied that they were not represented on the Council, and that, whatsoever the law might say, they were not going to pay more than ten shillings in future. They resolved further that anyone who did pay more than ten shillings should be turned out of the diggings ; as for themselves, they would adopt a policy of “passive resis- tance”—if the Governor refused to take ten shillings, they would pay nothing, and let him arrest them all, and see how he liked it. Again, Latrobe suggested the abolition of licensing and the levying of a royalty ; again the proposal was shelved in the Council; again the authorities had to back down before the diggers, and agree to a fee of two pounds only to cover three months. This time the demon- stration of what could be done by rioting was even more striking, for at Ballarat and Beechworth the movement had not been encouraged, and at Castlemaine it had collapsed ; the concession was made to malcontents at Bendigo and Heathcote only, and was made when there was already on its way to the colony a body of troops sufficient to have restored order completely. By the end of 1853 Latrobe found himself once more able to command obedience ; but his powers of ruling the colony had been finally and fatally discredited. With the best of intentions, with all the prestige of hard work and long service, he had failed to maintain the authority of the law. His position had been extremely diſlicult ; his own perception of what was best THE GOLD DISCOVERIES. 155 to do had been made of no effect by the obstinacy of his constitutional advisers, –but in that half-and-half system of government, neither parliamentary nor autocratic, the Governor's responsibility was greater by far than his power. Latrobe thankfully obtained permission to retire, and was succeeded by Sir Charles Hotham. The new Governor was warmly received on all the goldfields, and at once noted the real solution of the difficulty. As long as the digger had no interest in the country he lived in, he would be a grumbler and a law- breaker ; let him settle down, marry, and make the place his home, and he would soon become a law-abiding citizen who could be trusted with a vote. “Where the soldier will fail,” Hotham wrote, “the interest of the wife and child will prevail.” For some time his hopes seemed likely to be fulfilled. Bendigo, after a sternly suppressed attempt to use force in expelling Chinese from the diggings, grew quiet and law-abiding. Ballarat had long been so —the most domestic of the mining camps, it was specially noted for its orderliness, its schools, and its quietness on Sundays. Hotham set himself to retrench the extravagant expendi- ture of Government, and to make preparations for giving the diggers what they seemed to deserve–direct representa- tion in the Council. Of a sudden the turmoil broke out again. On the night of October 6th, 1854, James Scobie was found murdered at Ballarat, near the Eureka Hotel. The miners accused the landlord, who was an ex-convict from Tasmania; but the magistrates found him not guilty. Immediately there was a riot ; the chairman of the bench, it was said, was a corrupt man, a special friend of the landlord's, and had been bribed by him as by many others before. The hotel was sacked and burnt to the ground, and threats were made of attacking the Government camp, in which the supposed murderer had taken refuge. Hotham had no intention of letting the diggers bully him as they had Latrobe. He Sir C. Hothann Govern Or, 1854-5 The Ballarat Biot, 150 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA, Bristol It iots, 1S,31 Nov. 27 NOV. 29 marched up an armed force of soldiers and police, and arrested four of the ringleaders in the riot. At the same time he had the landlord rearrested, and, after enquiry, dismissed the corrupt magistrate. But the lessons of previous years were not so easily to be unlearnt. At last Ballarat had committed itself to action against the authorities, and professional agitators were soon on the spot. The old grievances were brought out again, and new ones were easily found. The ringleaders of the hotel-burning riot were convicted, and in sentencing them the judge made injudicious references to the great Bristol riots of the Reform Bill time, and to the disturbances which broke out in Ireland during 1848. Many of the Ballarat diggers had taken part in those troubles, and bitterly resented the judge's attack. A Reform League was constituted, with a programme of demands that included the release of the hotel-burners, the abolition of license fees, and nearly all the points of the famous Charter.” As usual, the cry of “no taxation without representation " figured largely among the League's watchwords. A deputation was sent to Melbourne, but persisted in ” the release of the rioters, and Iſotham “ demanding declined to yield to such arrogance. The League, in answer, showed its desires in action. At a meeting held on Bakery I [ill, a number of licenses were publicly burnt, and peace- able diggers were warned to become Leaguers by a notice that “this meeting will not feel bound to protect ’’ anyone who did not join within a fortnight. The Gold Commissioner next day sent out police to search for unlicensed miners, and when these were pelted with stones, brought a force of soldiers to their help. Shots were ſired, and men wounded on both sides. I3y this time the whole camp was in an uproar. No one an to prepare for more {T} :-) worked any longer. The diggers be * These were (1) universal suffrage, (2) cqual electoral districts, (3) vote by ballot, (4) annual parliaments, (5) no property qualification for members, (6) payment of members. THE (; OLD DISCOVERIES. 157 serious resistance. The officials sent hastily for more troops. Eight prisoners had been taken on the 30th, and everyone expected an attack on the Government camp for their release. But the leaders of the League had larger ideas; they had already begun to hope for a complete political revolution, for a rising that should embrace every goldfield in Victoria, and for absolute separation from and independence of the mother country. The Reform League, in fact, had become an instrument of foreigners and political rebels. To release a few prisoners was beneath them ; they set to work to form a permanent fortified camp on the Eureka lead, where they could command the main Melbourne road about a mile from Ballarat. Inside the hastily-erected stockade they proclaimed the “Republic of Victoria,” and over it hoisted a new flag—blue, with the stars of the Southern Cross upon it. For two days they were left alone ; the commander of the troops in Ballarat itself was busy preparing his own camp for defence. But when he found out what was really happening, he made up his mind to stop it once for all. Early in the morning of the 3rd December he marched a force of three hundred men against the stockade, within which lay a body of rebels nearly five times as large. A volley was fired from the stockade ; the troops replied vigorously, then charged, carried the defences, and dispersed their opponents in all directions. When Ballarat woke up that Sunday the reign of the League was over, the TRepublic and its flag were gone, and quiet people found themselves free to go about their business. This was the end of rioting. Sharp measures had been necessary, but at last it was clearly understood throughout Victoria that the new Governor could not be bullied into remedying grievances. That being clear, Hotham did his best to set matters straight. Some time before he had appointed a Commission to investigate the whole system of management on the goldfields, and during lS55 he The TEureka. Stockade Reforms 158 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Material Progress reconstructed that system on the lines of the Commission's report. The license was changed from a monthly permit to a yearly, to be called a “Miner's Right,” and to cost twenty shillings only ; the revenue thus lost was to be made up by an export duty of half a crown an ounce on gold. By a clause in the new Constitution Act the possession of a miner's right carried a vote with it. Thus the real grievances of the mining population were done away with, and though in Melbourne there was a sort of echo of the Republican movement, and the captured ring- leaders of the stockade were persistently acquitted by jury after jury in defiance of the evidence, there was from that time no further agitation outside the law. C. SETTLING INTO SHAPE (1853-9). In the other colonies the great rush to Victorian goldfields at first caused some dismay. New South Wales lost a quarter of its population, Tasmania a third ; from South Australia went more than a hundred every day. Soon, however, matters began to right themselves. Diggers had to be fed, and were willing to pay high prices for the food. So across the Murray came the sheep and cattle of New South Wales, the wheat of South Australia, to supply Bendigo and Ballarat ; and back across the Murray to Adelaide or to Sydney went a good deal of Victorian gold in payment. South Australia even cut a road through the mallee scrub towards Mount Alexander, and estab- lished a police escort to take the winnings of South Australian miners safely to Adelaide. In Tasmania the times of alarm lasted longer ; but there, too, in the end the colony profited—for a good many ex-convicts were got rid of at Victoria's expense, and their place was filled by steady workers brought out from England. In other ways, too, Australia was progressing. Wentworth added to the long list of his achievements on behalf of his well-loved country by carrying an Act to incorporate the THE GOLD DISCOVERIES. 159 University of Sydney, which was opened in October, 1852. The Australian Museum was founded in the following year, and the Sydney Grammar School a year later. Victoria was not slow to follow suit, opening the University of Melbourne in 1854, and the Public Library in 1856. Those, too, were the days of the first railways ; by 1858 the New South Wales Government controlled lines from Sydney to Parramatta and to Campbelltown, and from Newcastle to Maitland, which had been laid down by private companies, while similar companies owned railways from Melbourne towards Geelong and Castlemaine, as well as the lines connecting the main city with its suburbs on Port Phillip. But the great permanent work of these years was the coºru. settlement of the colonial constitutions. As has been said, tions the Act of 1850 allowed each colony to recommend the form of government it preferred, and when the various recommendations reached London in 1854 they were found to be much alike. A few alterations were made in the bills sent from Sydney and Melbourne, and in J 855-6 the four eastern colonies received the constitutions under which (with few alterations) they have since lived. Each was given two Houses of Parliament—a Council and an Assembly. The Assembly in all consisted of members elected by the mass of the people ; three colonies required that the voter should have a small property qualification, but South Aus- tralia gave a vote to all men of full age who had lived six months in the colony. The various Councils, however, differed from each other a good deal. In New South Wales members were to be nominated by the Governor and his Ministry for a term of five years ; by that time the colonists might be supposed to know definitely what they wanted. The other three colonies preferred elective Councils and required a fairly large property qualification in voters, Victoria and Tasmania giving votes also to members of professions. In order to make these elected Councils stable bodies, which should not be liable to change 160 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. their way of thinking all of a sudden—as Assemblies sometimes do — it was provided that members should retire in batches, so that at each election only a small number of Councillors could be changed. The Assemblies, on the other hand, could not last more than five years (three in South Australia); and all members retired at the same time, so that it was possible to have a completely new Assembly after a single election. It was thus hoped that, while the Assembly represented what the colony thought in a particular year, the Council would represent a sort of average of what the colony had been thinking for the last ten years or so, and that, between the two, Acts of Parliament might be reasonably up to date without being rash. In 1855 there were still only four colonies east of longitude 129°. But the Imperial Act of 1850 had provided that any part of New South Wales north of latitude 30° might be cut off to form a new colony, and the Constitution Act of 1855 left the boundary undefined. The Moreton Bay settlement, moreover, was rapidly growing. Thrown open to free settlers in 1842, it was at first somewhat Dr. Lang neglected for the better known and more accessible lands Yº-S around Port Phillip, but 2' 4 2- re- ſº by 1851 mustered a population of nearly nine thousand, of whom nearly five thousand were free immigrants. This result was largely the work of Dr. John Dunmore Lang, a Pres- byterian clergyman of Sydney, who from his arrival in 1824 to his death in 1878 was ac- tive in every scheme that he believed favourable to the progress of his adopted THE GOLD DISCOVERIES. 16] country. His career was fuller of party strife than that of most politicians, and it is not yet possible to judge it impartially without being accused of partizanship ; but there are no two opinions about his strenuous zeal in the interests of Moreton Bay. He spent three years in Eng- land arranging for the cmigration of suitable settlers, who established themselves on arrival in the farm lands behind Brisbane, and have since become the backbone of Southern Queensland. It was from one of the ships that brought them out –the Fortitude—that Fortitude Valley, in the suburbs of Brisbane, has taken its name. In the new Sydney Assembly the question of separation was very soon raised, for there was a rumour that when More- ton Bay became an independent colony, convicts would again be sent out to it—and indeed some of the bigger landowners in the north, who needed labourers badly, had petitioned for separation on those terms. The British Government soon reassured the protesting Assembly on this point, and the question of boundaries was then warmly discussed. Latitude 30° was not at all a suitable boundary, but the mention of it seemed to mean that the valleys of the Clarence and Richmond Rivers were to form part of the new colony. After much petitioning and passing of resolutions, the matter was finally decided by a series of despatches in which Governor Denison pointed out how the physical features of the district in dispute made a natural dividing line further north. Through the rough country, he said, about the head of the Dumaresq and Clarence, it was difficult for men to penetrate either south from the Darling Downs or north from New England; consequently, while the trade of the Downs went naturally to Moreton Bay, that of New England went as naturally to Newcastle or Sydney. When these arguments were confirmed by petitions which proved that the Clarence River people, as a whole, preferred to stay in the mother colony, the British Government hesitated no longer ; in 1859 the boundary The Separa- tion of Queen S- land See map, p. 107 |K tºº 162 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA, was fixed where it now is, and the districts to the north started on an independent career as the colony of Queens- land, with Sir George Bowen for first Governor, and a c.p. 198 Constitution practically the same as that of New South Wales. CHAPTER X. — FILLING IN THE MAP. A. CoAstAL DISTRICTs (1838-41). Mitchell's series of explorations during the governor- ship of Bourke had, as we have seen, connected the discoveries of his predecessors in such a way as to give the colonists a complete picture of their territory south-east of the Barwon-Darling-Murray line—complete, that is, except for the still unexplored knot of mountains in the extreme south-east corner. A line drawn from Spencer Gulf to Hervey Bay would to-day include nearly four-fifths of the population of Australia, and by 1838 all the necessary exploring work within that line had been done, and details could be filled up by the squatters, who pushed ever further and further from the coast in search of pasture for their flocks. There were still three things left for the explorer to do. The little south- eastern corner had to be opened up. Some connection had to be made between the main colonies and the isolated West Australian settlement. And the whole of the interior was still an unknown mystery—it might be a sea, it might be a sandy desert ; all that men knew was that it sent no great rivers to the coast. The minor problem was soon solved when once Port Phillip had become an acknowledged and permanent settlement. McMillan, the manager of a station on the Upper Snowy River, pushed across to Omeo in 1839, and on down the Tambo next year to Lake King. Hard on his heels followed another more carefully-conducted party, organised by one of the Macarthurs, and led by Count Strzelecki, a Pole and a man of science. This expedition started from the Upper Murray and clambered up the fr. p Strze- lecki in Gipps- land 163 164 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. main range at its highest point, where on a bleak tableland rise a number of hummocks, no one much higher than the Others. Picking out the one which seemed to him the highest, Strzelecki called it Kosciusko, after the great Polish patriot whom he revered ; and the honour he intended has been confirmed by Australians who, when a higher point was found, transferred to it the name of Strzelecki’s choice. From this point the expedition followed McMillan to Omeo and Lake King, but pressed on from the Macalister, where he had turned back, along the Latrobe towards Westernport. The bush was dense and tangled, and Strzelecki, afraid of losing his way altogether if he diverged from a direct course, insisted on pushing straight through every obstacle. Provisions had come to an end ; the horses and baggage had to be left behind ; at the rate of two miles a day or thereabouts, scrambling, staggering, hewing their way inch by inch, with native bear's flesh for their only food, the party won through at last to Westernport. Their report of the country east of those dense forests roused others to find new roads to it. McMillan had already come back from his Monaro station with cattle, and was establishing stations between Omeo and Corner Inlet. A Melbourne party made its way round by sea and discovered the western lakes of Gippsland, which McMillan and Strzelecki had missed by keeping well inland. When a road was at last found north of Kooweerup Swamp, so that land traffic could pass direct from Melbourne itself, the speedy and profitable settlement of Gippsland (as Strzelecki had named it) was assured. Even before these discoveries the second problem had Eyre in been attacked. Among the first of the “overlanders,” who Aślia brought stock overland from New South Wales to the newly- settled districts round Adelaide, was a young Yorkshireman, Edward John Eyre. Mere cattle-droving was not adven- turous enough for him ; after one or two journeys by the 1838 usual Murray route he plunged boldly into the unknown FILLING IN THE MAP. 165 Wimmera country as far as Lake Hindmarsh, but beyond that was baffled by impenetrable mallee scrub. Then for a year he devoted himself to business, but the old recklessness was upon him, and he threw himself heartily into South Australian schemes for enlarging the boundaries of settle- ment there. He ex- plored the coast to the west of Spencer Gulf as far as Streaky Bay, and found it barren and water- less; then, himself paying one-third of the expenses, he led an expedition northwards from Adelaide to reach the centre of the continent. Keeping along the western spurs of the Flinders Range, he reached Lake Torrens, which was salt and swampy; he edged his way round this among the stony foothills, and came to a country where even the rain-water grew salt after lying a few hours on the ground, while another salt swamp, to which his name was given, seemed to bar his passage further north. Determined to do something of importance before his return to Adelaide he made southwestwards for Streaky Bay, and, after some delays, pushed on to Fowler's Bay, where he formed a summer camp and a depot of provisions. The country allead of him was even more waterless than any he had hitherto crossed. For the most part it was bare rock, breaking down to the sea in cliffs four hundrel feet high. Here and there—fifty miles, a hundred miles, a hundred and forty miles apart—there were patches of sand beneath which, by digging, it was possible to find a little 1840 166 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Eyre alon Water. Now and then, but very rarely, a little grass or a small patch of miserable scrub was kept alive by the dew. The only reasonable hope of a successful journey across this Wilderness lay in constant communication with a ship that should meet him to replenish his stores, and this had been arranged for as far as Fowler's Bay, but further than that Gawler, who was then Governor at Adelaide, would not let his vessel go. He had no money for work beyond the South Australian border, nor, if he had, was he inclined to spend it on an enterprise so mad as Eyre now proposed. Eyre was obstinate. If the ship would not come with ag e * & tº the Bight him, he would go without it ; if the country could not Feb. 25, 1841 support a party, he would go by himself. He sent back all his men but an old overseer of his, Baxter, who begged hard to be allowed to stay ; then those two, with three blackfellows and a few horses and sheep, faced the terrible desert. They endured everything that had been foreseen, and more. The live stock travelled so slowly, from thirst, that all the sheep and most of the provisions were eaten before half the journey was over. Again and again a camp had to be formed, while one or two of the party pushed on to find and bring back water. More than once their lives depended on dew collected by Eyre in a sponge and squeezed into a quart pot. The sun flamed all day ; the nights were bitter cold. At the end of two months the blackfellows began to steal what was left of the provisions ; when charged with it, two of them deserted, and though they came back in a few days, it was only to do a worse mischief still. One night, as Eyre was driving the horses from a scanty pasturage back to camp, he heard a shot, and presently saw Wylie (one of the deserters) running towards him and calling him to come. In the camp Baxter lay (lying, shot through the heart ; the baggage was strewn in confusion over the ground ; the two other natives, who had evidently murdered Baxter to obtain the rest of the food, FILLING IN THE MAP. I67 were not to be seen. Wylie himself was hardly to be trusted after his recent escapade ; still, there was nothing for it but to push on, although every time they stopped to rest it became harder to summon up energy enough to move again. Week after week Eyre and Wylie toiled on, till their provisions were quite exhausted, although water was becoming more plentiful ; then, in the nick of time, they found a French whaler at anchor in a little bay. The rest and help thus obtained enabled Eyre to complete his journey with comparative ease, and on the 7th of July he reached Albany. For fifteen hundred miles he had forced his way through the worst even of Australian deserts, and gained as his sole reward the conviction that, as he was the first, so he would be the last to travel by that road. B. THE INLAND WASTEs (1844-58). Certainly his experiences warned other explorers to avoid the arid west, and for the next twenty years men's energies were concentrated on two routes by which they hoped to open up the eastern half of the continent. One series of discoverers pushed north from the Murray, the other west from the Queensland coast ; all had as their goal the broad peninsula that spreads between the Gulf of Carpentaria and the waters of the Timor Sea. Sturt heads the first Series; after him, at a long interval, come McDouall Stuart and Burke and Wills. The second series, besides the Veteran Sir Thomas Mitchell, includes the names of Leichhardt, Kennedy, and Gregory. When these men had finished their labouls, Australia east of 130° was mapped out in all its main features. Sturt, whose Murray voyage had been the beginning of South Australia, settled down in the new colony first as Surveyor-General, subsequently as Colonial Treasurer and finally as Colonial Secretary. But Eyre's march fired his ambition, and in the spring of 1844 he was once more at the head of a well-equipped expedition bound for the centre of Sturt J 6S HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Stony Desert the continent. To avoid the so-called lakes that had blocked Eyre in 1840, he followed the line of the Murray and Darling to near Lake Cawndilla, and then set his face towards the Barrier Range, where he hoped to find a river running from the north-west. Baffled in this, he followed the range to its end, proceeding with great care from waterhole to waterhole, so that his live stock should never be in danger of death from thirst. By the end of the year he had reached a spot near Mount Poole, in the Grey Range, and there found himself suddenly shut in on all sides by the summer droughts. Few Australian CII ARLES STURT. summers have been more fiercely hot than that of 1844-5, and the autumn brought no relief ; ink dried on the pen, lead dropped out of the shrivelled pencils, the woodwork of the drays almost fell to pieces ; the explorers tried vainly to find a way out of their refuge, where the water began to run low. At last, worn with despair and stricken by scurvy, they sat idly day after day in a sort of cave which they had dug in the hillside to protect them from the scorching sun. In the middle of July, after six months' torture, rain came in torrents. A month later Sturt set out again over plains where the grass had already sprung plentifully, crossed Cooper's Creek where it ran in a tangle of indefinite channels, and a little beyond it found himself once more in a region of Sandhills. Beyond the sandhills came a bare expanse of Sandstone covered with quartz pebbles—the Stony Desert—and beyond that more sandhills; then, spurring him on with momentary hope, the well-grassed channels of Eyre's Creek ; then Sandhills again, and salt- FILLING IN THE MAP. 169 encrusted plains to which he saw no end. East and north- east, had he but known it, lay the Diamantina and the Herbert, permanent watercourses that would have led him into valuable country. But he was bound for the centre of the continent, and that way the desert was impenetrable ; he fell back to the depôt at Fort Grey, and made a fresh start. This time he pushed more directly north, and found Cooper's Creek running strongly in a single channel through fertile country, but beyond it, between him and the Diamantina plains, the Stony Desert thrust itself for- biddingly, with its same further edge of sandhill and salt plain. Sturt was utterly tired out. Moreover summer was coming on again, hot as ever, and he was many miles from Fort Grey. He turned back for the last time. Cooper's Creek was drying up rapidly, and in Strzelecki's Creek, along which his road lay, there was barely enough muddy water left to help him back. Hot winds blazed about him till his thermometer burst. Fort Grey had been deserted by the depôt, and Sturt's strength only just carried him to join it under Mount Poole; then everything but food and water was abandoned, and by forced marches the expedition struggled along its old tracks to reach the Darling at the year's end. His health shattered, his eyesight permanently destroyed, Sturt was borne back to Adelaide and thence to an invalid's rest in England–so cruel a reward for all his labour was allotted to the greatest of Australian explorers. i Assuredly South Australia was an unlucky colony, for Eyre on the west and Sturt on the north had deprived it of all hope of expansion. It was, therefore, to the districts north-west of Moreton Bay that adventurous discoverers now turned their eyes ; and Sydney politicians were just in a mood to take advantage of their zeal, since it was considered immensely important to connect the mother f As some recompense for the privations he endured, the Government of South Australia granted him a pension of £600 per annum, Leich- hardt 170 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. colony with a settlement formed not long before at Port Essington, on Coburg Peninsula. In 1843 a Select Committee of the New South Wales Council recommended that £1000 should be spent on opening up this route overland, but Gipps had to get permission from England before he could grant the request. In the meanwhile, a young German doctor, Ludwig Leichhardt, who had made ready to go with Sir Thomas Mitchell on the proposed offi- cial expedition, persuaded his friends to fit out a private exploring party with himself as head. Starting from the Darling Downs, then almost the northern limit of settle- & § |\\ ment, he determined to keep Nº * Nº * as far as might be on the LUD WIG L121C HIIARDT. eastern side of the main range, - where experience show ed that there was always plenty of water. His track lay, therefore, parallel to the coast and about a hundred miles inland, until he hit the Burdekin, and was led by it to the upper waters of the Lynd ; then he made for the shores of the Gulf, and came for the first time into serious collision with the natives, who killed his companion Gilbert. Up to The this time he had been travelling through splendid country, Plains of , . * … l. - - - - - - - --- * * - - - - - - - - - ~ : Eºis, his reports of which afterwards rejoiced the hearts of his squatter friends ; but now, after rounding the head of the Gulf, he came upon thick scrub that made every step toil- some. Food ran short, and the meat was mostly flying-foxes ; the horses and oxen began to die off. At last through rugged country Leichhardt made his way to Van Diemen Gulf, and in the early part of 1845 reached Port Essington in safety. Teturning to Sydney by sea, he became the hero of the year; the Council voted him £1000, which was l/. I J W WI (HHAL NI :)NITTIJI isn'ſ ‘uoun toS toutſ.I, out) onuſ Sun. Tuul aoa RI uſional A outus out) su A q oans os Su A out osnuood ‘utional A out, my juſtuuu ‘u Aop to All out) powollo] ouſ sKup ouos toll 'uoxlulsiuſ ÅIpus sta\ all outſ, sºul ºnq (, ; ooutºloAosdod log uoA tou u0,1] loo.up ptº Aal is . . . sodou pous!..toulo-5uo Kut Jo uorºus! [ºol out, ,, ao Ao (Iduna, Jo Suos tº onuſ \sumq louſon, IN 89 ''' ‘XIIoI unſuinsm W Ats sug out ulouſ A Kup oun uo Su ‘oloul oou() ‘su Aop Utodo Inginnuoq àuoulu hsoA-ūnaout 5uluum. ‘ooo..It'ſ oul Jo uttells-puouſ aun uodn quo outro UOos put ‘qnaos Moluſ) Oquiſ unju Ojo.1.11: A\ out, posso.to ‘Mouq pouann out : ponut A out ºut A hou stºw ATuyuhiao Yuul, opuu Kloºt out, Jo Duouſ ou, Yu ‘ajuu I Suppa ICI auth Jo apps [unstoo oun uo JIostulu punoj oſ Ojo.I.It. A put "I'I'll 10.I.I.IV "I L IIS Q tout'.It IN out 5uoſº undou s C Months out 1st qt uouſ A § ! put ‘nsue out) On odou - 2* Illins UIU XIOOn Slt *] 23 —” [lſ] IUI º |UIAI, º ‘oultuºpu OO to “outloºgſ 2. & *05[no ouſ, Su Qi Jo Shaud *} quotagºp qt UAOUISI st 2” º, UoTUIAA SIou utuo-tone A Jo (Vºl. & . 2% Uttons.Ks quun uodn ourbo º º, º KIAuosold puu ‘noš /23% º -I*AA AOIoq Jºj qou 5u II 2% -It (I out) possO,to ou quuſ) s== Os ‘nsue - Uniouſ UIosue.[ oulos JoJ uouſ] put ‘ūndou onp qsag qu pouan, ou ut:5uÁN UIO.I.I triathuodato Jo Jing) oùn On on not put[u] út pug O] gif S I go puto oth qu oologſ tuo.IJ ponaths put ‘putºutuloo-ul-puooos stu Joj Kpoutlayſ “I GI esota IIoulon IIN “ouoß St. A patuuſolorſ SW ‘It’.lauer) ‘IOKoAins ou? IJO puos on alqū St. A Sddº) put ‘publjuq ILauoqi IN Ulong outloo put uoissluidod pounbo.1 oun out Auto IN 'sophoroos [uoudunjoor) quo.15 oun Jo stºpotu ploš oth outso ooutº. I put uſequg uo.ij : Suo.uupt SIU Jo SqJ15 oun Āq polqmop utúl odou 172 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Rennedy before reaching the southward turn that would have shown him his error, he turned back for lack of provisions and hastened to Sydney with his news. Sydney, however, was incredulous about inland rivers, and Kennedy was sent back to make sure. Mitchell's hopes were shattered at Once ; the Barcoo, when tracked down, ran back south-west into the same land of sandhills that had baffled Sturt. But Mitchell had opened up much fine country on the tablelands of the main range, and squatters were not slow to follow his trail. The forties opened with Eyre's failure ; their central years saw the success of Leichhardt and Mitchell ; their close was marked, not by failure only, but by death, Kennedy in 1848 was sent to traverse the Cape York Peninsula. Tanding at Rockingham Bay, his party was at once confronted with all the obstacles of a tropical jungle. The vines were armed with hooks, and made a dense mat in the close-growing forest ; nettle-trees stung the horses to death ; the ground underfoot was usually a swamp. When these troubles were nearly over, the expedition was harassed by hostile blacks and soaked with tropical rains. Kennedy had arranged to meet a provision ship in Princess Charlotte Bay; but he was two months behind time in getting there, and the ship was gone. The drays had already been abandoned, and most of the horses eaten, when he determined to form a camp at Weymouth Bay, leaving eight of his men there, and to push on himself with the other four. At Shelburne Bay he was compelled to leave three of them, and went on doggedly with the fourth, a blackfellow, in the hope of reaching Port Albany : but near the mouth of the Escape River they were surrounded by a mass of natives, and Kennedy was speared almost in sight of his goal. The faithful blackfellow, after burying his master, got away at night and crawled, half- starved and badly wounded, to the point of Cape York, where a ship was waiting to relieve the party. The FILLING IN THE MAP. 173 Shelburne Bay refugees were never seen again. Of the eight, two were found alive when the relief ship reached them. Kennedy's fate is at least known. Leichhardt's remains ºr a mystery. In 1846 and in 1847 he headed two futile again expeditions, which did little but go over part of his old track at the head of the Fitzroy watershed. In 1848 he set himself a sterner task. He proposed to start from the Darling Downs, strike Mitchell's Barcoo and follow it to its southward turn, and then thrust out into the unknown west in the direction of Perth, skirting Sturt's desert as closely as he might. For such an adventure he had few qualifica- tions—he was a poor bushman, yet none too ready to take advice and none too tactful in dealing with his fellows. Ill-equipped, and with companions even less able than himself for the work, he started on his journey in March, 1848. On the 3rd of April he was on the Cogoon, “in excellent spirits.” And that is the last we know of him. From that day the whole party disappeared. Expedition after expedition was sent to look for it, every explorer since then has kept eyes and ears open for traces or news of it, the route it was bent on has been followed and crossed and re-crossed and run backwards; but of Leichhardt and his men no vestige has been found, no word remains. Of the explorers who took up the search for Leichhardt, A. C. one especially did valuable work in the way of new discovery. Gregory A. C. Gregory, who had already gained a reputation in West Australia, was commissioned by Government to cut across the lost man's supposed track by following the 1s55-6 Victoria River inland from the north. But the river, broad and deep near its mouth, was found to be much shorter than had been expected, and when Gregory left it and made south-west, he found one creek only that ran through grassy country—and even that, after a time, lost itself in the usual salt lakes and sandhills. Ile returned to the Victoria, worked his way east on to the head of the p. 212 174 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Roper, and thence proceeded round the head of the Gulf on to Brisbane, following at some distance inland the route taken by Leichhardt's first expedition. Two years later he 1858 started again, this time following the tracks of the lost party and pushing on across the Warrego to the Barcoo. This river he traced down to the point where Sturt had met it, and then made south by the line of Strzelecki’s Creek to Adelaide. Neither of Gregory's expeditions had brought to light much valuable new country, but the last helped to revive again the exploring spirit among South Australians. Eyre's work in 1839-40 had left them with the impression that Lake Torrens spread its deadly salt-swamps in a huge horseshoe round all their northern districts. If on the maps of to-day we imagine a broad semi-circle of swamp with Lake Frome as one extremity, Lake Gairdner as the other, and Lake Eyre as the main body—the real Lake Torrens appearing simply as an advance guard—we shall understand the despair of Adelaide men during the forties with regard to any profitable expansion northwards. But in 1856 a Mr. Babbage began to investigate the Lake Torrens country, and it soon became clear that the one imaginary big lake was really a number of small ones, which were for the most part separated by fair cattle country. When ºregory, on his way to Adelaide, marched straight across dry land where everyone had thought there was an import. ant arm of Lake Torrens, the hopes of the South Australians rose considerably, and exploring parties were sent out in all directions. C. CROSSING THE CONTINENT (1858-1863). Among these was one commanded by John McDouall McDouaul Stuart, who had learnt his business under Sturt in the Stuart, trying times of 1844-5. He now came to the front as an 1S58 independent discoverer, launching out into new regions to the north-west of Lake Gairdner, and connecting them FILLING IN THE MAP. 175 with the lands made known by Eyre near Streaky Bay. Next year he kept more directly north, and opened up a wonderfully well watered district on the west of Lake Eyre —a strange contrast to the barren plains that edgeit on the east. Then, stimulated by an offer of £10,000 to the first man across the conti- ment (which the South Aus. tralian Council made en- thusiastically, but did not abide by), he started again in 1860 with only two com- panions and thirteen horses along the just-found route that promised so well. Creek after creek was passed — the Neale, the Stevenson, the Finke, the Hugh — and them a steep and rugged line of cliffs seemed to bar the way. He scrambled through, however, naming the range after Sir R. MacDonnell, then Governor of South Australia ; but on its northern side the grass lands gave place to dry scrub and § §§ §§§ º.º. § &A$º Sº, §§§§§N §º & §§ º - ¥ V, § § Nº º gº IA \; - \ § º § §§ R Jºsh: ~ NWWN s § N º \\ § {\ - \\ J. McI)OUALL STUART. spinifex—the latter a never-failing sign of those barren regions which had stopped Sturt in 1844 and Gregory in 1856. Still Stuart pushed on, camping on April 22 in the centre of Australia, close to the hill he proudly called Central Mount Stuart ; he thrust out north West towards Gregory's tracks, but thirst beat him back ; he pushed due morth some distance past Tennant's Creek, but here the natives attacked him, and with so small a party it was madness to go on. He returned to Adelaide to be received with enthusiasm ; out of the twenty degrees of latitude that separate Adelaide from the Timor Sea he had traversed sixteen, and the rest would surely be easy work. His 1861 expedition was aided by a Government grant, though even p. 165 1854) T]he Centre reached 176 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Burke Wills so it consisted only of seven men and thirty horses. With it he passed Attack Creek (his furthest point the year before) unharmed by the blacks, and got a hundred miles further north before he was blocked by a thick scrubby forest. Try as he would, there was no getting through it that year, and again he returned to Adelaide, only to make immediate preparations for another attempt. This time he gave up all hope of finding a route to the Victoria River, and determined to try his luck more eastwardly in the direction of the Roper. That way at last fortune favoured him ; the Strangways took him to the Roper, and another of its tributaries led him across the North Aus- tralian tableland on to the head of the Adelaide. On July 24th, 1862, the party rode down through a tropical forest to the sea beach, and Stuart dipped his hands in the waters of the Indian Ocean. Shortly after Stuart and his party re-entered Adelaide in triumph, another party of explorers passed into that city mournfully, bearing the bodies of two men whose fate has left them even more famous than their deeds might have done. While Stuart was making his second unsuccessful journey across the MacDonnell Ranges in February, 1861, Burke and Wills among the mangrove swamps of the Flinders mouth were watching the tide drain out into the Gulf of Carpentaria. The story of their one success, and of all the disaster that succeeded it, is one of the best known in Australian history : but it ranks with Leichhardt's as one n which the due apportionment of praise and blame will always be a matter of doubt and discussion. It was in 1857 that the Royal Society” of Victoria hit on the idea of subsidising a trans-continental expedition. Victoria was at that time, owing to its wonderful goldfields, the richest colony in Australia, and the most fully explored : it seemed at once a generous and a reputable undertaking to spend its wealth on enlarging the bounds of less favoured * Then called the Philosophical Institute. Ll I 'd VIN (HHVL NI () NITTIJI ‘ĀIA\ots odout uo ºr 5uſiq on huāll AA 5uţăuuqo ‘nsol 04 tionſ.pod No oth Jo Apoq uſuul oun "Joi ou opuluoſ TV aould quuou A out, III) on ‘5ultuOI oun uo uomºhs u Jo loosao Ao ‘huājū A *IN u ponuţoddu ‘puuuuutoo uſ puoods outbooq Kinuoubosuoo SITIAA puu pouñisot slopuari uou A ‘puu ‘soutuo out) Jo quautoğuuuut ou" to Ao slopua.T (In A 5uillo.Liºnb Kq ūnāoq ol I ºl.10AUIsn't soloodploud up poolioſtody out SeſqLllog o] ſub st: A pun: ‘nuouipmſ poxiou ou inq-5ulio Aosdad put -JICI is ºf ‘smoºz ‘ploq-SKuA Kuutu up AOIIo] oug u su.A oxiangſ ‘pouston't A to ATI trilonoſ A alſº uo suoſhuaordxa loſlatºo s, Kaoğa.1%) unIA annot sItſ hoauttoo put ‘natinºs Kol UAOUXI opulu qsn'ſ Shor.Insp ouſ split. AO) so A-ūniouſ Ulanº quântu Kou() ‘oAI) utilon(* Utu SV Sgs I Jo S. Kaoğolf) put “ontºp outt's out, Jo sºundS ‘g-ff Sl Jo Slou.In sºptutuolo"I uooAqoq Joſ oljubia) UIAAOUXun out, otold No on ooutou, "ºl M M1191 (I NY 1101.31 pun: ‘Stoo.10 sºlodooſ) uo 79tſo), t UUUUOJ on atow suoloniºsuſ (Iouſ I, ‘Knaud oun polo[duoo StoA.Il) -Loubo oopu(IH oo.II) put ‘Utout onju A odout uon ‘nsin.It ut: ‘IO)oop * : .toulououse put to Ko Aans StºA SIIIAA 'ſ 'AA : put (UUUUUOO UI putooos sitſ su.A ‘dodxa-LouTuo out) 'slop -uur 'ſ 'E) : pubtuutoo oth ua Ali suA ‘oollod go quopu on U.todins uuploqol A tº ‘axiang plºtſoſºl 'aoxtomb put dosuo SKoutmoſ (){}S [ nuosop out, oxtuut on unpu I utody slotuto UAA potisſuing put sº - : ‘poddmba Kºusſau 'spoou aſqissod II* Asuſtãu popſaoud AlIng aul T 90 on sus, uompodko ou.I. 'Asow put I'llou ou on oputti oq ppmoo suoſsanoxe ounang uot A tuouſ 10dol, tº oould loºt'ſ où nº 5ugustiquºso put too.10 sºlodoo) on loodſp 5u}[It’CI oup, utoq on not u 5upug Jo oud oſquoſhould odoul ou" dog poßuuuo spuu Muongusu Auñſsop snoſhigure su) ºnq : unoopiduſ) go odou I, ou, Jo out oun 5ttom: Aso A on 1sto utoly Tuouſluoo oth ssolo on sea, Iºsodoid sig S.Khoyoos ou.L 'sogumutuloo 178 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Into the Un- known 1861 while he and Wills, with five men and a camel-driver, went ahead to Cooper's Creek. There he waited barely a month, growing more impatient every day. A judicious explorer would have gone back to hasten on the main body, especially as it was the expedition's first duty to establish its provision depôt securely on the Creek. Burke conceived the wild idea of dividing his small party again, and making a dash into the unknown with hardly any of the W. J. WILLS. equipment provided for systematic exploration. He took Wills with him, and two white men, Gray and King ; the other four, a man named Brahe being put in charge, were told to wait on the creek for Wright's party at least three months. On December 16th Brahe saw the last of his leader. On April 21st he buried a quantity of provisions at the foot of a tree, carving DIG on its bark, and marched at ten o'clock to rejoin Wright, who had not yet made his appearance. That evening, at half-past seven, Burke, Wills, and King staggered into the deserted camp, leg-weary, half-starved, and with two exhausted camels for their whole equipment. Wills, after the night's rest, was for following Brahe: Burke held out obstinately for an attempt to reach the cattle stations of South Australia, which were only a hundred and fifty miles to the south-west. Wills yielded : a letter explaining the new plan was buried in the hole, from which they had taken the provisions, but no sign of their arrival was left above ground ; and the three forlorn men started down Cooper's Creek, going at every step further away from the last hope of rescue. 61, I 'd V W (HHVL NI :)NITTIAH A.I.O.) S S.3UII XI où luouſ podoud Khaud oun jo ouo Kāāoq Iſos oun put III ulouſ) opulu suſta AAuo II "Inoun) odout Kup Kaoko Ao.15 5ullovu.t] ‘Moti'ſ pouonsuu Aoun SV ogno.in go lºop quo.15 u ăuţălă odow slotulio ouſ put huous 5upuuni odox suospadid Apuolu quº 's-loow NIs utt[] odout on uſ ano outoo puu Áol.I. Jus) out on slopull oun puu 'slopuſLI oun on uoun quinoud <uouolo ouſ, Iſhun ‘soot tonu A Jo Iſny puu possu,15 Ilow puu tº uinolul ‘Āup tongu Kup spat Aundou Kupuans Dollsud Aoun uoulſ, suo-undou ooutºsp outos dog tuouſ, Dol loſt|A ‘utinuuuuul (I out, ‘Tooto oug u uodn outuo Koun ‘lioso (I Autons shinns Jo uopºlod as juissolo longū ‘Anq : xloo, O soil." I splus\on opulu put locutoooo smoſ Aoid out, Jo ung I oul) to out.I.I uto.1] pollud out A ano] ou.L. Kaons polloqo.LA oIOUA OVI) pluoul Su A Ulul uto. I Knaud so lang! Jo JoAIAlms Kuo ou', ‘Aopulls u on ponsu A put Muaw ‘Kul Ulou A go ouo ul ‘shnu oA 11tu Jo uomooloo tº punoy lonuſ sKup oA1 put ‘looutondoS go ung I ou Aq 19tſo), too.IO sºlodoo) oul) ºu odo AA out.Ig] put: 1) IAAOH ºatinºs loout plmoA ou osuo jutſ) uſ but ‘uſ;10)ol A olin spat:AO) so A-Uniou opulu put où solun— anoj out) Jo ouo Ssolot ouoo on ‘nuſ;noun uouſ ‘punoq shºw ox|,Inq ‘uonduutp[00'ſ Uuo.II 1soA dox It: A\ put: ‘JIm}) out) uto.11 sp.tº Auguos Monaqs Ujnoloqsput I 'suo.L.IOL ox{*T ssolou (u05 outes out, spat AO) opiulopy tuo, J politºns Kulul No|N ‘Mao.10 sºlodoo O O" sylobal plo ouſ) juolu pat: A\log posse.1d 10 IAAOH play out, U 9.10A sonaud anoj qual ouo lou u00s put ‘Kuoſoo on Kuoroo u0,1] puaads SAou puq ou.I, ‘oouto qu uoſºpod No Jolod tº quo puos oq Kholoos lºoºl oun poiln put ou.InoqLoIN on Mouq politantſ out.1%I– ÁAamos utody juliol|ns odoA sea ou', puu pop putſ (tout Inoj– usud oul uſ XIdoA lotſ,anj Kut Yuo Kilauo on oſquun on Inb St. A Khalid shufta AA httſ, 5uroos put ‘suois AOad sūjutout ood (I) Kuo uox tº put oxlingſ tºu] ºuſ Aoux, olotſ oul Ul III)s of 0% posoddus ouſ solo)s out, uſuºju (In jup on otnoaq mou pºp pun: "puno.5 oun go ooutºlingsp ou poonou qnq ‘90ſop out. On oſqissod st: u00s St. Utu (I U11A pou.inq9. ‘OOILngſ oun uo solºinoujſp uſ quâ, AA lotu juſAull ‘outiq to I 180 HISTORY OF AUSTRA LASIA. Nardo O The Relief Parties Scanty store of provisions, and Burke thrashed him for it. A fortnight later the same man fell ill, and after a few days died, and they halted for nearly a day to bury him. That day lost their lives ; for, as we know, barely mine hours separated Brahe's departure from their arrival in the de),6t. All through King's story it is clear that Burke would have saved himself endless trouble by attaching a native or two to his party. The bush-lore of natives saved Leichhardt on his way to Port Essington ; the want of it increased considerably Burke's difficulties on his way to and from the Gulf, and proved disastrous on this last journey towards South Australia. For the attempt to reach South Aus- tralian settlements proved useless, and the three despairing men crawled back gradually towards the depôt, getting fish sometimes from the blacks, but subsisting for the most part on nardoo, the spores of a flowerless plant that grows in marshy ground. This the blacks for some time gave them in the form of flour: later on, King discovered the plant, and they had to pound it themselves with much effort — and all the time there were fish enough in the creek (which a black companion would have taught them to catch) to have supported them for many weeks. Nardoo alone was of little use to them – it satisfied the appetite, but nourished the body not at all. Slowly their strength left them. Wills sank first, and insisted on the others leaving him and trying to find some natives from whom to beg fish. Durke, after a weary journey of two days, lay down and died ; and King, returning to Wills, found him dead also. A few days later King found a friendly tribe of blacks, and pleased them so much by shooting a few crows that they fed him and kept him with them till Howitt's party arrived. The story of the other relief parties may be told very shortly. Walker hit the Barcoo and Swerved northwards on to the head of the Flinders and so to the Gulf, returning up the eastern side of the Flinders watershed, and across the main range to the Burdekin, Landsborough crossed FILLING IN THE MAP. 181 from the Albert to the Herbert ; returning, he struck the Flinders, and pushed south-east from its upper waters across the Thomson and Barcoo to the Warrego, down which he came to the Darling, and so to Melbourne. McKinlay, after finding an unknown white man's grave in the desert north of Cooper's Creek, and hearing from some imaginative blackfellow a story of fighting and the massacre of several white men, made north to the Diamantina, and followed Burke's route most of the way to the Gulf ; then, baffled by the mangrove swamps, he made eastwards, and came out among newly-formed cattle-stations in the Burdekin country. Thus, by the end of 1862, the whole of Eastern Australia was known in all its essential outlines ; and when Howitt, who had stood by the depot on Cooper's Creek till the other relief parties were safe on the coast, brought back the bodies of Burke and Wills to be buried with all honour at Melbourne in January, 1863, men felt that the days of the great explorers were over, and that it was only left for Australians—of the east, at any rate—to develop wisely the wide inheritance which had been won With so much skill and courage and endurance even to the death. fr. p. 16) The Years of Isolation CHAPTER XI, CONSTITUTIONAL GOVER.N- MIENT. A. N. EW SOUTH WALES (1860-85) For twenty years and more after the granting of Constitu- tions, Australian colonists were chiefly occupied in learning to use their new powers. They were left, one may say, quite to themselves. England had almost ceased to take part in their affairs, and foreign nations had not yet begun to intrude upon the seas to eastwards. The exciting days of the first gold rush were over. The idea of joint action* and a common government was almost forgotten. Each colony settled down to work out its own problems apart from its neighbours, influenced a good deal by the jealousies which always spring up between bordering communities when there is no great danger to unite them. Even in the most perilous days of the American Revolution, Massa- chusetts and New York and Pennsylvania and Virginia quarrelled among themselves; it is not surprising that in times of absolute peace New South Wales and Victoria should have occupied themselves rather in trivial disputes than in remembering their common interests. But with such matters (and, indeed, with most of the questions which occupied Australians between 1860 and 1880) we cannot yet deal fully and impartially, because they are so fresh in men's minds, and so bound up with questions still under discussion, as to be really a part of recent politics, about which people take sides for partisanship. We must just note down what did happen, what was done, and wait some years before making assertions about the value or the rightness of any particular proceeding * There were several intercolonial conferences, but, except in postal matters, very little joint action resulted. 182 CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. } S3 In New South Wales the first question of great importance |with which the new Parliament dealt was that of the land. |Gold, of course, had upset all the old arrangements for settling small farmers on the fertile lands near coast towns, and allowing squatters to spread their flocks and herds over the districts that were less fertile or more thinly populated. Gold was found in all sorts of places; where gold was found, there men gathered together and made a township ; and townships must be fed from farms as near them as bossible. Many diggers, too, grew tired of digging and wanted to buy a block of land to live on and to cultivate. Some arrangement, therefore, must be made for pro- viding small areas of land, not in the nineteen settled counties only, but anywhere over the colony where they were wanted. This was done by Sir John Robertson's Land Acts of 1861, which allowed anyone to take up a Selection anywhere on three conditions : the area must be not less than 40 and not more than 320 acres; the price was £1 per acre, of which the selector must pay five shillings down, and the rest by instalments; and the selector unust personally live on his selection, and improve it by fencing and other useful work at the rate of £1 per acre. The Acts did not, of course, apply to land already sold, or in or near towns, or reserved for special reasons. But they did apply to all the vast areas leased by squatters to run their sheep on ; for, although these could still be leased for five years at a time, yet anyone could pick out one of the more valuable bits—patches of rich soil, water frontages, &c –and settle down on it, leaving the squatters' sheep only waterless or half-barren paddocks for pasturage. It was also easy to evade many of the conditions. In country so thinly peopled, the Government would find it hard to prove that any particular person had not been living regularly on his selection, Moreover anyone could select, even a young child; so that a man with a large family could, by taking up a selection in the name of each child, control a The Land Law S p. 5) Their Evasion 184 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The First Constitu- tional Crisis Sir J. Young (; overnor, 1861-8 good many areas of 320 acres. So there were soon three different kinds of selectors scattered over New South Wales. There was the genuine worker, who was really trying to make a home for himself and a living from his farm. There Was the man who chose an area which interfered with the Working of the squatter's run, either because he had a spite against the Squatter, or because he hoped to get money for going away. And, on the other hand, there was the “dummy” who was paid by a squatter to take up a choice piece of his run, not to use it, but simply to prevent others from using it, and so keep it in the squatter's hands. Many run-owners, too, who would not resort to dummying, spent all their money and borrowed a great deal more from the banks in order to buy right out as much of their runs as they could, thus leaving themselves without any savings to fall back on in bad years. It was over these Land Acts, while they were still Bills that there came about a great constitutional crisis. The Legislative Council consisted of nominees, who held their position for five years only as an experiment. There had been great disputes about the Council in the days when the Constitution was a-making, and they had been settled by this compromise. When Mr. John Robertson (as he was then) had passed his Bills through the Assembly, he found that the Council, just then close to the end of its five years' term, insisted on altering them so as to prevent selection on leased runs. In great haste the Governor, Sir John Young, was persuaded to appoint twenty-One new Councillors—a number sufficient to pass the Bills in their original form ; but, when the new appointees attended a Council meeting to be sworn in, the President resigned his position and walked out of the house, followed by most of his fellow-Councillors, and the meeting fell through. Before another could be held the five years' term Was up. Now an attempt had been made to pass a Bill providing that future Councils should be elective, but the Bill had GSI J.NGIWNXIGIAOK) TWNOILſlūLILSNOO IOSI S] OpXI e seu (UC) -Iquiv ºuaul ponniubot Kunſ u ulanquor) qu Iulin uo qual ‘ponsolat olow stonoſ.1 outh Jo autoS potonsol StºA Jopto otojoq Koup KS utou sāool] polpumu OAn Kittou put sum; Jo old noo t; du pues on pull huoulu taxop oun huun KısmolońA os uorspoop spun oologue on popoooo..[d Koun pun: ; of nsinut osotiſtſ) où nuūn stroInnosa, passaid Kou() (IoIUIAA tº ‘sfiullootu plotſ Slošāup on] UAW ou I, shop. odo A oleul Kûuosold put ‘ponsuo quonuoosip quo.1%) sāulu.tta Uloul aso Sloulu on UAA oun uponLA ye ‘sdous 5uſſolut:5 5uidoos Ko Kraśati ºnq ‘5utiºn) Áq ĀInted pox II OUA ‘progp105 upºl Kaoa e uo osount[O Jo quoutoſhºes u su.A. ataut, ‘īunoX attou ‘yeſ’ſ juſquer I TV pupi launout. Jo sooutºqquqsip (I) [A Solt, A\ unnos AoN pop!.Aoid splogp(oš aun ‘SAt put plo oun 5unnosdn sepisoq ‘ajll log shºes IIoun 5uſpIOU Stoduoul oaultuouſ Jo shsisttoo [[Ins [ſound O oun hºun OS—oouis SILIGI at ITUTIs It to Aas ueeq a_Auu Su-qno UIAAOUIn su A III&L out, pun: ‘Kuloua toqqiq tº su A UI).IOAqua AA ejt, Uns poollutºu go qug ‘sontºloloola Ieşit Kol uosolio od pino A put ‘ĀIquossy oun st Stodulatu Kuttu su Jūgū. Kuo oAuu plmoA IIounoſ) out, yet!" 5uſad Saipod OAn aun uooAqoqootlodalymp Kuo oun – Kuoroo aun UT shutopſsal alo A out A oit. In J Jo Utout [It’ & ‘‘o'º - KIquess V oun panoola OUAA ston OA atties out. Kol IIosono aq. On ‘IlounoC) aAlmoolo ut: Usiſqu'lso on opeut Utoos StºA duoqqu launouv 'suoint.Ian It: A\oj tº unIA passed otoA SIIIgſ puur I ou I, soAinout utism.It’d Kut tuo, J hou ‘nºuds onquci put KhIIIqt. Iſoun JOJ poloolos alo A sanāt alloo OAl-KhuoA, SIU : Iounoo Aou oun Jo quopisaid outbooq undo Aquio AA amouou tupu op On Aoup KS go oldoed out, put spuolaj UAO SIU uqLA 5uTuroſ Saipmſ out, put quotubſtit’d ‘Suontanstoutop quo.15 ppture put[5ugſ tuo.11 pouannot qsn'ſ puu ou A ‘UnioAqua AA TInsuoo on ušnoue osſ A adoA “Jod AOO IIW ‘aeruloid oul put Jou.to AOE) où, KIonºun).ſo I SILKI sput T ou" to Ao nuouoo.15esip aul Ka Inopuſp otolu oun [[tº opeut put ‘oleo quo.15 5uſpoou Jonquu tº St. A ‘adojo.toUſ) ‘uou) Osootlo OL 'oji I dog UOI) Isod arouſ) poll pinous S.IOIIIounoſ) Aoti ouſ quuſ) padap.to 11 put ‘pooj plotl IIITs how uolºnqºsto0 oun os : poAIous uood 1S6 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Bush- ranging p. 61 The Minis- trie S More serious and more lasting was the revival of bush- ranging. The outlaws of the old times had been nearly all convicts escaped from imprisonment, who became bush- rangers because there was no other life open to them ; they could not settle down for fear of being arrested by the police, and they must rob in order to procure food and the At the same time, being convicts, and generally of the worst class, The goldfields created a new kind of outlaw—men who took to the bush money that might buy them a passage to England. they were, as a rule, brutal and murderous. willingly, of the free-settler class, stirred by false romance and the hope of getting rich easily to lie in wait for the convoys which brought in gold from outlying fields to the more settled districts. There were brutes among them, too, — but not so many; they º hunted in gangs, where- / * as the convict bush- ranger had usually been alone; they had friends and relations scattered about the district where they * ... ^, º worked, , iº warned them of attack, - º * !-- ... --, and sheltered them from - ſ º ſº º, pursuit — whereas the “ss' – – - convict outlaw had been jºi the terror, perhaps, but #!!!! not the friend of his Jºº-- Yºº- weaker neighbours. The years between 1861 and 1867 are full of the do- ings of these gangs—now best to be remembered by the Mox UMENT AT MANSFIELD (Vic.) To Poſ,ICE KILLED RY BI's Iſle ANGERS. bravery and devotion of the police who were set to extirpate them. The politics of the colony for many years after 1861 dealt mainly with matters of finance, which were somewhat who- G6 'd (31SI 'saqtp loyul ulollu qu pollojuoo old.W Solà!) OSouq IIV . how ut possed 5ul Auu se oſteloulou Kgoſuo si uopu A ‘haunns Japutºxolv IIS dopun Kansſulſ tº Kd powolio] suA qI tiontºlopo I spuu Aon sdons onlu Hop opulu uopu A ‘(uoynsonb osoluuſo oun unIA Tuop on poſteo) oottologuo O Luſuoloolonul 1s.III of up 1.1\d quot ſtuoid tº [ool put ‘OSSI Jo Joy (Ion -on.Insti I onqua out) possud ‘tion (UULXQI ſtuoſhuutonuſ quot?) tº usuoluſ) politatio ‘Kuoloo oth Jo utons.Ks ledon -oolo out, histood U21ULA Kinsiuſ IN sun StºA q àoj : [JoA old unlu A uſ pollusal uoos Utop]][too oun ºng 'aoua: -) iodtuſ quottutu.iod Jo alºng pºp qualueſ Laud offin.ins oul juſtmoſ 'Stoptal Uloq Āq popuj Kunslugſ uom -IIloo stuo& Inoj tº uſ popuo Ubu A ‘uoshaoqoºl uuoſ IIS pub soxiaºq &lue H IIS KCl popuou Seſqued pougop -IIoA lioo.Whaq eşānths out, Jo hºuſh “buo Kutluautullived Aoti tº utioq (Intop sundoAqua A\ Jo tuo K oun) & 1s I uſ 'dustoù nº outs aun Jo how used] tº Ko penuluiddins Kuo su A put ‘stuo& trooninoy ponsul Uloſt A utons.Ks old mop u–Kouou go Shub.15 unt A slootios Ibuonºtutuouap 5unspºo asſsst on pun: ‘SIOotos onqnd Aou du has on Unoq ào Aod unIA ‘uorºonpºſ Jo IIounoC) tº polis IQſtºlso SIULL '99's I go 10W UOIntºonpºſ otſ) SStd on StºAV (Kathodoos [uſuo IOO su.A out) tons uſ[N tº sº quotuosoſtrot hsig osot A put ‘UOInnºsuo() oun Jo Suossmosip o!Iqnd uſ put utoſhuqiāū IIonth.todsüt.I.L-ſhuv out 5ul.Imp Host(IIII toy out U tº optºut pull otlaw “so-Liud Kauo H x 11S poA:tos otu.In tº log UH topuſh ‘drus to utoad Jo Sato & JITU tº put aAſ) puiſ ‘Khaud on Isoddo out 5uſpto. ‘UThat IN soutuſ ºus put ‘uonninsuo() Aoti otſ, Jo Utoon XIs As.II) ou" Jo quo sato." oulu KLabout dog oogo plot (IoIIIA Khatid tº pontroso.Idol ‘otion: io Jauhojo, “tioShaoqo I utioſ gaſs put todaxoſ) solatuſ) , als, ºupſûods Kluijnot ‘hnq : posoddo oil south louno qt (Utoq A toluto.id tº topun ooljo 5u ſpotſ outſ, ouo qu Utºut outes oth ‘suois Alp Knied on III Jop Kao A quoso.idol qou pip soAIosutoun solinsiuſ IN out I, ºnlºaqsnv UIolstºo quouino.III] uluojtun od pluous Hoſt[A III,It'ſ tº doj KuA on 1 outdo.[d on KunsſuſW longe Kansſuſ IV Jo aſsop oun Āq poleoſtdutoo LSI "JLNGIWN}{{HAO:) TWNOIJ.ſ.l..I.I.I.SNOO 188 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The amending, in very important points, the Robertson Lands Soudan e or s tº , º, Contin. Acts of 1861, and as having by the prompt determination gent, w - ^{ .. *śs of its Attorney-General, { % ** W. B. Dalley,” sent a 1SS5 | -s \ body of New South Wales $º ºr troops to fight at Suakim, : A - .--, * * * ^* } on the Red Sea, side by 4. sº = side with 13ritish regiments. A=\! Nº º This act, though little 2= N º eff º: § *ē, * e _2= º º # = \s actual fighting occurred, '. *::=== - | R § * g \;=== s - | proved of great value in == º * reviving the feeling of - s: É's || tº sº º . ** * * *. Y M. A r ––– =# # brotherhood be t Ween sº Britons of the home is- `-- lands and Britons of the WILLIAM BED); D.ALLEY. outlying colonies. Material During all these years the colony made steady progress *** in wealth and all material prosperity. As Macquarie's road-making had brought about the first great increase of Settlement, so in these later times the extension of railways was a great factor of progress. West and south from Sydney, north from Newcastle, year by year the lines ran further towards the bounds of New South Wales. The Western Line was for a long time hindered by the difficult 13]ue Mountains barrier ; in 1855 it was at Parramatta ; in 1862 at Penrith ; not till 1868 at Mount Victoria. The descent was a more costly business still, accomplished by the Great Zigzag, which is still one of the sights of the colony, and in 1876 communication was opened through to Bathurst. To Goulburn, across more gradual slopes and a lower summit, the line was opened in 1869 ; and this line, after making a detour to avoid the gorges of the Upper Murrum- bidgee, was completed to Albury in 1881, and became part of the great Trunk Line which connects the capitals of the four eastern colonies. For the line from Newcastle, which reached Tamworth in 1878 and the Queensland border in * Iſe was acting as Premier during the absence of Sir A. Stuart, CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. 189 1888, was being at the same time extended southwards to Sydney, and a great bridge across the Hawkesbury River, opened in 1889, was the last link in the 2500-mile chain that now joins Broken Hill to Cunnamulla. The Trunk Line, from Albury to Tenterfield, serves farm lands chiefly , but the great expanse of pastoral country, besides feeding its own Western Line that has thrust out from Bathurst to the Darling at Bourke, is pierced in the south by a branch line to Hay, in the north by one to Narrabri and Moree, and with such help has increased its eight and a half million sheep of 1855 to fifty-seven millions in 1894. And though wool still remains the colony's staple export, gold and coal aid its prosperity; while in 1885 a third mining product began to swell the total of its wealth with the opening of great silver mines at Broken Hill, in those barren Barrier Ranges which so nearly broke Sturt's heart. I}. VICTORIA (1860-85). In Victoria, with its smaller and more compact area, the land question was not so urgent as in the mother colony ; but an Act very similar to TRobertson's was carried by Sir Charles Duffy in 1862. Far more important was the question of finance, which also led to a prolonged struggle between the Assembly and the Council. In New South Wales financial questions, though often troublesome led to no great bitterness, because both parties were simply anxious to get revenue enough to meet the colony's expenditure ; they proposed various ways of getting it, but that was the sole object of both. In Victoria, however, taxation was soon looked upon in another light. The Victorian diggers, to a greater extent than those of New South Wales, were immigrants from Europe and America, who knew nothing of farming and had originally been trades- men or factory hands. Whereas a disappointed Turon digger would probably go back to work on his father's selection, the man who was unlucky at Ballarat would have no p. 169 fr. p. 160 The rise of Pro- tection 190 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Quarrels between Assem- bly and Council relations in the colony and no desire to settle on the land ; he would work his way back to Melbourne or Geelong, and take up his old trade there. Then, if he was a bootmaker (to take an instance), he would find that for many reasons boots could be brought from England and sold cheaper than he could afford to sell them ; it is naturally cheaper to make a large number of boots at once with good machinery than to make a few at a time with clumsy machinery. “Now,” thought the bootmaker, “if only a duty were charged on all boots sent into the colony from outside, people inside would have to pay more for them ; and in that Way the price of imported boots could be made so high that even my boots would be cheaper, and people would buy from me.” What the bootmaker thought, other manufac- turers thought ; and so there sprang up in Victoria the policy of Protection, which uses the customs duties to make importations from outside so dear that it is cheaper to buy goods made by workmen inside the colony. In this way the tariff became not merely a means of getting revenue, but an instrument for carrying out a particular policy which had nothing to do with the revenue. And as this policy was bitterly opposed by a great many people—more especially by those who were not manufac- turers themselves and had to buy the high-priced goods— it was naturally much debated in Parliament. The Assembly was willing to make it law. The Council was sure to reject it. Neither party would give way. The Council could not be swamped by appointing new members, because it was an elected Council and Ministers had no power over it. At last Sir James McCulloch bit on the device of “tacking ” the new tariff clauses to the Appro- priation Bill, which has to be passed before a Government can legally pay any money on account of the public service. Now the Constitution provided that the Council could reject bills dealing with taxation or appropriation, but could not alter them ; consequently it could not cut out the CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. 191 tariff clauses and pass the rest, but was forced to reject the whole bill, and so prevent the Government from paying the civil servants, or to accept the whole bill, and so allow a Protective policy to be introduced. The bill was rejected. Civil servants, contractors for public works—all to whom the Government owed money—had to go unpaid. 13ut McCulloch had another device ready ; he borrowed money from a bank, paid with that the Government's other debts, and arranged that the bank should sue the Government to recover its loan. He went on, meanwhile, collecting the duties under his unauthorised tariff, and with that money, when the court gave judgment in favour of the bank, repaid the loan. He could not legally have paid away a penny of revenue to civil servants, because the Council had not passed the Appropriation Bill; but a debt which the Supreme Court ordered him to pay must be paid out of any money at his disposal. This trick could not have been played without the 3 overnor's permission, but McCulloch persuaded Sir Charles Darling, who was then Governor, that everything was correct. The British Government, however, was extremely angry that one of its officials, whose plain duty was to behave impartially and administer the Constitution straight- forwardly, should have lent himself to support one party in the colony against another. Darling was recalled, but out of this act also arose another fight between the two Houses of the Victorian Parliament. The first fight had after nine months been settled by a compromise, which seemed to admit the injustice of “tacking.” Yet in the very next year, when the Assembly wished to vote Sir Charles Darling's wife a sum of £20,000 as compensation for her husband's loss of office, the vote was again “tacked ” to an Appropriation Bill, so that the Council might be forced to pass it. There was a second deadlock ; but the new Governor was not as pliable as his predecessor, and presently the Supreme Court forbade the Government Sir C. Darling Governor, TS(3.3-($ 192 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. viscount to use unauthorised revenue as they had done before. This *. time Sir Charles Darling solved the difficulty by refusing *” to let his wife accept the £20,000, and for a year or two the Houses were at peace. As in New South Wales, so in Victoria a new Parlia- mentary era began in the early seventies. The names of McCulloch and Duffy—the more eminent name of George Higinbotham, afterwards Chief Justice of the colony—had been war-cries in the struggles between 1856 and 1871 ; but these leaders retired one by one, and the Parliaments of 1874-83 were the fighting ground of parties led, one by Sir Graham Berry, the other by Sir James Service and later by Mr. Duncan Gillies. The Protectionist policy was formally and fully adopted. The Berry Ministries inherited and accen- tuated the ideas of those earlier politicians who were Payment always disposed to fight the Council. For many years it Meßbers had been proposed to pay members of Parliament, so that men who earned their living by daily work should be able to give up their work to enter the Assembly, and yet receive an income sufficient to live on. After rejecting many bills, the Council in 1870 passed an Act to provide for this payment during the next three years, and in 1874 renewed the Act for a few years longer. In 1877 the Berry Ministry determined to have done with this temporary arrangement, and “tacked ” a payment of members clause to the Appropriation Bill. The Council, strengthened by precedent, threw out the bill, and there was another dead- lock. The Ministry resolved to force the Council's hand * B1ack by sheer violence. On Wednesday, January 9th, 1878, a wº-large number of Government officials came down to their day's work to find that they had been dismissed. Judges, heads of departments, police magistrates—all were in- cluded in the order. The whole Public Service was thrown out of gear. The Ministry declared this had been done merely for the time being, in order to save expense until the Council chose to pass the necessary bill, CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. 193 But, although after a few weeks many of the dismissals were cancelled, yet a great many of the dismissed officers were forced to leave the _-s'W e \ service altogether, } sº ſºs- | Ž % &//, as A\tº - > § - ...” - and were replaced by new men. As the Council remained ob- durate, the Governor, Sir George Bowen, took the side of the Ministry, and began to sign papers which would allow them to spend money Without the Council's consent. - Then at last the SIR (; EORGE BOWEN. Council gave way so far as to pass a separate (temporary) Payment of Members Act, and the Appropriation Act was afterwards passed without the obnoxious “tacked ” clause. As before, the British Government rebuked and removed the injudicious Governor. Sir Graham Berry and Mr. Pearson went to England in the hope that by personal interviews they could persuade the Imperial Parliament to alter the Victorian Constitution, and in some way or other give all power to the Assembly. Their hope was not fulfilled ; the Government in London refused to interfere with a colonial Constitution by which the whole Parliament of the colony was vested with power to make its own amendments. Berry went back to Victoria and made ready to renew the fight ; but there was a new Governor to face and the people were getting tired of the never-ending squabbles, and in the end—following again the example of New South Wales—Victoria settled itself down to less exciting years of progress under coalition Governments. M ij QF # Sir G. Bowen Governor, 1873-4) Lord Normanby Governor, 1879-S4 * VISVTVXIALSſ). W HO X^{OJSIH f6 I 'puniq.loc. put ‘op!tſop V ‘uonuo'ſ ‘Kindly ‘opus Un A oliano IIoIN hooutoo quill sou!! upuu oag out, uto...] uomooup Kiowo uſ Kaqunoo oliº pºolds -10Ao sku.Alſº.1 UIout.IQ go XLIOAqout tº put: ‘SKoſta Tſotſ) SSolot spuriuo put sump uonvillaſ Jo quoulus|[Qºlso on) Aq Qunooot on pound Oslº otoA Ku.Lun W ou Jo Soſauqn (III) untidoº. A ou.I. ºupliu Aoig sº aug Su uoAo Suostos 10A uſ-oxid nog sº Tej St. Jºu A bonuſogſ ouſ) uton] utta quil) squoq JoAI. Kq outno (IoIN go niod out, on IIAop quânoiſ StºA ‘āuſat (I oup) Kittºnqiaº quo.15 sq. Jo qud ‘KItto Kudan IN oud Jo Jou ‘opulq oun uoos put : «gs I oouis doAIt qu'il (to 5uſttunt (tooq put stoutons : Kū.I.In IN oth UO “ºonu(OGI on ou.Inoqlo W UIO.J Kh;AIPu. I polluto uſion or A #9s I (II "put[suoon?) udouanos but solº AA (Innos AoN go suit (d put[tº oth to AO SMoolſ ilotſ, puolds on poſſilſo otoA ‘āuoſoor) Jo 189A sput[-o,Inqstºl olqoli out) uo polynos SKºp ÁLito uſ otA Aoj KXIon I oun 5uouin; olo A Kou() ssolun ‘ologo.iouſ, ‘sion] unbs utiloqol A *Mºtºsny uſ douno Kun uºuld snouyºumouſ O.I.O.UU sojutº. 5uourº soul Atºl polloquun-KLIAuouſ Jo 95uº) tº ‘III's si quoqxo oilt t; on put: ‘St. A pun: Isdū （) Jo uolijo.1 UI.101stºo olf.L suſºld 5ulino (15 ſoul out IJO SSº.15 Jo opt[q Āto Aa ent (IoIUIAA ‘Sqqqº. Áounsop on quoup Jo Suo IIIut log puno.15-5uſpoo.iq almoos t otout “ontº.thouod on Inoujſp ‘qndos oollºut UIn IA pºo.ids.to Ao slºw hoſansſo of itſ a 1soA-Uniott ou" (II spuo ultonso AA put uloºsuo Shi Jo uomº Ipuoo oliº Ág sosodind [to]]ould dog loſſutus III)s polaputo. St. A q ‘suA tota: oun St. ‘oon ‘Ilºus qi Uni A [OAoi tº on din dooto on KTAOIs utioq solº A\ unnos AoN puu ‘uoſsutd.Xo Iºannºu to] tuool (Ionut Août, 1ou plp tºo.In Januus s.Autoſoo oth ‘KuAt pop usnd aun uou A : soluoloo utilºidsny douſ 10 oun go puouſe itſ uſiono! A poould putſ ‘uonº!ndod go Xn Jul Iutuaouqt IIoun Hº A “satioA. Ism.t-ptos ou.I. 'Inoqū’īyeu udouniou sqi su Kloins os mott Hºnoun ‘unleoA put staquinu up UAoti pull Kuoſoo oun ‘sooutºlanºsup ſuolºniod shi Itº (15mouſ I, sse.13O.I.T It! IIeqt, IAI àutuſ IN ();) I l'.1] ‘suullu,Ihsn'V Jo oansue[d auth to Lluq Luuohu N Jo hios tº ‘sutlug doous-pnºs but ‘suopat:5 dou put ‘splullodo Jo qsou prould nº-nº qJal tusſºo!Auoo oou Is uloo'ſ Sull I su Suyutuo. III)s tºutrust. I \ll 1 so,Inquo A to Aou Osouth IIT Un A hug| "suoo qsuo ouſ) on put quoAdoCI oul) Jo Kolū;A out) du out uſuul out) uto.J poulountaq oAut s.Su Allºa du pouodo Kulunaud put posite.Ataq uooq Sull ‘qsnq olqu'ulouad (U Klonulos (a UIA A polo Aoo od on quânoun oouo ‘lsuoo so.A. olouſ A out) : Sloans p snoi.It'A uſ punoj udoq aouis oAut. Ito, but do Alls but doddoo put plot) 'a (tºojuuuuuun ATI toluloud su.A. odo out) osmooq pouo put (tº qud ‘Kolū-A autut'.I. out) uſ bottodo oilo A soulu (toll sºul out louno long tº slogood -sold pollo No sºul.I, Kundutto() [uan)|noi.15 V pun: I suouloſ (I un: A out) on ponut.15 unoq odoject ittoſ puu T'uuq put I go solool'ſ lidolso AA-Ull.lou out) Jo ouo pululoq Joſiosºl luno IN qt. potovosib stºw outlu un queli u 'doxo Aoul ‘I is I uſ hauqo H put u0)soount. I uno Aqo ( SIU AOI aul Ssolo on Satak anoj *— Moon ‘a Is I uſ unio'ſ ‘lolilout: : qso,\-Untou ou, Jo splay -nuouſ A out) fittout; u \op plul StºA SQSI UI KūAllºt ou() 'uoppointin put poshun stuo K quooo.. III) pauſtulo.1 sputſ -Mouq S11 but stoo qso AA ou" ; tıol. StºA uouſ] Untouaq |10s out, Uliuol [] ‘s]solo) asuap sqi Jo pattelo KIAAOIs quq sº so.A-II).toU ot.I, 1stoo stºo eul spat AOn Kantinoo douino. Uljino.111) popuonxo Kilºmpulà alo A UIQUIAA “sun, -daous to] stol]] as KLito out, Kol paid nooo uoaq puu hat:(10H put uºso.ount'I uno.wqaq sput it.tºuloo uodo odou sh] 'statu.In J ſupplow-pitat “homb nud Kuº shutº Iqtuuſ Shi Suoult? uſuno.1 on tºl.10)ol A on asolo 001 put: II*UIs OO) su/A put ISI ou.L 'ouo J.Louis A.I.a. tº su.A Io.Ltºmb eun uoun uoya put “Mooſpeep a on outtato quoult'ſ Lit', I unjutºutst: I, all) Jo Sosno H OAq out) { o.10]oſ s.l.o.A. oo. I'l-K) (low) shºw q : Olſoo ou punoj quouſquoo oul) Jo Iſouian) Intoſh Hod oup squals SSuq SSolov ‘(6S-09SI) VINVINSVL 'ſ) G6 I ‘J.NGIW NYHCHAOS) TV NOIJſ),LIJ.SNOO *> CHAPTER XII. – CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERN. MENT (contin uſed). A. THE WASTE LANDs (1861-63). The south-eastern corner of Australia, occupied by New South Wales and Victoria, is less than a seventh part of the whole continental area. In 1861 this corner contained nearly six-sevenths of the continent's population, and the greater part of what was left would have been found in One small district of South Australia, between Adelaide and the Murray. West Australia was a mere patch of settlement in the far south-west. The new colony of Queensland ran inland, nominally, to longitude 141°, though its settled area was bounded by the tropic on the north and the Maramoa to Westward. South Australia stretched north to latitude 26°. There was still, therefore, a huge expanse of undistributed and unknown territory in the north ; and for a long time now it has not been safe for any nation to leave land without some sort of definite administrator. The Imperial Government was giving up its control of Australian affairs as fast as it could, and had no mind to be burdened with responsibility for this unprofitable area. So when A. C. Gregory, the Surveyor-General of Queensland, proposed that his colony should push its boundary Westward so as to take in the head of the Gulf, and that beyond that a new colony of Albert should stretch west again to the De Grey River, with its capital on the Victoria, the Duke of Newcastle assented on condition that Queensland should take charge of the new baby till it was fit to run alone. This, however, Was by no means what Queensland wanted, nor was South Attsfältä. Biºlined to see another colony meddling with Dividing the "Wastes 1S(50 3. † e & 196 < * , º W 0 RTH E R N Fºyſ A § s /36) * /2 \ +N N \ 3. i | • - - - A-> * \t- * SO UTHY: Q L. Eyre & AUSTRA \ | LTorr N - sº ſº." sº § A U S T R A LIA 6, \" 3. L. *Pcrth | § º | sº 2 - 2- --~~ cy Cº. * . 42. V. ºr- *... | º 25. X. *TA ~2: cº-ºxº-E & rº Presen f Bo un daries elbour-raºe . .262 sº jº- ^*_ ~ === Boundaries nor obsolefe ſ Q or only proposed. \ - avaº Y-3 AUSTRALIA, SHOWING PROPOSED AND PRESENT DOUNDARIES, 3. 198 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 176 fr. 1). 162 regions which had been just opened up by its own explorer, Stuart. On the other hand, no one at Adelaide wished to be saddled with the administration of the great north- western deserts. And so it came about that by 1863 Queensland had got its western extension without any conditions at all ; South Australia had taken over the Northern Territory, “until we "—the British Government— “think fit to make other disposition thereof,” and the north- west was left to the very nominal jurisdiction of the Crown colony administrators at Perth. B. QUEENSLAND (1859-90). Queensland began its career as a separate colony with seven pence halfpenny in the Treasury, and it was seven years before its circumstances were much improved. |ºriggº - •º. d 2 - | j9 R A P e R Y S T o R E S. §4 #######!...+（−} Tºlº f -— «-> 3R IS BANE IN }S(50. At first the new Government borrowed money freely to spend on public works, and assisted immigration: in 1860 it owed less, in 1870 far more in proportion to its population, than any other Australian colony. West of the main range the land was left, as a rule, to squatters, and immigrants were settled at intervals along the coast, wherever a river. mouth gave promise of well-Watered and fertile land. For a few years the colonists made the most of a great piece of good fortune. In 1861 the United Sol LeAOo -SICI pIO-5) ſ:- IS/S'I ‘...t p_{i \til 10 wool., ow. Fº 9t/\I, III opulu Su A —untu.Insuv Uſ pug poi nuuq.loduu soul ou"— II* Jo Kuo Moosºp soluo.15 outl, ..to AIM anoAuopu I out) uo ‘u Ao) -Noof) ºu Yuoulon) os [u]suoo loulout: quoqu quino.1q ‘M.ION odu() Jo osu, out, Utau său Rijſp toutlººd out, Jo Kilowoosip oul don't stuo.V Aoj u : ol (ASULAOL has hiod 5uddius tº unt A ‘slowo I, stol.lºuio yº duto poulo) id slošāup Jo soul tº put ‘suology.uº od on punoy su.A uptop.mg out) Jo Kollº A oun u00S "splog ploš Aout dog Altošuo ,unt on Auoſoo outn loao Iſe Sloan) -Ilo Mpu poon pºll “[unsm su ‘ssooons auto pun: ; M.IOA Jo ºno UAVolun uood puu OUA uout out) Jo Soul poquosqu put ‘u Aoux [[ow outboaq uoos ordul Kł) ; alqun [u A Kiſuel SuA Kao Aoosip s, use N nug 'uondureuxloo Al Jo u \o) out, Aouj summa out, Jo quo uinouſh–stoloadoad Kuuuu pound pull loſt A ‘Kodzºl oùn uo Usm, ploš tº uood pull odoul odojoq stºo & ouTN aidul KAE) qu ploš Uall pola.Aoosip put out qu'un poounou up put 5ulu.tout auo usuoloq < W onul poxllº A USu N go outbu out) Jo unsu tº ‘polynosum Kioa Illis odoA slo)) but aſſuAA 's Ittºq aun 5upious put out:(Isſaq uo 5uſualtitut quoqu llth on Japt: pou.In uoux to A aloun put ‘du.txuuq Suloš StoAoſduto Kuuut ‘ope.In onqul Kioa ‘qap of mul tº unſas ‘tion Isod Ition],to Kaoa * u, Joshi punoj Kuoloo olin ‘unuñú IIoj sooſad put ‘to Ao StºA at AA UAIO utionaout V ou" (tou A : (liſt otoA soonid St. Fuoſ sº oneus sq putſ put[stroonſ) and ‘Kiddns Aou sluſh Jo sout oonpold on aſqu o to A uppu I put hikāq oslo odou Aoulos utto.J noš od pinoo (IO)]oo III.) [10A go ºno (IAOlún odox sutu-uonnoo outtstout"I uſ slaxilo. A Jo spuusnoun ºutſ ºutsout opertooq spun uomoo Jo AIddus untºut louſ posloool publjuq nuum soluqs Uttaunuos oth utody sea aſ SV odoung UAA ourei) ou uo Kilauo pluoo Koun quun os ‘Shiod ontºlopoguo() oup, optºpold on post. Su A put ‘son uns uloundo N otla Jo Spubu oùn uſ poureulo.1 KAbu Sonths penſuſ) oun qu:I '91 does on pattu nūānoj put uxo iſoq, Jo queurudoxo; , one topog -uoſ), a poultoſ (suxa I, on eſtuša. A utody) souths udouinos oup slues anoj to put ‘Āloaes Oajou un A poºooutloo suonsenb de Ao Suonoos jujiabas OAQ onuſ quids odox soºths 66 I 'J.NGINNº|GIAO:) TV NOIJſ) J.I.LSNOO 200 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Sugar Growing 1865 The ECanaka's 1886, when the three brothers |Morgan found that a big hill of ironstone in the Fitzroy valley was saturated from top to bottom with gold. They bought it for £640—the usual £1 an aere—and in ten years the Mount Morgan mine had paid no less than four and a half millions in dividends. It was not gold only that brought Queensland through its financial troubles. When cotton began to prove a payable crop, some planters made experiments with another tropical product—the sugarcane. They, too, suffered from low prices when the American war was over, for the wages of White workmen were naturally much higher than those which American growers paid their negroes. In order to procure cheaper labour, therefore, they followed the example of British sugar-planters in the West Indies, and tried to import coolies from India and China : when this device did not answer they were at their wits' end. But among them was an old South Sea Island trader named Towns, and it occurred to him to fetch across some of the islanders— Ranakas, as they are called - among whom he had traded, and set them to work on a plantation he owned. The Ranakas took to the work very quickly, and cost very little in wages, being content with food and lodgings while at work, and some clothes, guns, and axes when they were sent back to their homes. Presently other planters followed Towns' example, and a regular trade in Kanakas began. The theory was that islanders made a voluntary agreement to work on Queensland plantations for two or three years : the practice soon became a matter of inveigling them on board a labour-ship under any pretext that might be invented, and then kidnapping them wholesale. A great many planters did not enquire too curiously into the means by which their labourers had been brought over, and before long stories of disgraceful deceit and horrible outrage were told in Australia and in England by men whose knowledge and truthfulness could not be disputed. The Queensland Government tried for years to control the traffic. The CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. 201 wages were fixed by law at £6 per year, in money or goods. An agent was placed by Government on each vessel to see that the Kanakas were fairly engaged and decently treated. No islanders might be landed in Queensland unless the ship's captain could produce a written document from some responsible white man in the islands certifying that the labourer had gone of his own free will. Regulations like these, however, could always be evaded with a slight went on for a long 3 ) amount of risk, and “blackbirding time, frightening peaceable island tribes into their central forests whenever a ship appeared on the coast, and provoking the wilder natives (more especially in the Solomons group) to retaliate by murdering every white man they could catch. At last there grew up in Queensland a political party which objected strongly to the practice of importing black or yellow men to work in a white man's colony. Australia, they said, was a white man's country, and should not be overrun by Chinese and Japanese and Kanakas and Malays. The immediate danger was perhaps exaggerated : even in 1891, out of 400,000 inhabitants of Queensland only 9000 were Kanakas and about as many Chinese. But for politicians it was not so much the mixture of races as the lowering of wages that must be prevented. Kanaka labour was cheap labour : Kanakas, they said, were being employed on work that white men could do, and were being paid far less than white men's wages. So for some years no more islanders were imported. This, how- ever, it was soon seen, would in the end make it impossible for sugarcane to be grown at any profit, and lately the labour traffic has been revived under very stringent conditions. P . . . * - " - > But this cutting off of the Kanaka supply has led to more serious results. It was a law forced on the sugar. growers of the north coast by a Parliament mainly composed of members from the southern end of the colony. And the I S6S The Separa- tion 202 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 94 Progress extension of settlement northward, while the capital remained at Brisbane, had gradually made Queensland a Very unwieldy colony to administer. The original idea, of course, had been to make Queensland end on the north about Hervey Bay, and to create a new colony higher up with its centre near Bowen : but when Eastern Australia was given responsible government, the new Parliaments showed themselves very suspicious of every suggestion about creating new colonies. They could not forget that the proposed North Queensland colony of 1845 was to have been a penal settlement, and that many Queenslanders still hankered after the forbidden luxury. Indeed, Gregory's colony of Albert was conceived by him as a receptacle for convicts. And so, just as Albert was never allowed to become a reality, the northern districts of Queensland were firmly gripped by the Brisbane Govern- ment to make sure that no convicts should be sent there. When the convict scare was a thing of the past, there arose this new difficulty about Kanaka labour. The northerners at once began, and have never since ceased, to agitate for separation and to protest against being ruled by Ministers seven or eight hundred miles away, who know nothing of local needs and conditions. The Southerners declare themselves afraid that a Townsville government would allow or even invite the immigration of Kanakas and Japanese in large numbers, and so form a nest of alien races from which they could spread all over Australia. The struggle is still going on : one party asserts that white men cannot work properly in tropical climates, and that you must have brown or black men to cultivate the soil; the other believes that white men are not so unfitted for the climate as is said, and that in any case Australia must be kept white. West of the main range, of course, the Kanaka question does not exist. The great plains that Leichhardt and Gregory traversed are now a series of cattle-stations CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. 203 stretching away to the South Australian border. More than half the cattle of Australia are Queensland's, and nearly one-fifth of the sheep. Several of the Gulf rivers have gold in their valleys: the Cloncurry has copper also. Near Herberton, to the south-west of Cairns, there are mines of silver, copper, and tin. Itailways, owing to the colony's peculiar shape, are many and disconnected. From Brisbane to the Warrego, from Rockhampton to the Barcoo, two long arms stretch out to tap the pastoral districts. Another line skirts the coast from the New South Wales boundary as far north as Port Curtis, and another climbs along the main range to meet the great trunk line from Sydney. Mackay, Bowen, Cairns, and Cooktown have each their little inland line, and Townsville is proud of a longer one that pushes past Charters Towers to the head of the Flinders. There is also a short line in the Gulf country : and there are schemes in plenty for a long diagonal railway that shall strike across the Warrego to the Gulf, perhaps even on through the Northern Territory to the Roper and Port Darwin, connecting all the important east and west lines on its way, and giving Queensland a railway system instead of a collection of scattered tracks. C. SouTII AUSTRALIA (1860-90). The party politics of Queensland during the years between 1860 and 1880 were confused and of purely local interest, and much the same may be said about South Australia, although this colony has always been a good deal influenced by the doings of its Victorian neighbours. As at Sydney and Melbourne, so at Adelaide there was for some time friction between the Council and the Assembly about money bills. But in two very important points the South Australian Council was stronger than the Victorian. In the first place, the Constitution (lid not limit, its powers except by providing that money bills were to originate in the Assembly—and even that provision had only been fr. p. 100 Parlia- ment 204 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Torrens Act inserted in the Act by a majority of one. In the second place, the Council was elected in a very democratic way: a comparatively small amount of property entitled a man to Vote, and the eighteen members were elected, six at a time, by all the electors of the colony voting together, while members of the Assembly (which was elected by manhood suffrage) represented each his own district. Consequently the Assembly could not accuse the other House of repre- senting only a few rich people : and in the end a compromise was peacefully made by which the Council, instead of making amendments in money bills, suſſested them to the Assembly—if the suggestions were not taken the Council still was able to reject the bills altogether. This system worked well for many years. More lately there have been made one or two alterations in the Constitution which render it more democratic than that of any other Australasian colony except New Zealand. Members of both Houses are paid at the rate of £200 a year ; and women have been given the right to vote on the same terms &l,S 1)] (2I] . To South Australia must be given the credit of two achievements which are of great importance to the whole continent. Its first parliament made itself notable by passing in January, 1858, the Real Property Act, since known by the name of its author, R. R. Torrens. Up to that time the buying and selling of land had been con- ducted (as it still is in England) by passing from seller to buyer certain documents called the “title deeds' of the land in question. In England, before a piece of land is sold, lawyers often have to examine carefully a large number of these documents, sometimes reaching back several hundred years, to make sure that the seller is really the legal owner of that piece of land and able to sell it without any con- (litions or restrictions. But in Australia, where a hundred and ten years ago the whole country was without legal owners, it seemed to Mr. Torrens a stupid thing that this Joduous sſ q odou A ‘put uo old Issod St. o.u.A lonu Su oAbu on st' os) tºſs&ulu IN uſ puts ouos utoly outoo ÁII*.inquu pino A UoNIAA “sold to out) sepisoq in;I blad A U.touliou out) unt A quouſluoo slun hooutloo on solduo tºlluus log ontºniºu on utioq tº Iullsny ul odood ‘solu Jo sputismouth to tos oun topun quos oq plmoo sojussoul orthooto yºun poAold snun puu put ‘uopiou y put odomº uoowºod old to Udu,15olo) tº pluſ pull uaul JoAopo * St ‘ologo.toul ‘Uloos SW ‘su won ano pollous loop s Kuouo oilº III.) 11 Jo juſtinou Aou I suburb.Insnv put JoAod dougout: ū) [A at A on of quittu put[5ugſ ºutſ) (sput[s] outlout:0 où uſ touloxoi Usſuuds tº on Klonº uoddull pºp 5uſun Uons outos) uoddull low quilu ºr ‘Kuo Sion)al uo puodop on oA pt H Koup AS on uopulo"I uto.1) Rullo Ab.1] StºA to]]ol © UIT , , , is . . . * . . . . -- - - - - - - - ~...~ *, , , , . . . ----, -- ugliº tº oilu.A linooo quintu sophilod to optºll uſ señutuſ) snoi.los Jo puºko slaos lit uun odomº uolj Kuwu tº os s uſualsuv pup * QuotalJup Ådox tº Jo sea luouloxopulou huuhioduu toujo ou.I. "slutoutnoop 5ullaznd put quayout Autºtu Ito.15 t usuolu, pºol on do." At t Kolduo on 5uſ Abu Jo pºolsuſ oogo sºlº.1)sſion oun on 5uloš Āq Kiduus dius -Iou Ao sqi quoqu orns on Imb oxſutu unto noA on J, Sue.Lio.L.,, Aq piouſ SI put to Aotou A ‘AOU OS potonsifio. od on pull oo) jºun “I juſtlos tuo.11 ATIt'5o unu duo Aoid plmo A quuſ) quoulošut...lau Aut: optºut to ‘nſ poſius).lou ou JI to Knd oun on poolutiºnſ duſsaou Ao put podonsliot OSIt su.A opus oup, ouo Sut on 11 plos out JI : su St. A KIIto. "I quuſ) pool utiºns quotitudo AOF) ou quul) long V oopu() Sataqsºo?] putſ I ou u I unu On 5uliuoloq St. polio]sſion qi oAbū ‘S]uoulosinjo Apt. Kd ooijou on p 5ul Ali tolju ‘juſºſuu put I go oooºd tº pou Ao OUAA ouo Ku V ºutſt'.11st V [[]nos u0,1] podoo oou Is oAttu soluoſoo Toulo out, U2, UA “low Suolio I, ou, Jo oldouſ.Id oul StºA SIULL 'a.Inquj u : 11 ºn OQT: oxitºsſut Ou od pinous odoul quuſ, Os ‘oogo op|G(nd t UI out:U stuſ ions!3o.1 Ol put ooord It'ſ no11.It’d Kut go tou Ao It:50 oun St. A OUA quo pug on Asto KIOAIºlº dutoo ologo.toU) st: A 11 : Kahunoo out) Jo haud do) tºo.15 oun plou III]s upolu A ‘huouTudoxor) oun Āq plos uood &IIbuſilio puu pos put out [IV poſtºnqodiod od pluous tuo"SA's sno.Iquino 90% ‘J. NGH WNSIGIA (){) TV NOIJſ) J.I.ESNOO ‘VISVTV'HJLSſ) V HO X^{OJSIH 90%. ptu q ūānoatſ, 5u11105 uſ son|noſup SIII put—u Aouxſun st A Kanunoo out $5uſ Kou.inoſ s.l.itans to] qdooxSI old no.11 quo.15 St. A orouſ, JIt iſ u.toU).toU oth uſ qug ‘optºſop V uto.J. KTID tºols pop.It’A.IOJ Oq pinoo solddins put ‘Ā.11unoo poinq98 ujino.III] TuoA qi Jo lated quo.15 tº St. ‘An Inoſſºp 11:0.15 Kaoa 1 noun IA du quol StºA JIt iſ ulouſ, nos ouſ I, outſ) outt's out ºt: spuo U10q uto.1] ouTI out) juſqon.14stoo “olno.1 sq.lºnqs 5uot g/1 ºd XI.10A on 108 Sutº Itº.14sn'V Un noS oth OIS I uſ Kīāup.1000 V ‘ouſ oth 105 plnow [tow ouſ pºp 11:111 Kuoloo oli, iodºd 31.1ow ºw -- - - - - - "- - - - { { t; I [ts.Iqsn'V uo untºlo tº Uſons ox{tºut 0.1 Kio.iouſ SSološn ‘OSI moo JO ‘StºA QI tranos “INITI I I, V Mººſ'Iº (I, (INVTſIA () NO NOIJ.V.I.S. ‘Āionſ idol, till go tº Ideo out ‘uſ AutºCI 1.10d u0,1] launs plmow Uoſt A ouTI Udº.15aſon ou" on quâţi sqi Osſu tupulo on toșuo ÁIIbnbo StºA q : K.Ionito,I, u.toulio N out, tonsſuluipt on ‘ºllow 8.4.18m1s IIbno(IoIN go onqala ul ‘nuji, S11 pouyulo Álioğue quouTudoxo;) oppºop V oun attſ, uoos Ápûoiſt oAbu o A SGI 'd ‘ūdou ou uſ ssoa5Old S.putIsuoonſ) Jo smoptoſ Álex sex *IIb.14sn'V Innos Ang tº thuodato Jo Inº) oup on 5ulins smonuſuoo ÁLutºſ tº uſ quo 5uſtionous odox squoulonhos tou st ‘ou II slum (In julºnd Jo Tulinoiſ) putsuoon?) out 11 otto IV Tuouſ]uoo ouſ) Jo tou.too titonstro-Hinos populndod oun uouai on putſ toAo out 5uo t. od Oslº Asnut oloun (aludot on toſseo puu EOL “d SAUATIts ºf pub Seu IIWI ºuisulu.I]sh V Jo nonpold Loddoo [u]on oil, Jo Sto),Tunbroo.III) ÁLitou nno ultnº put ‘oould loun uox{tº oAuu Ootullu AA put thuoolN quº osouth inq ‘pollo A lošuo ou out tº Ling tº Ling put tºpumduy Yu soulu Tuulipio ow', oud, Loddoo uſ ndooxo ‘lood SI Auoloo out, sIt?..toulu ul 'suomooup tou]o uſ olpi uood hou sut ‘pouljuuu of Kuut su ‘Khunutuloo as onoštoud OS Kuoloo olou A out, ul oldood punisnoun potputul OA) lou OtoAV olour, Uſoul AA outſ, tº nº ‘unlu,t}sn'V (Innos Kol ()00‘61.f3 Jo Asoo u qu polon,Uls -uoo slº A U15uol Sollut but snouſ, OAN, Álatou to 11t: oun go but soull pull KCl poibunu oAI) putsuouſ) anoj quoqt ‘oſqto Aq polo Aoo out ooutºnsup sluſh Jo Solţut put snoun ouTu quoq V. ‘Āuquoq put ‘sulpt: IN ‘otoduºus “ul Athug ‘oiâut Aooſutºl ‘ul A.It'OI hiod ‘opulopy Jo KuA KQ uopu or I on Koup KS Uuo.1] úšnolul atolo quos otoA Sojussou put ‘Āpuol StºA 5uluſ, -\to Ao ‘to Ao Aou ‘loqoloo UI populout su.A olquo out, otojoq pousſulſ su.W ou II put out, but ‘oxioid old to s, Autºduloſ) all shºo.IU[] Shi Jo olppull out) III “tºllu.[1sn'V II) noS dol Ālūton ‘hug uot loºdutoo log poxy KIItºu into on tºp ouſ) ‘I Aitºnutſ uo Spºol uood hou put out I put oth osuttood qus -\til tº unl.w quoutu.io.AoE) ut Hºlºsh V unnoS out) pouombotul puu put ‘uſ A.It'GI q.iod on ‘ūAt ſº uſ ‘oliutºAooſtrugſ uto.1) aſquo s]] plºt puu Kubdutoo oſquo out, oùùAuto IN IIol 5up.Katow un stuſ Jo quso.1 oun uo Suonºlulu,15uoo poarooo.I axillº U.M.I*CI 1.10, I put optºſop V tuto.1] put: ‘J.ttºn) Squino IN [u,v]uoſ) jº so.UA on 5ullooutloo Aq puo on puo tuo, J ouTI put out, onoduloo on oſqu stºw ou ‘à l’s I ‘snin V Jo puooes -KnuoAq aun uo ‘nsuſ TV docutſ, Jo oot"Id out, oxtº) on s]sod uon put anoqui on so IOoo polioduſ or 'Allonqu polyt'ſ stolob.Inuod out, loj ‘M.I.O.A Jo adord SIU, Jo of Iulio IOO1 JIostulu ‘optissod ospidlanuo oſot A oun optºtu pºu Kātouo osot A ‘suduijolo, Jo quopuoluſ todns out, ‘ppo I, IIN 'poa I.I.It quouſA shut onlūA Kq uoquo su A put [Jo solul Jo spotputuſ soot Id tuo.11 poiâu.up od on put s]sod oul log to ſtuſ] oun uoAGI 'old Issoduu souſe Inoqui trºodo.tugſ ox{tºtt on Uſinoue StºA ssou.top|A Tuoldo.In Juul uſ ouoſº on buſſo ou.L '9suouſuſ udoq l 0 & ‘J.NGHINN'-IGIAO:) TV NOIDſlūLIJ.SNOO WISWTV'\{\LSſ). W H () X^{OJSIH 803 ‘soot, uoſº Jo Aopuſ oth to ſoutletto u Asto ool juſtølſo st ‘put[suoonſ) unto N uo utún SSol ou ‘Ā.10]I.I.IoI, U.IoIQ.ION oun uo Kisnoſoidsms tool eſſensny ontºlodulon jo supporºſod oùn otojodot{A : OQ on quoA oit. Subodomºſ utt[] ontºut!I? oul Ka pont'Adoua Sso out ouw “soſtood put oSouſtiſ) Act to poſitio ÁHoſuo sº onlinoſ.15u put 5uguſtu Jo Liow oathot olotº oul, dodo! I out, Jo Kolta ouſ, dm ox{tº put sp.It wasøA 91.14tº) aroun oxout on ut:500 Kulunoo IIn O put[suoon?) oſ Iſtol] stoput.loao Kºuosoid put ‘uons touried su u Aoux Kliodotal otout dusu AOn 5ulus, no]] Aou tº popunoj put ‘uſ A.It’CI 1.10d. on uomºndod quino.id out Udu,15olon oun Jo uoſº on.11suoo oul qugſ quouTudo AOF) Jo sputºu oug Oqui Motºq q. AOIII] 0% poſt) Kllošto put quino'ſ pºu ou A unut put: ‘It’11d to ou log on is pºq tº osotto Stones Jo Khabd 1s.Ig out,L aſquo.I.) [Ionut Jo ootnos tº stºoK Kutºut to] StºA KIO)I.I.19.L ulou).ION ou.J. ºuau Fluoo utilº.11sn'V eq) subds ‘o.u.A lidº.15olon oun ox{II ‘Āb ĀIIº.1 oun alojoq posolo oq 0) soutu polpumu uoAoto utt[] eiou go dº tº sſ otolſ) quºt : "I hoout on UIAA.It’CI 1.10.1 uo.1] Ulnos out toulout: 5uſiuſ,t({ SI put (out (SLI: I Jo opnº Int: oun up) tº Jupuupo O O" tº tou oppºſopv Hānoatſ, topiod utºiono! A oil tuo.1] ouſ Muni) tºo.15 oul ponunuoo stu tºſſe.1)sm V unnos ‘JIn O saloouods juolº sput out uſ soul Uloutiq [tºlo AoS put KuAII*. IIIH ud-10.1:1 oul sopisoq Āblin IN out, uto.1] uoint:51.L.II Kot of Kutu st Uonut St uO podiouſ sſ ounq(noſ.15u put ; IIIH uqx{0,1{I Jo Souttſ 19AIIS 11:0.15 oun duº on top.IOC aun SSOtotº KuAII*, * 5ultismd Kol IIosqi Kuoſoo ouſ, UI sºlouſuf Jo quº A log dn optºut ‘to Ao -AAOU ‘sºul SysIuoſoo go ost.Idionue ou.I. 'doous Kºtoao Oh solou u091.inoj Sox{tºn q tº Itº.11snv unnos uſ ‘selot, OAAq Kao Ao on doous tº so.Litto ojº.19Ab ut u0 solº AA unnos AoN allu A put ‘soluoloo uţonsto out uſ sſ aſ hull.W IIeu Kuo sº odou tod plotA quous out, Ioj ‘Sqns.Ind oSoul II* O1 p.Tešed up of unut Aptºsip qua.15 tº qu sutº Itº.11snv (Iºnos Squd II*Jult, tood out, qugſ suſt:(l put [u] ouſ, to Aoo Sund-doous put ‘shoºt) sip poinqos ulouſ) nos ou, ui Suonednooo Joſuo oun out 5uTAO.15-out A put 5uquiu I A. J. O'] - IJJ 2 J, UIJIe) -U1 JO N. 9 UIL 6SI ‘d Slop Auo O SS ’d OS d'. J N UniM stol]]os oo.II ponotºn't lou puu Kuolo) oun slopauoo quotill AA ºnto.15 otoA uto)SA's out, Jo selotºq Atºlp out) qug| 's]soloid ollutiduo put qu'ulsuſ o,to A oloul ‘pousiloqu oc on su.W uonº).Iodsutºll quut) unded poulous), thound u (; GSI un uouſ A\ uosiuoun]\ out, uo du pouodo oilo A Soulut buol hue).Ioduu autos put ‘oloun pumoſ put pooj put ‘polls Aol odow Aug uoſduuuo It solio Aoo -SIp S \otº) 5uloš Vuoloo out, doos on pollu At oor Aop SIUI) oul tº toºl outmoºtlo IN put Áoup AS (Ill A soloſuo.1) (d/o)ruptſ put ſittºn/spp. aul Jo Moſul out ul Uloul qsuſ StºA upon LA ‘nuou -udoxor) usill.IgE oup) on quorua,\uoo A.10A Osſu ‘ostnoo Jo ‘st A sIull, slotAuod luo buos on AotF) latº Act optºut togo ut: poldooot Alīull|A stol]]os out ºutſ] ‘ueox. Os stol moqūI otout Jo poou out, but ‘suo Aqo os outbooq ontº A lieu] stºo & Aaj u u I sputul U.luj su [m]osn A.low poxold put: “Adolulu,logoºl 1s.Int ->laud oul tuto.11 luo Juos ole.W SKoq huouſ.todixo Jo KuA Aq 's]o Auoo Ruism Jo Juliuoul oth on AII*Inquu pou.In spurtu suout ‘sto.Inoqul ool] hou.t]hat on old Issoduſ sun St. A qi sy ‘sool.i.d to AOI it: )at 11 Ilos Ol Ápûo. OtoAV put ‘Kuoloo oul uſ put ol' (Issoooº soul put isoq au Jo Stout oilt plou s.toUAO ontº., Ltd “polu.tituto pull stol]]os Uniod out, UFoul AA Kol quouleiutº.Ltd [buſinto out, topun ‘ollu A ‘olou lod I ºf utúl ssol log pſos out pluous put ULAO.I.O ou quul ‘uſt.Lºsn W. Jo oſot A aul on uopuo'ſ uſ stonsul IN Act polidde ‘ound 1st J put putºu aul Jo outdo sºul, gººf on polunout soft's stºok oA, Jo spoooo.id oul-po A loool stºw Kouou Ions Autº AIpitºu uniod TV 'sput[ UAO.I.O go ous ou log poAſooo..I SSouout out, Jo ano ponsisst su.A UIontº.15puttuſ soluoſoo (Lions to out, UT ºno autoo on podiou of pluod shutºliituluſ U2RLA Aq spung out otoA alouſ) muq : slotuoqu Jo pool uſ lionut put ‘stolºtºmbs to stout.It'ſ [[tº otoA s]sſuolo, ou L 'Snondod put ool] tº 10101A pun: solº A unnos AoN optºut to UA squoAo out, Aq Ile ºt poloolyu Kloo.Intos suA stºo." Khuun uºuſ] odou log tº Itaúsn'V uloºse AA ‘juji: Jue. O oil go stºos ūjnot out put quosop ssopton; W Jo Loq at AC stonsis (Lions to lou tuo.1) Iſo quº) ‘(gG-OFSI) WITVºILSn V LS9 AW (ſ 60& ‘J.NGI WNXI(HAO:) TV NOIDſ) J.IUSN OO VISVTVXILSſ). W HO X?IOLSIH () [6 'uatu 30,1] a.io.A ()00'ſ) I (11?Uſ] otoſ & ‘stop, los oup, Ruotſit quods upoq put Kouout Us!)I.1%I go spunod (101||ſtu tº KLitou put ‘piojøAIſ postoiouſ put u011t AI][no topun tºolt; oth ‘006“F67:3; Jo on ITA tº poiſotº).I put optºtº oth x'OS 1's I outtoood pull u011t'Indod oul tusſºo!A -uoo go stºo & uoo). It!) u I 0.09%gº Jo on [*A tº put optºlº, łosto,AO STI put ‘f g0+ poloquinu u011ºndod S. Kuoſo) ou? ‘hutoutoſºlos say Sh! donju StoA KhuoAq ‘6+SI u I pooj ouop ATuſtºdoo pull Inoqtº poo.10) Jo Xin Jul oun SAt A Italion but uſ qugſ ºuſtº ool] outsooq trilºusny ultonso AA S98 I Koſos [I][A KuAt ouop Álolo dutoo oſſ plmous uolº).10dsutº.1) s.vtoK oo. In uluſ), A quuſ) poppoop quouTudoao; ) [13].iod (III olin ‘usſºo!Au0.) Jo pun oun oos on Fuſus A to suostol uxo aroun pull soluotoo ultonsºo ou', 'buſ, Oslº; juloos ‘otojo.toUA : Sion.Iain ºptiouſ tuo.1] 9]oulo. Os 40.14sup tº Oqui S101A woo oompo.11u I on OSIA un Kioa pausptoau quinouſ, StºA 11 but ‘polo Aoosp Ulood putſ putſ pooj; Jo Shot!...] º CI oilt. ‘Kuºl [onqooyi on Moussoſ) tuo.1] ‘stoo qsoA-undou out) uo KuwV ºptio ut: qu Oq Utoos pluo A (tions.As ouſ, tºu] outou tuo, J outto SAou ‘huājou sh] at St. A uorºquit out, put ‘poulto) (1990 pºul on 5uo I u011th.Iodstub.In-Inuv Aou º uouſ A and pollo)&oſſ of p[mous Kuoloo suſpuoljo ouſh ºut!) Osodo.id O) st: It'ſ os quoA ‘f 9SI uſ toluto.teſ ouſ ‘Ulooſinſ) of \ ... IN put tº Iºtºsny II* on uolºndo. puq tº own:5 quoulonhos Ibuod ouo qtuq soloid subſiolo A out) plp Kilºloodso otol V panol Auoo trooq to Aou put Áou) \tº[[] ontogº.too [ºu.top tº quoup, IA Sºlod utopsto nºt put on poAOLIt hot alo A Kuuqty to oIAutulo.II utto.J Stojutossed druſs quounuoo oup, Jo Aso.1 oun tuo, J Jo Aſolo dutoo untºusny so AA nno usinoLAuoo go num) oul ‘Ut. Jo as to A ‘pu V putſu uonuountutuo, oxoidu, os put spºol oxſutu on posh 5ulo'ſ Jo puolsui sãuplinq o!!(nd uo Liow on hos odow Kolduo quouſuioxor) ul shop.Auoo oul outſ] Fuoſ tº toº uouſ oAtol-Jo-hoston go todunu oilt tº put ‘spruni noſauoo sº oA.los on stouoysuod Kuuquuſ outos poºlooed ATuo Koun inq 'stouoslid sº IIow sº uouſ oo:IJ utou] buos on quoulu,loaor) Iºniadull oup on popuaddu stol.1198 Ulklod ou.L Attwº tuoun pouohušilj aſ shopauoo II (, 'JNGINNAGIAO:) TVNOILſ),LILSNOO 'O V unu W out Soosuº) out) on Unio, I tuouſ sp.tu Auntou Rupiad A olio A Stout)oaq sºul but Kaoiolº) 'O V ‘Kouinoſ lunu) asul sºul to juſtudo.1d III)s su.A pituluoroſ I oilu AA sºon nuountdovo) usual oun uo uoissoudun uº ox! tºut on Injpoou -u to Id-GI su.W ), [1]un ssoul..top|A ulonso A oup, Hultold No Jo KuA all) uſ ouop st: A Sulullout hºu] ‘lovo wou ‘outitut lou snut no X ºut 51%l out) Jo suo SAOIIa, Spull A Fullooſ [unbo ut: uo stºl has soluolo, unuſualsu V out, Jo isoſ) duo put hseitºl -tºp out) poould upolu A possuol Stºw how ut: ‘06S I ‘g I qsuin V (to -JIeS but : opuntºu tou.to; sh! Uto.1] popooo.. Juouant.tºd lullodu.I out] ‘ll outno, ) poloolo-Al Aou u go on OA snoutubun ou? Aq GSSI ul pollouq stºw but ‘lºss I uſ (in 5utºids quoulu,lovo; -][os log uor] tº it wou tº uouſ AA outou qu sutºſolº Mod Aq popul:Iddu put postušoool odow Kuolo) out, Jo Stott: top|A dh uodo on S]..toUo osoul, u0)p(tºtok) tº A KutdIV hooutloo on puo out) uſ su Os hunq VIolº Altd of p[nous sKuAIt?. Udu A Aq opulu o low squoulošut...It put (oliutºAooſutºſ on oſquo Aq oduoul Suluum.) Augſ lonqooyl on polon.Insuoo stºw out udu.15olon tº ‘u.rujill V has put Kolloquiſ XI at potoxoosip odow spºolſpion : tºo.In onslºw oun Jo 90(Issod st: uſanul st: Åloanoaſſo Aduodo on opulu ole.W s] dutollu Atollā ‘to Ao Aou ‘stºok uo. 1 Nou out, Hulin(I ‘otoA South sº uſeulot ºsmut Kou() ‘You II : so \losuoul, u.to Aoi o) outootoA alo A Koun ‘Āuoloo u \0.10 a. su jol asutd.Xo oãull ºutſ, Jo Aso, ou put Ho ano show.usup Uaul ovel ol box|II Aoû] JI ºtiouſ]ttoo ouſ, Jo pºſſuſ, -oud Jo 10.11uo oth Aut(IIW put undo, I use A]oq Sqsſuoloo Jo ſuppuup tº ox!; on potudoid not stºw outou at KºsſuſW. oup and ‘juautu.toxoi oſqſsuodsoll toy lionthſât ut sta\ odoun sis I uſ 'uonuouTunb Andodoid IIulus e InA stoloa II* Aq poloolo statutout sh; Jo splitun-OA) iuſ Attu put ‘oub-Aquawn spite wielgu ‘ueonuilo is iſ at 5uſioquinu-gfs I uſ KoupAS is 'd nu qus puu u21u4) quul oſquiosol 04 podeus sea Iounoo oun 6'ss I on Ols I utoi, soouſutou (IAOIO Ierogo-uou oAg put stupoluo ox! Jo Hounoo tº Aq ponsisse trooq petſ tou.toxop oup 01SJ on d n poonpothuſ stºw queurutoA05 oanth suiaojeg -uoso.tdo, Jo onsuou tº postoo uoſºtºtodsutºlº toºjº troos ‘VISVTIV?IJ.Sſ) V (IO X^{(),ISIH & [6 hoA IIIA eſſe.1)sm W 1so AA 413th Kºs on A\ uotti ott Olouſ) put ‘op.1005 by put aſp.tº ſoo() Jo Solutºu ouſ) [I]]A polootiuoo oat; qtun ‘soluons 5uſusſuolst; Olout put ‘solio Aoosip jiu IIIsluonst oul uſ UIon)05,10] soutſt, AOU out ulti|LX put Kolloquiſ XI 18SI un punoy StºA proj ‘Āolloquiſ XI tº ‘IoIIIA Jo oppluſ oul uſ ‘loſinsip [b.101stºd quo.15 t du pouodo Sntſ, a H 'ou H Udeajoſo, ou, on tº 10101A out, Jo pºol on 1 SSO.lot put utto.14s qºun 5uoit, put[u, opºtu IIoun pun: ‘AO.Izqlº all on K.I]unoo 1st:00 oun poilſtuexo ‘to ATI Ko.1%) oGI oU) uto.1] politºs (IoIUIAA UOInſped Xo ut; ul XLIOA [n]otto S, founo.10 stu pont'Intuo 61s I UI ‘JoAoAou ‘nso.I.I.O.I. toput xoV .19AO possed KIIºnqob outſ out, uo atun holooxo Áthunoo Kuº Inoqu poultº st:A uon but -loguſ alºnLI put ‘poºl.Inuſ otout StºA 5u IIIoAbū oun sosto osoul unod uſ ºnq : SoHE) sou.IGI Kol polo dutoo longt Uloos St. A dougout put u01.inqit, A\ lauoloo Kol optºut Kpºo.II* liooq pull uoſº oo.II p on ISOddo ouſ, UU Kou.Inoſ Áthunoo-sso.10 Tºpituis V ..I.O.Ionuſ otou A out, Jo of pol woux olden Fºx 5unnoš snun ‘ouſ Udu,15olo) put LioAo ouſ, on Kuoſo.o oup, SSotot: Italo AbA stu optºut ou ‘uosition IN toddſ) oun uo uomºs tº tuo, J put u Aouxtun oun onuſ quo 5upH.U)s : [[Ins donnoq pºp ou # 1's I uſ top.10(I utºplºt]sn'V unnos out, Ol KuA alou A out, 1soult, Kanunoo possets-IIoA Jo Osuud No ut, sew aloun quosop Jo qloq-otous oun puruoq hºun polaAoosip os put “onnot qoolſp ou? IJo putſu u.Inn on uoun put Aoti aſqu sta\ qnq ‘huāng out Jo SI/IIo ouſ) juoſt lioiulu so.I.A.I. poobino.1 ou 0.18L UT pupſ ouſ, Jo flow launo loj huoqu Mool on ut:5oq put ‘aſſ sºlotold Xo ut uOput:(10 on Josunu Wuliq nou pinoo asolio I quun stºw inson [udiouſld sqi and : eelieq osterſ nsed At A autos hoà on poſſeutul Hou A ‘to VoAins a sºnsolio J uuoſº 'TW topun uoſºpod No ut, Jo uontºdsp oun on pal ponsixa Ilins qbrettuoſo I go soot tº quu, anotund tº 69SI uſ ºpto x Jo asbe Kanunoo exit aſt's aun onuſ ºno pousnd steauoºd suounqua Apu taulo alſu A ‘do’, RI to Ao (bo out, pouotoi ou [9s I uſ lin tº Itaúsn'V utonso AA uſ [tow oun ponunuoo Hut’.II tournold stu ‘plux4sto doulanj suolºuaold No on Josutſu Hooloq Ātoãolo ‘Kuöloo ouſ, Jo loſtual, I diſq “lso.I.10) tilloſ IIS AWON . seu IUUI - p IO-O 9-318T £1.8 I CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. 213 become a greater gold producer than Victoria. But the colony has many resources besides gold. Its lead mines on the Murchison, its great forests of the almost indestructible jarrah timber, its pearl fisheries on the north-west coast, all help to increase trade and make wealth. But it will be many years before even the most arduous and enterprising labours enable its settlers to feel that they have really mastered and exploited the unmanageable bulk of their scantily-watered territories. jº I. 'oſquxilio A trooq oAtºll pinoA uorum losopo out ‘spuſtu S.uotu III usoly III]s odow ‘IIAoiſ) out, put Kittºduoſ) on 1 ‘uoqātūIIoAA put put[XIon V u00Aqoq solſ|qbmbs ouſ, oſſil A ‘outſ, oil) . V 'Atal plot. IN topun soA.losol st sqoſ,insip uſun.too utºſoodd on JoAod uo A15 St. A loud9A04) out? put: “uoulidoAOF) [*I.todu I ouſ, Ioj poA:toso.1 KIJoaq’s odow sloºtºut ſuot W soou, Aoid oun uooAnot-tuns utº.tooun Alloa t–oout It:(1 oun pop Alp uouſ] put bonut A qi quuLA quods quoulidoAOK) Itº.11uo() out uloſu A Kot optºut STA quoulojutti.It p.It'AXIAt ut: ooutºuſ uſ squopuoqu IIodins Itiouſ AOId Jo uOK]ooto out put sooutºutp.lo It: Iou AOdd II* O]oa plmoo otA ‘stonsul IN STUI put dou.toAOF) out) oilo AA II* oAOCIV SLIounoſ) Ittoº...old out osotto OUA S.Iono A outs out, Ad poloolo stocutout Jo KIQuoss V ut: ‘oj|| 101 oogo 5up|OUI soon ſtuou Jo Iloumoſ) tº quoulu.to AoE) ſtaquoſ) poloquºiſo-oquop tº KQ II]]A quop aq ol odo A ‘oſoU A tº St Kuoſoo old pondalju ºutſ] Stou]o put ‘sonnp stuousno ‘oopo sod oun 'punal Hutu.Iaouoo Stołºttu : Saoqqtuu (too qsout Uſ, IA 1 ſtop osotiſ, polooſo Osſu duoptionuliodns tº put ‘sioquiou poloolo Jo Hounoſ) prºd tº put Udto (Iºnos ouſ III) 05uq O pun: ‘A.inquoquato ‘uosio N (putISI [I]to N oug uſ) u015uillo AA unmoutAld AoN ‘putp[on V-soou AOld XIs Oqui pop|Alp otoA Koul.I. ‘Kuoſoo tº utiun uomºtopog tº lountil sputs own oup, Jo operti At'ſ outsoa'ſ gºs I Jo UIoIUA ‘o.Inqon.11s pontoldutoo t how uoſºnqūsuo O oth quuº Ito A SIU Aluyuul odogodoun suA qI huoulu,loaoji-jlos untºkſo on St. A putto% Aa N U(OIUAA topun uonnºsuoo ouſ, dm 5uſ Atºlp uſ putºu ooj u soul” Seouſ -A O.J. CI Aq QUIe UI -U.Ie AO-5) uoaº uood peu ou ‘Kołł) oñdoor) is uſ poould quoulu.toxop usinſig ou? (loſu.A. ooliopuu.00 oun Jo S3Littu aouno 5uouv "NOILſ),LILSNOO AASIN THJ, ‘E’. '09SI GLONIS CINVTVGIZ AAGIN- IIIX IGI.L.IV HO złl d’Ig '09SI (HONIS (INVTV (HZ AAGIN G G TUIe ULI * 9 AO ULI 6 & 3ULIYI * 3 9 ULUL Se JIT e^T Ae J4) UIn A Stoud slu putſulot jutſu Itºi.It'ſ Klºutºsuoo olò A stol]]os Toju o quq ‘buul Ilos Állatio slaou. IN out) pluod oudlu (UIU o, but ‘pouloddu unod pull struIV ox!) tº N to] Kluloloos * : old no.1) olou A out) Jo Utolloq out) has su.A ‘ostnoo Jo ‘puttº I 'Allsto os Jo posodsib ol on hou otoA son|noujſp I,tou]\ huq : Āu A\ UAO trou) OAut sootu Aold out) junlo & polynos Alojiul odo AA sooul Aold out) but sor) ſtoul, nº lºt]uo() ouſ) uo.o.Anoq on ndsp III stoniº IN 'suolº ſpu.[] slui iuruſu) IIIutu subout ou Aq odow punsplon \ \t slossooons spil out Auto IN ‘(GO-0gSI) NVA RIOVIN & III, 'ſ 'uola IV unuos ul Kutoloo posſutā.lostp lounout 10A of uttºu on quo quos StºA ‘luouti.loxor) out, Kol ao Ao unitſ, ponsm.In otout ‘put: “Hostulu ontolpuſ A on oſqu Utoos su w out—do AoAou ‘Āluto out!) u toºl Juouſ).It do(I [b]uoſoſ) on unºw outfisp uſ stºw ou ourn tº to put Álionſ uſt boxlo'ºlu subsplitud s]] |n(I ‘puop StºA 11 ºutput suſtju IngloAod III]s ootton Hui s. Autºdutoo put[tioZ AON out, putſ on ‘publiuq ol pou.Inlet put ooliosqu Jo 9A to 100) out ‘SILounoſ) Tupou IAold suj out) Jo 5ullqutossu ou? (loos Fu IAbū ‘gºs I Jo puto out 1 W putlºoZ AoN pollum but boat's pºll out : unlu.usny unnos post's put oh ‘outou ju Kupulou sunuout ootup, pokoſua peu au ‘soluotoo ubisulullsn'V ootu, uſ >Low pittu Jo stuo& uoonuoAos juſtno 'ouop StºA lio A SIU quun Aloj Kotº) now uoſºnºsuoſ) out Jo Fuſssed ou. In AA 'sousn. p105 5unpoxo [ºtoAos put StºA outos -Lito A oAn upino.III) Kuoloo oth At's put ‘sitioA oolium-KhuoAq Joj top to 5up tow Inj ul polst'ſ uomºſºsuoo s, Kolī) ‘ptoids quoulolºlos su soou Aoid Aoti Jo Itoſhippe Ituoſstodo ouſ, puu ‘uonºtoniº Yeun unºw qug squouſuioxor) It’ſouſsoid oup on tº Inuod out, u0,1] politoſsutta StºA uoſºsomb quu? Sato & Aaj Klaa e uſ haun os ‘save put Jo utons.As uoultuoo olio aşue.Lus on old Issoduſ qi optºut u00s pſogo-It. A put Áo.it) Jo solopod put 5unorguoo ou put ; IAlou du stea plot IN uo 5upAuto dog spung Kiddus on 5uſAtºll at sato'ſ Kuttu Joj popuuo soou Aoid put[s] unnos Qomb out, ‘seas q sy 2] (§ THISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. p. 118 Browne Governor, 1855-61 The Waitara, IB lock greedy natives who pretended to be sole owners of valuable patches. Presently the chiefs took alarm ; they still trusted the Imperial authorities (of whom the Native Secretary was one), but were very suspicious of the local Assembly and its Ministers, who were always striving to gain control of native affairs. In 1856 there was a great council of Maori chiefs near Lake Taupo, at which they bound themselves to sell no more land to anyone, not even to the Imperial authorities. At the same time they revived Busby's original scheme of banding the tribes together under a single head. The chiefs, it was felt, were losing their mana : the new Governor, Colonel Gore Browne, was not treating them with the same friendly respect that Grey had shown. If they could agree on one great chief, and make him their king, he could speak to the Governor on more equal terms. Thus began the “King” movement, not as an act of rebellion against British rule, but as a means of giving the Maori tribes the same standing under British rule that the new Constitution had given to the White colonists. For a while the movement lagged : Potatau, the elected king, was an old man and a great friend of the whites, and did as little as possible in his new office. But in 1859 matters became much more serious. The white settlement at Taranaki had been from the first a centre of disturbance. The town was little more than a straggling street parallel to the sea beach, with a few cottages scattered in the fern-bush and forest which spread on all sides from the slope of Mount Egmont behind it. This wild country was the home of quarrelling fragments of native tribes, who fought each other year in, year out, Over trivial questions of disputed ownership. The most in- portant and consequently most quarrelsome chief of the district was Wiremu Kingi, who had in past years done the British many a good turn ; and he was still so friendly that he refused to join the King movement, and took care that no Europeans should be injured in the squabbles of his LIG '09SU (HONIS O NWTW (HZ MAGH N out;4) Jö AA © UIAL (¥98 | ‘00, "((3.I fg. I ºl tºd 5up|Inq ‘lsoz soluºn oth [[]]A q 01ttſ poſium(d. Kotſ.I. ..It'A Jo outfi poAoloq Kūlºop alouſ) ounsol on top to ITIollſo s!!!) nu slaoul U Joãuno.V out) Jo Koſ alſ) at ſºut! (tºo o AA .."uoppiquo ulušu lºun uptuo, but ‘pluuttu I, Yū Luodde on A\ou s! Bunulig Jo Au ou I, , ; , Jo apºut uontºutſooid ouſ, Jo stoluisutºll out, Yuu A Su A spun ºnq ‘subodo.tugſ 5utoute pools -topum IIoA uoissoid Ne II* SI . At'ſ [by].Ibut, AON 101.14sip plultureſ, ou, ui Aul lunautu poutſulooid put ‘stodol sºlotſ\ out) poſiuo or 'Inoumu ontºyoolddu on poolu ou III Sºw dou.to soº) outl, "Sossotto Ingulopoldo.1 UIAA tuoun poulou Ato AO ou A ‘90ſ,1) stuſ Jo uoulo A po soulin out, utout, 1suſº ‘Yol. V R&ly. ** *: Sºº ś § – ºh *. ! - 7. f i" | || * * 5. ): s-*. .º s& Nº ' ' | Nº. Miº 5utpuos Áq Aoû Aotix out St Kiptſtu se Shuāi. SIU politosst 15uly nute.IIAA : nº on to quos odow StoAoAins : quânoq StºA Mood ou.I. Jubio.Ltº put p.Insqt pouloos ojo4 tº on turt'Io spu put “sountu autostolitanb go top to quoundtul tº Kuo stºw ou ‘sionnetu LiouTV uſ niodse ou ou Aoig O.J. onoA sitſ poºndsp ‘ostnoo Jo ‘stotlos ou.I, putſ [tº] tº Jo solºs II* oneA pinoo out Joſua st: osmºooq ATupeut ‘nſ Jo A.It'd tº podnooo on osntood Áll.tud ‘poisonoud ºut YI nuto UAA to AQI tººſe AA ou? Jo quoul oup qu Mooſq tº so.Anºt outos tuo, J &nd on pešup.I.it ...toula Aok) at{l put ‘putti otout ponut. A story, as pſeuºteſ, oup 63SI uſ quun pouoddeuſ qi qug uotusoqºtº-AOILoſ WISWTVºIISſ) W HO XXI OJSIH SIC, do), but a [tool Āb) ind os oſ Ol polopistloo Kouſh ‘ooutºsuſ to] ‘in-A quooo... ou.I. soju Atºs oln(l to sºul of posſ ||AI.) St. Louillo tuouſ] quo.1) On O(( )shut 11 OUluj AOUI put: ‘StºA on J.It'A Jo pounout oa Inºur où lºſſnood AOI (Ioluti.108 of) usinſ.[4] oth on tut[(INo On oqt (100s StºA of I ‘ssoussoſ)so. .tiouſ] go uttonqoq oil) 11: Su A quil A quo puſ) on tºol plmoo ot o, (I.1) Idol: W. Kitowo (1) A utontºoſun (utiloo (1 J|ostulu quoi oolio nº put ‘put on V on odt:() oiſ) (10.1] JoAO poſ.I.In I Kotº) ...tojutsp go sod oth on otout oolio Kołł) quos put unſuſ poſtoo.1 outton u(0,1] Stop:10 IIoHA “101.11s.I]) Olºt, A\ out) on III in A oil, K.Litto on 5u Liudo.id St. A put ‘puupton V on soulouo.1(Idu on KII).IO) on XE10A on qos out : quºtids ul Ao S. Kol{) [1] ool Apt, oſquartupt. Jo tonnol tº solº AA UInnos AoN uno.1 UITU quos uosſuo(I Loudoxo; ) (linoiſ, ‘onºu Ins(10 sh;A on A\o.19 ºng ‘opuſ poll nbuo KInjo.1130 of p[nous Mooſq tº it?) It, A\ out) Jo (IIIs.tou Ao ouſh hºuſ] (IoIn Ibuoo uo ooºodſ oxItºut on Apºol SKºAI* otoA Koll, old no.1) oot A oup, Jo osmºo oll, 105,10] hou plp so Alºu oth juſquig on tPA ua AQI ...touloos Áut 5uſhuiy Ibnjou out] to juniq pino A nºun Ji so.Alosutou) tupu to] this out, Usſuſ on polio]]o put oon.1) Jo 5upſ tº quo quos 1st qu ou A “sluoudddo KIOA II snu to] snoºpo, oo, st A oltºn?A Jo ol Khs SIU) ºnq : Sonſo poſſin.to; otoA Koila J, sº ATInjo.ito St Stºd out on du 5uddus Kºſ oji Josso spun uosso O) poºl) ºutd. It touef) AT]uoso.I.I . Itou own IIIM IIIA hoſpind ouo Juul touloſion osoto os Iolulu Koun dog ‘ûsûooj Kuox and , ‘soa lºtti ouſ) plus ..“uoul oathiq olt: Koul, , Mount oup on uumloo uſ juſtioletu put Adollſ).It In A sud oth 5uluovoid ‘ouſ put oln. KQ quino] saloo.In Isſhii: oun “lunsm sv ppu SIU on 9([It] onteſt AA IngloAod out) polito put stop to 5upyſ ou? (I)A QoI su tº Aoun oouo yu "loſol a st: posſybutºns ‘ſiuſ XI nuloiſ AA ºn 5uoloid quop ‘onsuu ox{but “onsuu ostulu put[uſ outoo-tos qu quin USIL toujo Uponso qootu sm 19 put ‘putt[u] outloo pooji Kioa si nºun “out huājj on outdo,, ‘hºtºld Iºlouef) on SJoſuo go to [tumu tº ono.I.A ..."puopiſ, ‘tuouſ] suſt㺠quos Siopuuuutoo usini.ig oup on soãualſeuo A lootio 5umptios put put solio] plºut.It. I, oth up ed Tolje upg 343 Mob Q A 9.1+) 6Iſ, ‘OgSI (HONIS GIN WIVB Z AASHN Jºb A. eul e) UTM S e Jú Oqby[It, AA 9 UIUI, 3 OT JUI, 9 LIUI, S-IQSI ‘douao Aos) upulºu Va., O ...tu \\ out, Sulamp silon;IN out) Aq pozios Ulood pull put ‘son IULA out] on poiuoloq ūolul A Stool( DIliutºut; D loulout: Jo uoussossod pounsel ou ‘tºtu) tº AA quoqu spurul IIoun du oxlu on sloºsſuy]\ log julºº oll UAV ‘..topum ( ontºum],togun uu &L ...tºulju oroupA out) unt A outop oAuu on quopºd -UU su,\ Kolb) but ‘luosuoo ol AOIs suA Klºsſu II.N. sphſ uuul on Mouq >[oolq ouſ) pubu ol pošutºut; but ‘Utto sliuſ XI muo.u.A. pollupu (; 9 SI uſ put: ‘onuſ polynbuo Kulino.Ioun od pino A ooutºAoi.15 tº it?) It AA out) q trun pooumoulia out outſ) outs oun TV Aussooou od plmous qi JoAouou A oout:([an]sip Jo odºuloo quun uodn boxout KDIomb oct pluod soloo.1) hºu, Os ‘los IºI ontºut, A\ oun on putºpſon V u0,1] puol pooj u ostuut on sooto) Kathlūut stuſ qos ou ‘osſo odou A -Kloso ooºod juliu.umoouto put 5uyutyuloo.id ollu AA pooj; St. A quuq Ruſunou put 'oùlúl Aoux ou ‘oulu Atºl, “oud Aou ou? JO buolu lauosiod slui uooq pull ‘īup qsag ou" ‘nt)tºod 'possoiddns q ods on polls A ou quill utoun uod] [boouod jou plp Kelly) put ‘huoula's out ... iuſ XI, IIoun on poroupt, III]s uoul ontºtſu A\ oun an:I huouſ iodixo oil) &th on 5uſIIIA qsual qu alo A (ſuſtadiuſ uood uouſ) [II] put tou A) saltſjö LiouTV to Ao [0,1]uoo oun pourthqo oſquotº outos donju Koir) uoupA to ‘sasſuoloo onlu A out put ‘Āling&of It’sodoid Aou spun pondoooº spoulo out, Jo Asoſ.W. putt anoqu soºndsp put ‘sootſos ‘spous ‘sºlidsoll doAo doAod oAbu pluow uolu A ‘nopus p Iſou, Jo uounoo oun uo soAinuºueso.idol ontºuTuou on otoA Kaun ... spo.upunui, u Ao iſou) uſ stoogo ooſiod put sontºnstºutu optºut od On otoA §oſuo ou L &iqunoo oup, Jo uomº.usguſtupu au, ui tuouſ] ius Inn dog ouauos t pluxioſ and uoos put ‘oldissod J. “uouſ tons astutău at A unſA ouop ovel on poulullonop Kołł) 'uolpHuo [oolios out 5uſpooj to] scioto osºt on uopu A tuo, J put I juſtlinoid put loouſos a 5untens uſ pold nooo st: A Shuouoddo sº tºld Jo oſquqquopol qsout out, put ‘uo 5ułoń śunuñy Ibnaou ou stºw odoua ounquedop sou woug Jo our] ouſ] * V 40,14sip UAO Sqſ uſ upodoing opius a qualsip on ponditionqt qou peu ‘BIbutatºL uſ pubu şunuñg sea lioſua ‘olºtº one-II*AA out qtl11 WISWTVXIJ.SſlV HO XXHOJSIH 03% 'loao st:A hoſt) sip quuſ) uſ tº A ouſ], onexiſt AA toddn oup, ſo sisotojoun uſ posiodsp pitt: ioant Kiptioſ II tº SSolot poduoso so.1 oun : poſ[PI stºw putº oathiq ºbtſ, Jo JITſ trºuſ, odoul [1]un ‘tuouſ) losoq Sdoo.In ouſ so III XIS logſ ’jiuos .It'A stounty loun Jo oſsnutt oil) on ottſ Isſºutgſ on 1st Ität Kpoq tº uſ poulo.tutu put SKup toulioſ Jo spoji IIAO (Ioun (to poſſeo Áoun ‘āuoſ os post putſ Kouſh uſ.) IA stru Kuſ utils.[UIO out) 5uſuoptiºq V .. i toao log ‘towo Ioj ‘to Ao log ‘sº ouſ) on qū’īy oAA ox{u: ‘oxIt ‘oxIt: ‘nuoq ſtatſ AbūA tºyſ, “...ttºd (IAO iſoul log put prºs Kotī, ‘OO! ºuſ iſ [[A UIouTOA alſ.L., “utouſ, 5uoule uo.ipUIU[o put troutoA otoA oxiouſ, Ioj ‘soa II IIotſ, oats put plotA on sliot W oun uo poſſeo Kottº) put ‘uni KAtoll tº go ouſ out, UQA polioto.1Q stºw qi Kup qxo N optºtools oun * ‘g lady ssolo on poſſu, Shutºssu oolu" uſ qug ‘lodunu IIoun sout!) anoj utún otout go ooto) tº [[]]A tuouſ] popuuo.Lins ‘uolourt:0 dopun toolſo ut: ‘Kotto "edit AA todd n ouſ, Jo uoutiq t' tio ‘nºb.IO he opextoons po) on Insuoo-KII)sºul tº uſ so AIosutoun poulouethuo soAinuu juryeo.119.1 oun Jo potpunt oo.IIIa 1st I qv tºol syſ III sonſdūns Jo ou II Liott IV atta uo ooutºtrodde uoppus suolourt:0 Kºſ ssalosh optºut S*A 15ub.loyed at: soouopop Jo turbulo 5uous AIC[tºſ.ſtutot V. ‘Kinutilº IIoun [o] tuoun (In A Spubt[ 5tſ ſtus ‘pollopua...Ins Koul sº slopuejop oul Fuorum utt stoplos out, put ‘s][nusse pontodot longe uoxins) sº A unsuous quo.15 Jo ed tº III,[15uºl Av uotoutſ) [60% "N [*Ioudº) topUIn 19All s, Kuttouo out) du KuA sq quinoj *InputII [ºſuoloo put stopos (ISI) Lig Jo oolog āūO.Ins tº put ‘osn pooj on pºol Aou stuſ qual UOos Kolk) 0413xiſt: A\ ou? Jo quo 1sn.[[[] otoA sutolo, nGL II* : 5u Isſ, pollo[d tº Jo SAou outo Intrºut, A\ UIOU : IOU..to AOF) out) on sloptol 5uſ XI out) uto.1] oduoſſeuſo hoo.up tº qud ‘ol (ſunbs put I tº Jo tonnºtu Ou st A SIULL TInst; oolio 1't St. A put[s] olotA out I, drusu Aon IXI ºut...It'J, Jo Sollut Aoy tº UIUI) A podot'ssºul KII*]n.IC| St. A trouttslijuq IIo) Jo Anded tº put ‘oºtºut, A\ ouſ) u0,1] gosi ºf Aviv KII boods outro tº AA to] top to ouſ I, USI) i.191 poultuol [[Ins tº AA out|A utoun tuo, J At Ab uox{tº 1sonbuoo Iloil) Aus Koun outſ] outs out, 1º poſ]]os upo'ſ oAbu pluous OAA, oul put ‘..toulo ouſ, pooutº It?q to 14t UI oud soAI]tºu ough OJ, IGº, '0981 goNIs CINV FIV (HZ AA(HN ‘ounto] pooi iou).Inj Aut. Jo 5ultudsop “Sossoulsuſ Iulluoo sh; onuſ toulanj pontaino. Alted 5uſ XI oup, puu ‘No.loui s' Wolf) on so Alosuouſ] polluqns outlaq ūjutant I, ou, Jo quuuutal out) q tºll, UIAIAA ºuann uſ ouejop traun oxioid uo told puu Kouſh squouſion oul ºut I ol, hu put ‘Kuo soloa A XIs ponsti Udungu, tion qud : putºut Mouq log silot: IN oul but ‘pouopu bott StºA ºd oul quinu pullL so.Amºu Bununtil Ad pensind ‘doptosip uſ Mouq IIoj Aoun put shutºussu pop Aoto oun uo pozios outed V ‘ool.to)": A Ju plp quoulliol Aut: ubul tºd ontº) ou? It’ stoogo allout 1so ‘prus si qu ‘nuoulio, ou O ‘ounslo Iſou) 4t sloopſo out, hous Aoun uolu A utoqq ‘puno.15.topun quo imp sqd-opſ, uſuappºu II* olo A Kou()—uoes oct on St. A LIO*IN tº 40U. and ‘ud oun polloquo puu poſſibua scoot, Sø Iſldw oup, Mooſoo Inoj 4t § | : optºtools ouſ, podol tº -quo suns stu Kup § alou A tº toº q Mount put puno Luns on pastosol uotout') put ‘Āionſ.Lion oAſatu put squoulounas onlūA ou? Uſºw? -aq Kaupunoq out uo ºd 31*), . oun polito splexiangu “ed tº pogº - ...to, oſtºn tºubinº I, ou, Jo Apod upulu ou I, usingig out on AIpuoſº aquin a ‘tºwery oun Āq uoluoq put postounyu olex ‘ºut-tub.L uſ quouſ § l. | -uoelop toulout upo ſon 5usso.to ‘Keq f C - º “º ~ * * * UI318d. sax. At H U O.II sloguva 5unoX Jo Apod V punts on JøAO -uſso oppx put auj u iſ on tapio tou] quos pºll stºpºl 5u IXI ou'l b3UIt?...Illu I, * aui, “to losoxol ºak stopſos out to Ito's odou sº 9.IOUIJ 222 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Hau Haus Yet before peace was made this extraordinary war was to develop another surprise. At Taranaki it had gone on smouldering all the time, with occasional skirmishes and ambuscades. While Cameron was in Tauranga, the hostile natives under Mount Egmont suddenly revived their forefathers' cruelties, mutilating and eating some of the English dead. Out of their own and the Christian religious beliefs some fanatic prophets had constructed a new religion, and proclaimed that in December, 1864, the white men would be extirpated ; meanwhile, the devotees would go unwounded even by rifle bullets if only as they charged they shouted, “Hauſ Iſau '' in honour of their god, the angel Gabriel. Taranaki itself was soon freed from these wretches, but for a year or two they held strong positions on the Wanganui.; and though the Waikato men and the King party in general refused to become converts, yet Hauhau missionaries were allowed to pass across the Taupo district and stir up the disaffected at Poverty Bay and at Whakatane in the Bay of Plenty. Here the Arawa and other friendly tribes (among whom two chiefs, Te Kepa and Ropata, especially distinguished themselves) succeeded in crushing the fanatics with very little help from Government. At the Wanganui Grey himself had to interfere. General Cameron was tired of losing his best troops in assaulting strongly-fortified pas; he was begin- ning to respect his Maori enemies, who fought so well, more than the white settlers whom he had to protect, and who seemed to him over-greedy for land moreover he had not grasped the difference between the King movement, whic), Grey merely wished to render harmless and non-aggressive, and the Hauhau superstition, which must at all costs be extirpated. Ordered to Wanganui, he thought it was simply a matter of more “land grabbing ; ” he excused himself from attacking the rebel pa at Wereroa, retired to Auckland, and left his troops inactive. Grey collected a mixed force of natives and colonists, seized a height NEW ZEALAND SINCE 1850. 223 which commanded the pa, and in two days took it with: out the loss of a single man. His success closed the long war and gave New Zealand a breathing space from alarms : but for him it was the beginning of that friction with the British War Department which at last led to his recall and closed his career as an Imperial officer. C. Troublous TIMEs (1865-68). In truth Grey was at this time beset on all sides with difficulties. The Imperial authorities could not understand why, having been sent to the colony with absolute power in native affairs because he knew them so well, he had almost at once got his power transferred to his responsible Ministers in the colonial parliament. He had done so, as a matter of fact, because all the nominal power he might have was not to be exercised without money, and the colonists were not fond of finding money for schemes over which they had no control. But he overrated his personal influence among the men to whom the new arrangement committed his powers. Some were of a new generation, and knew little of his earlier services : some still remem- bered the animosity of the New Zealand Company : nearly all were possessed with the idea that New Zealand was a white man's colony, and that the interests of the natives were of quite minor importance. To check their zeal against the Maori Grey was forced back upon the use of his prerogative as Governor, the very power of which he had tried to divest himself. The colonists called him tyrannical. The Colonial Office called him vacillating. When the War Office complained indignantly that a mere civilian Governor was interfering with one of its Generals, Grey's position became almost impossible to hold. But much work besides fighting was done in this second governorship of his. The South Island, free from Maori troubles, had contributed its share of excitement in the shape of goldfields. In 1861 gold was discovered on the July 20-21, IS65. G. Old 224. HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Tuapeka River, and the yield grew richer as diggers went north along the Valley of the Clutha. On the Shotover a miner swam across some rapids to rescue his dog from drowning, and that afternoon washed out more than a thousand pounds' worth of gold from the point where he landed. Otago quadrupled its population in three years, and would have grown faster but for fresh discoveries on 1s05 the west coast, where Hokitika became the centre of a mining enterprise that spread up every torrent bed and got great reward from the sands of the sea shore. Smaller parties prospected through the province of Nelson and round the Hauraki Gulf, and the quartz reefs of Coromandel attracted many, though Maori opposition to the sale of tribal lands delayed for years the opening up of the rich Thames Valley goldfield. The coa. It was not only in regard to native affairs that Grey stitution had trouble with his Ministers. The Constitution creaked a good deal in the working. In Browne's time had been fought out the inevitable question about the responsibility of Ministers to parliament. Wynyard, a stop-gap Acting- Governor, had maintained in office men who were not members of the new parliament at all, and who could only be abused, not unseated, by electors or an Assembly that differed from them : Browne, after a good deal of palaver- ing, accepted the modern system, and in all but native affairs acted on the advice of a Ministry led by Mr. Edward Stafford. Dut the provinces were too powerful to allow the formation of any Ministry that could work solely for the whole colony's good, and their influence always tended towards complete separation. The six original provinces in the end grew to ten. Hawke's Bay in 1858 was carved out of Wellington, and Marlborough out of Nelson a year later. The gold rush made a province of Southland, including the Clutha and Mataura valleys: but this district was again merged in Otago in 1870, after existing separately for nine years. Later on, in 1873, the West coast gold- NEW ZEALAND SINCE 1850, 225 *, fields obtained two years of existence as a province under the name of Westland : but this was far beyond Grey's time, and is only mentioned here for the sake of completeness. So strengthened, the provincial element in the Assembly asserted itself with dangerous freedom. Attempts were made to cut off Auckland and the chief Maori districts from the rest of New Zealand, and failing that, to make each island a separate colony : in both cases the end sought was to keep the revenues of Canterbury and Otago for local purposes and to throw on the Imperial Government the cost of war—for Auckland, by itself would certainly have been too poor to pay its war bill. Both attempts were barely defeated, the latter by a single vote only. Auckland, on the other hand, in 1865 asked for separation On its own account, because the southern provinces had a majority in parliament and gave it laws that it did not Walnt. Grey's capture of the Wereroa pah was accepted as the close of the war, though Hauhau disturbances broke out at Odd moments for some years later. He and his Ministers now set to work to make some permanent settlement of Maori affairs. Of course the friendly tribes in quiet districts had long ago accepted his scheme of 1861, and kept it in good working order, but at Waikato and Taranaki and Tauranga and Whakatane there were large tracts left desolate and without any sort of local adminis- tration, Maori or white. These tracts the New Zealand Government took over as a prize of war, to the extent of more than three million acres: about a tenth part of this area was distributed among loyal natives for reward, and nearly the same amount restored to native owners who threw themselves on the Government's mercy : most of the rest was thrown open for sale to white settlers. One block of four hundred thousand acres between the Waipa and Waikato, stretching south as far as Orakau was reserved () Native affairs 226 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. See map, p. 131 1865 1867 for a series of military settlements, on which members of the Colonial militia were placed to defend from further incur- sions of the King natives the soil over which they had fought so gallantly. The Ring party, in answer, proclaimed Te Aukati, “the boundary line” enclosing territory that stretched from Taupo west to the sea and north to the military settle- ments, known thenceforward as “the King country :” across that boundary line no white, no loyal native might step under penalty of death. The Hauhaus of Tauranga had an Aukati of their own, reaching from the head of the Thames north to the Coromandel Range : but this was a temporary affair only, while within the King country Tawhiao and his followers sulked for many a year. The irreconcilables being thus provided for, it was time to confer on the friendly tribes their full privileges as citizens of the Empire. A Native Rights Act gave their land cus- toms the force of law. A Native Lands Act, embodying and improving on one passed in 1862, established Land Courts with Maori and English juries. Not long after Maori schools were endowed, and the tribes were allowed to elect four of their chiefs to represent them in the colonial parlia- ment. The policy which Grey had proclaimed in 1845 was at last triumphant when in 1868 he was recalled from the colony which he more than any other man had shaped and saved. For evil days had come upon the Empire, and there was no room for a strong Governor who wished to stand between the British Government and the colonists, binding them both together. English politics in the years from 1854 to 1874 had been centred more and more on the British Isles. After Lord Palmerston's death even European politics almost ceased to interest politicians in London, and the colonies, scattered far oversea, interested them still less. New Zealand, where Imperial troops were fighting, had to be attended to, but the chief wish of successive Colonial Secretaries was to get the troops out of it as quickly as possible and leave it NEW ZEALAND SINCE 1850. 227 to its own devices. They chafed at Grey's constant appeals to them to take some genuine interest in his schemes, and took the first excuse to get rid of him. General Cameron had resigned after the Wereroa affair, and was attacking the Governor bitterly at home. General Chute, his successor, thought fit to order a Maori prisoner to be shot in cold blood, and his officers put the act down to the Governor's orders, being reluctant to believe that a soldier would have done such a thing. Grey, charged with the crime by Mr. Cardwell, then Colonial Secretary, denied it with bitter indignation. His denial was received by a new Secretary, the Earl of Carnarvon, the one man who really was anxious to keep the colonies in the Empire : and he, while admitting that the Governor had cleared himself completely, asked him to alter the wording of his dispatch. At the same time, yielding to pressure from Cameron's and Chute's friends at the War Office, Lord Carnarvon decided that military matters should be left to the General alone. Before any answers could be received, another and much weaker Secretary was in office, and to him came both Grey's refusal to withdraw a word of the dispatch objected, and a further dispatch asserting proudly that Lord Carnarvon had been “misled ” and that his statements and inferences were incorrect. To the new Secretary this was mere mutiny on the part of a minor official : he answered curtly that it was needless to go on with the discussion, and that he would soon be able to tell Sir George who was to succeed him, and how soon he would be relieved. At the news of this marked discourtesy all New Zealand united in the Governor's defence. His Ministers forgot their bickerings and protested strongly against the method and reason of his dismissal. Parliament addressed him in terms of unqualified praise. From every province, from every friendly tribe letters came pouring in, full of affection and reverence and regret at his departure. Eight years later, when at a great banquet in Wellington the toast of “The Governor’ was proposed, every Maori Grey’s Elecall 228 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. BOWen Governor, 1868-73. Te Kooti NOV. 10 there sprang to his feet and cheered enthusiastically for “The Governor—Governor Grey !” Sir George Bowen, who came from Queensland to succeed him, entered on office with a praiseworthy desire to find out all he could about the colony and to interest the Colonial Secretary in its progress, but found the despatches from London just as curt, if less hostile. Before very long, how- ever, he found himself able to make his reports not only % º interesting but alarming. A - º native called Te Kooti had w sº been arrested as a spy in 1865 § N | "º N \º during the Hauhau troubles | t \ * ^ w - | |}| | f - ; \ on the east coast, and had been \""Wºº ', - - \ { . 4. | ' ' ' sent with other prisoners to ! & W º | the Chatham Islands. On July 4, 1868, he headed a revolt in which the prisoners seized the convict station, boarded a TE IX00'I’l. Government schooner, and sailed back to the North Island, landing a little below Poverty Bay. Three times he was attacked by small bodies of colonists, but burst through them all to gain the shelter of the inland ravines: then, while eager officers were mustering the friendly tribes to pursue him, he came suddenly down on the settlement at Poverty Bay and massacred every human being he could find. Almost at the same time a Hauhau chief broke into revolt on the west coast near Wanganui, and announced , that he was reviving cannibalisin. At the moment there was but a single British regiment in New Zealand, and that was under orders for removal. Governor Bowen begged that it should be left : he wrote and he telegraphed protests: he pictured the seriousness of the situation by comparisons with the Indian Mutiny and the Battle of Culloden, and quoted parallels from the Bible and the “Lady of the Lake.” NEW ZEALAND SINCE 1850. 229 The Colonial Secretary put them all aside as “very interest- ing,” but insisted on removing the troops. In this emergency the colonial Government turned, at first in part and then altogether, to the help of its Maori friends. Colonel Whit- more, an officer who had served under Cameron, was put in command of the colonial militia : with the help of Te Repa he suppressed the disorders at Wanganui: with the help of Ropata, he stormed Te Kooti's pa at Ngatapa, perhaps the most formidable of Maori fortresses—where three lines of earthworks guarded the summit of a mountain peak, only to be approached along a narrow ridge with precipices on Jan. 5, 1869 either hand. By great good fortune Tawhiao was persuaded to remain neutral, and one of his principal chiefs even joined the colonial forces. Te Kooti, after another merciless raid on Whakatane, was driven into the ranges east of Taupo, through which Te Kepa and Ropata hunted him for many months. At last Tawhiao allowed him to take refuge in the IQing country, and the Government, assured that he was treated purely as a refugee and was now harmless to do further ill, assented to this arrangement. Te Kepa and Ropata received commissions as Majors, and were presented with swords of honour from the Queen. D. PEACE AND PROGRESS (1870-90). So closed the long series of Maori Wars, with the full recognition that loyal Maoris were full citizens of the Empire, fighting under the same flag and obeying the same laws as the white men who had settled among them. Tawhiao and his followers, it is true, held aloof in the King country, where for many years they maintained a practically independent though friendly state. But only once since Te Kooti's last raid has there been talk of dissension between natives and colonists, and that (as may be guessed) was over the question of land. A road was being surveyed across the Waimate Plains, south of Mount Egmont, when a party of Maoris sent by a prophet-chief. Te Whiti, stopped the isſo 230 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. Survey because it was trenching on their reserves. The district was that in which the last Hauhau revolt had taken place, and the alarmed colonists suspected, quite unjustly, that the prophet was reviving that superstition. Troops were poured into the Waimate and Te Whiti was arrested : but there was no outbreak, nor had there really been a pros- pect of one. - In 1870 New Zealand began to take stock of her losses, and to devise some scheme of progress for the future. The scheme formulated was a very simple one. A sum of ten million pounds was to be borrowed, with which to construct railways, roads, and harbour works from end to end of the colony, to encourage immigration, and to buy up land for settlement. Part of the cost was to come from the sale of Crown lands that bordered on the new public works and would be increased in value thereby : but this provision the Provinces, always jealous for their absolute control over their own land, managed to throw out. The borrowing went on, however, and all the Provinces got by interfering was their own aboli- tion. In 1875-6 Acts were passed which ended the provincial Constitu- system and substituted for it a number of county and #a borough councils to look after local affairs, while the central parliament (which since 1865 had been sitting at Welling- ton) took over all business in which the whole colony had a common interest. Sir George Grey, who had returned to Auckland in 1870 and had entered the colonial parliament as member for that city in 1874, strongly opposed these Acts, but became himself Premier soon after they were put, in force. As a party politician, however, he did not prove a success, although many of the measures he advocated have since been passed by men whom he helped into parliamentary life. - In 1879 the period of borrowing and public works came to a sudden end. As happened in Victoria later, land had been sold at an abnormally high price during the “boom,” and when the yield of gold fell off and the price of farming 2' I£Z, '098 I (HONIS O NWTVGIZ AAGIN 'Uonu utuo Kulu oudug out, Jo Suoznjo-Aolioſ aroun Lou A utoqq snuounded No oxlulu slopuuluoz AoN ‘uvooo go qſaq Noun uſualA polulos put domſ) uontºngay go anoo tº Aq poſinos are uou Ito A put Stokoldtuo uoe Moq soundsp IV At KQ poliolluoo si soiloloug uſ XIIoA ou.I. ‘Tuolutilated Jo Slocuouſ dog anoA tº oAºti uouo AA gueu -udoxo;) ouſ, Aq pejuuuuu out sooſuo Kilsliot sque A.Ios uoAa put ooutºunsse agſ “sonjavuo louno put sºundsou and (uppu.in -sny uſ st;) soonjo sod put SKuAſtºl Auto lou nºun os ‘oldood ontº Mad Jo Utdooutoo oth out soºthunoo dauno uſ quun sºugun Aubu donju IOOI ontºns oun asſuut on tooq Stu quouTullied but I tºo? AoN ou, Jo Uno Åtepue Jeſulo oth OGSI oou IS ‘ajuel qu Kuolo) out. On oqºmºA adolu eptul Oct 1U5 ſtu q ‘SNLIOA 5uſzoo,U-1t:aut put sold ſtºp explºrado-Oo 5uſuspiciºso Áq put ‘ĀIngotto otolu n| Suſhu Aſhino Ád 4tº, Os ‘sſºlua. AOI it put out, uo stout.tug II*UIs allos Ol salmstout 5UIsIAap (II dim (Ioxtºn Alojau ato. A stºok Uton qxau oun Kinuonbosuo() subo oup, Áedo. On oqºun otoA put pool.Id-užju IIoun doj Kud Ol Kouout powo.L.IOCI put[ OUAA stop|Output out, ‘UA\op quoA s]ompoud Tahiti CHAPTER XIV.—ATUSTRALASIA. A. EUROPEAN's IN THE SouTH SEAs (1803-1879). We have noticed how from time to time the spread of British colonies over Australian lands has been hurried on because it was supposed that France would otherwise take possession of the vacant territory. Tasmania in 1803, Port Phillip in 1804, Albany, Port Essington, and the South Island of New Zealand, were all occupied under the stress of such rumours. But in truth, when once Nelson had destroyed Napoleon's navy at Trafalgar, there was little fear for many years that a French colony would be set down so far away from Europe, at the mercy of any power that was strong at Sea. Phillip's commission had given him authority (as far as King George could give it) over “the islands adjacent to the eastern coast of Australia. This word “adjacent " was very indefinite, and Governor King exercised a sort of authority as far away as Tahiti, in the Society Islands: later Governors did not interpret it to include even New Zealand, and the South Sea Islands further north or east were left to them- selves. Among them went British missionaries, teaching the islanders carpentry and other useful arts as well as reli- gion : in some a few rougher white men settled down to lead the native life, but New Zealand was the favourite haunt of such characters, and for the most part the gentle Polynesians found their white visitors kind and trustworthy. At Tahiti especially, where Cook and Bligh had stayed for some time, Englishmen were extremely popular, and in 1825 Queen Pomare asked that England should proclaim a protectorate over her islands. The request was refused, as being “in- consistent with international usage : ” but Pomare still 232 VISVT V \, J.S.OW 8 g & -Udo vot) [uplodu.I aul inq ‘opolid ulonso AA out uſ oAnot Atax odox at A-go-uout asou A ‘subolaouv out, unla Kuujoodso odoul—sueuiloloſ Joujo Uli A lºop plmoo saxlºtl oun uou A ūānoatin ‘osodind quun dog stuponjo us!).iſ uſunupuu pinous but, but [toº, AoN unIA uouſ) suolsmo tº U.io, pluous sqmo.15 but Is out, Jo Jodunu of Iul tº unlu A Kol aptut quauošut...lau uu (to Ao su.A. odou I, pontonpo od on puuplony on ques olow uoupliuo Iſou) put ‘sportio ouſ, Jo Autu unt A spuolaj opulu ou ‘sputils, all 5uout Udnut 5ullaxual, unsou Kiod uſ trouTutop usinſig Jo alluoo oun Kuotoo quun ºupleu dog Pºt out su.w puput oAnot slui Kot post Aap soulouſos out 5uout put sº ‘buuluoz AoN go touaoxot) outbooq AotF) toºl squo& Aaj W. Z_l -- *-* *- \ - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - • *T* A / 'uolloonoid Uouoll iopuu hud su.A Intut L but “poluº Uduo. I aul Suſu, -Autº op on poo.15u aus ‘dlau usiläuq go odou ou unt A ‘IIasiou on Jo Kupunos lou palu, Iullup V Uduo. I ou I, Kilodoid Tongu postool od on Jo tug Ooh StºA ous osmooq uſuju pauncle, oq on ‘ost uonsonb sitſ, uo UtopuoT on palºaddu put put “sºulu) launo tu Su uolillot tou III usiliuq od Ol ponut. A puu albulo, I salutuoussitu ontoultº) tubuloyl autos quoqu oletuoq Ull w le.I.Itºmb tº postold put Intut L on to poſits ou Os ‘sput[s] Jo duo.15 opiniog StoA u You OtoA Koun and ‘Alīšu ſp.toooº Susamb - It'ſ aul poxollut [*11tup W ou I, Ibut O tutºut', I aul ºut 11 no *IIu.[1snv Jo pox{tº 1s.II) trout uot A S.Kºp out, otoA osoul log put ultitutiq Uda.wqoq ouju.I. Jo outſ out 5uolu KII*Ioodso ‘dn Nord p(noo all quu.A aos on Stºos UAnoS aul Olu I [tº] ſupV Ut. Autos out sos).Idioluo Jaujo 5uoute put : putſuo/ AoN ozios on ponduoylu put: “uploit V pozias OUA at StºA qI ‘oouo quº a.II duto oun 5unnas quoqu has ou put ‘sºuTun osotſ) oAtºll pinOA Oslº out : 3.11duto Itºſuoloo quo.15 tº put opt-in snout.toua pull ‘Aus out ‘put[juq 'sloxi Ibut Jaun puan Xa put optºal tou] ast -moduo on pnoj to subout arºj Kq shopºut StºA pub ‘eout. I ul Sassulo 5uſptº.I] oup, on Utopiuſ I SIU poAO OUA ‘odd Huld smo"I ‘5upſ tº ouo.IU[] Udue.I.I auſ] on auto odou, OgSI ul qug| ‘dog postse puu aus quu A 195 plnoA ous outſ, toºl autos qu quu) podou put ‘spualaj Tujoods doul sº usûâug oun populào.I 234 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. p. 200 Awaken- ing interest ment, which was getting tired of managing the colonies it had, was quite resolved not to acquire new ones, and the Customs Union fell through. When in 1853 the new French ruler, Napoleon III, seized New Caledonia and the Isle of Pines — where at the time France had neither trade nor sub- jects--Ministers in London raised no objection and would hear of none from Australia. When in 1859 the chiefs of Fiji unitedly offered their country to Great Britain, Ministers in London unitedly refused it : the group, they said, was not close enough to the route from Panama to Sydney, and Britain could do without naval stations in the islands as long as she held Australia. But when the Queensland labour trade began to demoralise all the South Seas, Fiji suffered more than any other group, and its cotton plantations were soon full of kidnapped Kanakas whom British law had kept out of Queensland. The scandal grew, and it was hinted that other nations would interfere if Britain refused to act. Sir Hercules Robinson, the then Governor of New South Wales, with some trouble convinced the reluctant British Government that annexation was the least of evils, and in September, 1875, the Fiji Islands became a Crown colony. The Western Pacific now began to attract the attention of several nations, and Britain woke up to the necessity of securing her position there against intruders. In 1878 there was a great stir made in these matters. Pressure was put on the Imperial Government to annex New Guinea, to which recent gold discoveries had drawn a number of diggers from Australia, ; but by the end of the year most of the adventurers had returned, and the Colonial Secretary refused to do anything. The New Hebrides, however, were made neutral ground by an agreement with France, which was suspected of desiring to annex them. Further east, during the same year, the United States acquired by treaty special trading privileges in Samoa, and in 1879 Germany and Britain followed suit, Britain also making in that year a commercial treaty with the King of Tonga. Q83 WISW TVºIJSOW Be UIn+) A3 N qugi uouſuf) AoN ozios on us[A pub Kuuou uomºu uilelog Ou Aoux out sº JuJ St. Juul futsallu ‘buulsuoonſ) Kot (top)": Nou ut: oun clooot on KIO, unuo paulſoap or ‘otout Kut, U11 A pouopinq eq on hou Su A put ‘uinoue soluotoo put publjuq quul, poxolloq ūolu A Sutºroll Hod go IOOuas qtun Jo slo AIA.Ins 1st out, go ouo Oslº StºA ou : qu Atºs ÁIIuuosdad out otojoq not oq poolog Sulaq go uomuanui ou put ou A ‘uuuu şul Aout-AAOIs put oilst Isu Unuoun uu StºA ‘ĀqueCI pioſ I ‘Kabha,toos out] ºng ‘ottop puu putsuoonſ) quuLA 5upuatutuoo K111tuouſ tiltinsnv unnos put ‘t’.10101A “salt, A\ unnoS Aa N utody Stou]o out:0 Kathodoos [uſuology all on uomot sun 5uroumouTIt tutº.15aſon out) Jo slaoul au) uO ‘Aqsolo IN quod tº 5th IISI)],191 out, pansiou so.Atasulouſ, oystiu You Uſ sophytotºne pubsuoon?) outſ, put ‘Ulonsanbul KIO)I.Lion oun osſutoloo put otold No on peutiao] 5uſoq su.A Kuºduloo uttular) tº hºu] saxaul odoung uot out:0 aloun uoA15 aq plmoo to Asutº Ut; otojoq Xount, pluoA quouſ -U.to AOF) usin IagI alſº JI sasuadixo IIT Kud Ol polatio puttsuoonſ) £8SI uſ Klate put ‘ootto it tuatiº Hoon soluoſoo truſt.Insuv aul I, put[s] paaſsap-Uonu out) uſ Kuoloo utilºn I ut, Jo XIIth uo., a suA alou.J. ºutssnº, on spesodoid tºllutis Šuplºut eq on poverloq St. A ‘olutonoonoid tourne) Aan tº USIIQºlso on quouſ -u to Aok) usinſ,191 out, peš.In KIIngssooomsun 6 1SI uſ pºll ou A ‘osſe ‘KulouTV tºo.It'd taunt) AoN Xouttu on totodulº ou? uo polluo todedsAou Uetſuok) hut”,Todtuſ up out|A “sopſidoPI AoN out) uo Sušisap tou Jo Sunotund out, poa LAoi put (Inſutºl, Itou) tºoltº! Moon ooutº. I uou A ‘GSSI uſ pitou odow tuto)s 5uptuoo oup, Jo sºuntanu IN “soul qſ UOIJ potaſſus oAbū Stolt A uupsettinsnv ‘Klootag isoul posed to Aaj-UOIntºxoutre out, odou.A ‘uolij v on nxau and : quotuonſoxa sh! III politºus still piloA aloux ou I, eſteinsmv go uomenopa] 5uTuotoidde ou? sºunsol sh, Jo Asual aun house hunoo KIQ'eq9,id Kutu Iou A put ‘uo 5uro5 tims sp. Kup-on popula, ‘untee oun jo suojaa posſIAIoum out, ſo aſqissod st: uanut St. Joshi log lioto ozſos on suoget upodoing oup Jo KLinos popuşſpun hºlin ‘IIods out log lism." neun uºod uoun put–poxolio] subok Inghuoaoun oodli,L (gG-GSSI) NOILVXINNV JO (IOI*Iſſa IHL '81 236 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. public opinion in Australia had grown too strong to let the matter drop there : nor was New Guinea, the only point of danger. France had long since established a penal settle- ment in New Caledonia ; she might do the same in the New Hebrides: it was certain, at any rate, that a Bill was before the French Assembly by which a very large number of habitual criminals would soon be sent out to the South Seas, under conditions which would make it easy for them to slip The Con- across to Australia. Before the end of the year an Inter- *ś colonial Convention was held at Sydney, in which all the Australian colonies, as well as New Zealand and Fiji, were represented. It was thus the unanimous voice of British Australasia which declared to Lord Derby that New Guinea Ought to be annexed ; that convict settlements in the Pacific should be abolished ; that no foreign power should be allowed to acquire any more territory in the South Seas: and that Australia was ready to share the cost of so main- taining and strengthening the Empire. All through 1884 resolutions and minutes and petitions poured into the Colonial Office in London, confirming and emphasising the votes of the Convention ; and in October Lord Derby gave way so far as to announce a British protectorate over the southern coast of New Guinea, which was formally proclaimed by Commodore Erskine on December 1. The colonists now began to wonder why this new protec- torate was so limited. They soon found out. Three weeks after Erskine hoisted the British flag on the southern coast, German all Australia was startled by the news that Germany had “” annexed the northern coast and the group of islands known as New Britain. In those islands Germany had some rights, for the great Hamburg South Sea trading company had a station at Mioko (Duke of York Island) since 1871, and from it supplied its plantations in Samoa with Kanaka Jabourers. New Guinea itself had not been touched by German trade, and to the Australian Governments (who did not know that Bismarck had been parleying for some months /86 ‘VISVTV'HLSſ) W upseu -AIO GL J O UIOIJI).Its ch 9 UT, t; OUIts S Adnooo on oottu.II powout ‘usuo I, postu.Innou upril W Shuouſ ajuuLiu Jo solios ū Āq Suo wool utodoung out 5uout pop Alp KII bug st'A eſsau KIod go so.1 outſ, poureutal aouls oAuu Kaun Utophysod hutſ, up put ‘suoſhuu ponsolenuſ ootun out, Jo ontºlon -oohold Yuſof a topum peould eta A sputulsi anuumnioſum out, "Iſolulu, Jo Stua, Ino long V solool, utºutlof) KCl polloddins og o] put oud.IU[] all on hutºutſºlo uttu,to 9 out] put ‘lno axioid at A LIAIo e : tºol. JW on Jo Utſu paddºus put bono It: IN poZºos pull Autºutter) aſſu wuta IN Insuoo unauties) out] Jo quul AOII* on posmjo, Oslº ‘uonou slusuoo aroun 5untribndo.1 out|A ‘Saltºn S out,L, salt) S polluſ) aul Jo ontºloloo.10.10 out) topUIn sputulsi Jo duo.15 alou A oun 5unnnd KCl utopsnjuoo oth on peppe Instroo utoplottuv au.I. pºals SIU U 5up sluouoddo sºul go oud 5uturºupoold puu ‘uolalluſ\ 5uſsodap ‘Uthiduo untoutt's oup, “tºdy 5up outtu Klutto Kd sisſio tº uo quinold pet Insuoo tubuliet) outl lawsuit up to] outſ, St. A odoul otojoq inq *Isau.Klod usinſ.Ig tº Joj attalios s. No. 5) ox! Aot on trºod put sosuodxa IIT Kud on polago put[tiaz Aa N uinouſ, ‘lalſo ou? palooſa. KauaGI pio"I ‘paloadXa uaoq oAbu jujut SW put[toZ AoN go qualuuiaxos) oun (Iºnoſtin Utºpia 01 Allunoo slu patago ‘pollinq 5ulaq go poºl ‘tºo loſſuſW 5uſ XI tout'S uſ nonpuoo qualoſ A aroun Kol toulout: bosºl bºu slope.In uutu,lot) ‘paſhnas st: A UIonsani) taum º AoN oth otojogſ ºutput) upoue. I on KTULO SIbuſul IIo Tunnyduu pues on poat㺠quouTudoxor) Iſouail out put ‘It’ſ] nou njol odow Kaul 'sappiqa H Aa N alſ, Joj sv opnagºuol see ..If I nu Kuomi,Liam Hound on oq huāput st: ÅIttou se pollstonew pe.Inuoo out, powolio] put ouTInstoo udou, Iou ou? shoosio][I] ..S opmnuſ odou A penatºsuorua IIA tºp seas ouſ &repunod tº pue oup uſ put ‘uonniosal octaaj IIoun oxioid tollaoutºu O trºttidoº) oth utouj spiox tug Aaj tº inq quotuellas SABIotºW uoted opulouſ on St. Os Astoo undou ou juoſt ontº.1010010.1d wou oup, puenxo on Kpeat a to A &oul ‘poopuiſ ‘sktºp waſ tº to H of ſueñuuuuuun atow son5balloo SIU put KºtoGI pio'I ºngſ oxysso.1550 put 5ununi.it od on hutout ooliepnduſ and pouloos uomºxoutit ou" (Ionsul IV uſiloloſ Isºpig o'Iº (IPA 238 HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA. The Years of Discord all the groups east of Tahiti, and gave Germany a boundary line running through the Solomon Islands and turning north-east to the Marshalls. The lower half of the Solomons and all the remaining islands east or south-east of that line, from Palmyra to the Macquaries, are thus definitely and by international agreement included within the British sphere of influence. C. FEDERATION (1850-99). Perhaps the affairs of Polynesia are not, strictly speaking, part of Australian history : but the events just mentioned had an unmistakable and a very important effect on that history. For more than twenty years the five eastern colonies had lived independent and sometimes quarrelsome lives, each fostering the jealousies born of its early career : the pressure of European aggression was needed to bring them so near to each other that a common life under a single federal government should seem at all possible or even desir- able. After Lord John Russell's declaration of 1839, that Britain claimed the whole Australian continent, such Euro- pean aggression on Australia itself could have been brought about only by a great war—failing war, the colonies might still be curled up, like hedgehogs, each within its own borders. But in Polynesia aggression was still possible without war : and so it came about that Samoa and New Caledonia and the Solomons are very closely concerned with the making of the coming Australian Commonwealth. In the days when politicians were busy devising the various schemes by which the colonies of Australia became self governing, everyone outside the colonies themselves thought it absurd that a number of small States, all within the British Empire, all peopled by white men of whom the overwhelming majority was British, should exist side by side without being in some close way politically connected. Earl Grey's Committee was very anxious to make a Federal Assembly part of the Constitution : the Act of 1850 made the Governor of New South Wales Governor-General of AUSTRALASIA. 239 Australia expressly to create some connecting link between the colonies. But local prejudices were too strong, Vic- toria, after fighting hard to be separated from New South Wales, was not likely to enter at once into a new union. The South Australian land system was a stumbling-block– Adelaide men were rather proud of its peculiarities, and did not care to let any Federal Assembly meddle with it and make it like those of their eastern neighbours. All the con- timental colonies looked down on Tasmania, because it had received convicts so much later than they had. Consequently Earl Grey's schemes came to nought, and the colonies drifted further and further apart. But when- ever the more statesmanlike politicians for a few moments shook themselves free of those local squabblings, they recurred to the idea of federation. It was possibly local pride that made Melbourne in 1855 petition the Queen that the federal capital should be established there. But it was a far higher motive that urged Wentworth and his friends to form a “General Association of the Australian Colonies ''Mar. 1857 and to send a memorial in favour of federation to the Colonial Secretary. In the same year a Committee of the Victorian Assembly reported strongly in favour of union, but its report was lost sight of. Again and again in the years that fol- lowed the subject cropped up, generally in connection with the levying of customs duties along the Murray River. In 1871, indeed, proposals were put forward for a Customs Union of Australia ; and then was first heard the claim which was so successfully renewed in Canada in 1897, that “foreign countries have no pretence to interfere with the internal arrangements of the Empire, or the trade of one part with another.” But when Lord Kimberley had been worried into passing an Act by which the colonies could have drawn closer together in this way, the local element Australian e - - - Customs again proved the stronger, and the Act remained a dead Dºt, letter. 1S73 240 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Con- ferences and Con- ventions The Federal Council In 1881 it was found necessary for representatives from the eastern colonies to meet in Sydney and discuss measures for lessening the number of Chinese immigrants. At this conference Sir Henry Parkes moved resolutions which pro- posed the establishment of some central authority to deal with inter-colonial questions of that kind ; and a scheme for securing this was there and then drawn up—and shelved. But it was the trouble about New Guinea, in 1883 that stirred politicians to take an immediate interest in the matter. It seemed very pro- bable that if Queensland had been backed, not by a few tele- SIR FIJNRY l’AR KES. grams from the Governments of disconnected colonies, but by the voice of a single Govern- ment representing united Australia, the whole of eastern New Guinea (and perhaps all its adjacent islands too) would have come under the British flag. The Convention of 1883, therefore, besides passing resolutions about Polynesian affairs, revived the plan of 1881 for representing the whole of Australia in a single assembly, and embodied it in a Federal Council Bill, which the Imperial Parliament passed in 1885. This Council consisted of two representatives appointed by the parliament of each colony that liked to join it, and had power to make laws on defence, quaran- tine, copyright, marriage, and other matters in which it was important that there should be one law for all Aus- tralia. But its laws only held good in colonies whose parliament chose to adopt them ; so that it was practically nothing more than a body for making suggestions which might or might not become law. New South Wales thought this was taking a good deal of trouble over very little, and If & ‘WISW TV &IJ.Sſ) V d (loud Sloqtuout oAU buos \on Sopuolo.) juſtoupu ou L (SSI (ty ‘put]] ot!) 01 0 \\} )(10s tº lullsny unuos . OSSI uſ to issos \suſ out) on lattutou oud huos ſtºl , où Jo loud [[ºul A on ‘l (SI u I Koup KS U plou ‘uoſhutoAutoC) Italopol lºoti u Aq powolſo su.A spu.J., puuluoz AoN put Solu A\ \ll noS AoN uouſ sontºoſep put louno) lulopa I oun Jo storturou oun uoowºod OGSI uſ otlinoquoſ uſ plou ST? A\ oottologuo u Funlaw-ionio Jo lºop pooj u donja: pun: 'solu A somnod (IhnoS \o N Jo Jiullod to puol oun Moon A\ou so Lind Kauo H I'uoſ). Ols.ICl IIc . i’º it ºf . Tº Y 7 - y * Y . .* * * a $ 5, , º, . . UII U. O I'l TIS u01)^3.topol J0 ano Aaj U Tuoulo AOut \out a ulºoq Odouin *Pººr ‘pousſland su.W soouopop puul uno uo quodot out) uou.W. \ ‘oouojop utiluansm V log KITujoods oqssod su luj su posh puu ‘sion: A\ u'uplullsmy uſ uoupunis outoutos 'lºº!'ºl aulujot out) on poppu aq on ‘sdustº Aoti uoAos' ºg Ahluſſup\ Usſhºld oth uto.II pollu Soſuoloo oth Iou A dapun *II, Quoutoğutu.Luu uu Kot popſ Aoti su A nool) at out A ‘Kuoloo Moto Jo sootoj \tun Ilut puu Shitoſ out, Uto hiodot on looſljo Tullodul Uru Jo Juouth U odd - out, UU polluso. oottologuoo sºul pun: : tºſsulu, )su V, Jo aduoſop oth luoqu sonſ.toulºut: Usinſ.[9] oth UlſA dojuloo on 1 SS I uſ ooſiquſ s. Utoon?) ou jutſump UOpUIOT uſ houl soluotoo smollu A out) tuo, J SonujolocI dilutd. 1.I.O.L to Utos Lou ( ).Tod Iſo potuoddu di Uslu'A s, Kuloua Utu Ji uoddart bluo. A quu A doptio \\ sutulu.Insuv opºut utout, Jo ouo Ato Ao inq ‘ssolbootl but pºdnjs uood oAnºt soluos osotin Jo Aubut nuous V utouzouo A to Ao soluns polluſ) oun unIA tº A Jo tuo Ao . [tºu.Asuu.II, out, JoAO Kuuuu.tor) Un A at A Jo : tu Itio to Ao ‘Koxbum I, to Ao ‘unºsuºuſ IV to Ao ‘uſssn'ſ Un A it. A Jo vol.II V Asa A to Ao ‘tutºrs to Ao ‘nd Kjºl laxo ooutº.II UIn IA at A Jo Samound trooq oatti otoli,L du pox Iut uood suu S 9 JT8 O audulº (ISI) ſigſ out, Uttouſ, Jo IIT KLItou u put ‘soluos tº A gºs UIO.II oolſ an Inb trooq JoAott stºul plio A out) gºss I aouTS , uſû.11sn'V U.[9]SOAA put: ‘plutºutst,L ‘puttsuoon?) “eſ.IOjor A uto.1) so Ayyuquoso.Idol Jo sqssuoo [ſounoo out, jutt) os : louno out, lins qou quânul ouo penins UtopUIAA SAt hºul put[Uſuu out, UiO 9SOUI) UIOIJ quotaſſip Os ato A stion ſpuoo IIoun pug ‘KuAt It'ſ Oon odoA Iſºſ put put[toſz AoN : Iouno) oun upoſ on posmjø.I 242 HISTORY OF AUSTRAL ASIA. Australian colonies sent seven members appointed by parliament, New Zealand sending three only, of whom Sir George Grey was one. Here an important Bill was drafted, which was to give Australia, a complete system of government with Governor-General and Cabinet, two Houses of Parliament, and a body of judges. The Bill had to be approved of by the colonial parliaments before it could be sent to London to be made an Act by the Imperial parliament. It was so approved of in Victoria ; in New South Wales a number of local matters cropped up, and Sir Henry Parkes, who was in charge of the Bill, had to resign the Premiership, so that it was laid aside ; the other colonies thought it not worth while to go until New South Wales was ready. There was another gap of six years, during which more questions came up which could only be settled by the united action of several colonies —the question, for instance, of laying a telegraph cable across the Pacific Ocean from Vancouver, in Canada, to Sydney ; and the question of allowing all British colonies to make arrangements with each other and with Britain about Customs duties, without allowing a foreign nation to object. These were discussed in Ottawa, the Canadian capital, in 1894, and again in London during the Queen's Diamond Jubilee, 1897. / Meanwhile there had been all sorts of unofficial meeting The and conferences, more especially in New South Wales aſhd dºye Victoria, to excite public opinion in favour of going on ment with federation. Leagues were formed in Sydney, and Melbourne for the same object. In 1895 and 1896 the parliaments of the eastern colonies (except Queensland) passed a set of Acts by which a new Convention was to be formed, ten delegates being elected to it by the people of each colony. Western Australia sent ten delegates elected by parliament. This latest Convention met three times— in Adelaide, in Sydney, and in Melbourne—during 1897 and 1898, and the Bill which its labours produced was put A USTRALASIA. 2.43 before the electors of the various colonies on June 3, 1898, and accepted by those of Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania. In New South Wales more people voted for it than against it, but the law provided that the Bill should not be accepted unless at least 80,000 people voted for it, and this number was not reached. When the New South Wales Parliament met, each house formulated a list of amendments which it would like to see embodied in the Bill. In January, 1899, the Premiers of all the Australian Colonies met in Melbourne to consider these amendments, and some of them (together with some which had reference to the special conditions of Queensland) were accepted. The Bill thus amended was again put before the electors : South Australia accepted it on April 29 ; New South Wales on June 20 : Victoria and Tasmania on July 27 ; and Queensland on September 2. As the consent of three colonies only was required before the Bill could be submitted to the Imperial Parlia- ment, and five have already consented, the Bill will be sent to England at once, and will probably become law early in 1900. 0+& ‘08& ‘LSI ‘8SSI go uonuovuoſ) UIC: “ullu,llsu V *A J0 upuunsuoo 8.0 [ ()(; I 09-SQ | ‘ºl.10)op A Jo Suomu) pºstIOO 00-(3£ I 66, uſuuutsu.I. Jo sºngsuoo { f 8.0%, ’04)-(; ; I f() ‘l () “$º-CS tºlu,l}su \, \!) uoS go suolyu) insuo) Ç9 butu Isthoou") Jo uoſhull suo,) 08:: ‘i Cº, ‘9-i U. ‘l-Of I A\o N Jo suoljuq I).stloo ºr- $ { --- - --- * , & - { S& Q-f Sl 09-60 l ºf I ‘l-Q(; ‘l-QS ‘lg ‘69. ‘solu,\\ [l] noS \\o N Jo Suolijn, Ilsuoo { 6-S$) f{} S-10, ‘tout.l.o.A: ; )-luvuò) uny I ‘supploſ) i Cſ) ‘oth ‘ajutuo,) 13. "& ‘JO solio Aoostly luo,) ffl {[ \\ b \all out) 'oxllulº) t (fó ‘S0& 10& ‘’S I ‘gs I ‘ggl § I ‘oun “osoutuſ) 8:00, '66 ‘s.l.).A.O.I., Suo).lºu, ) 9-gr ‘gg “lo.VI's] Uijuodolls”, ) 69 | ‘.… [g I ‘Qf [ {:G ‘aupuuollstº) & 90%, ’80& ‘US-6/l '0'. I f? I I-()'. I 19 I ‘10 ‘g.9 ‘97. ‘S # ‘(lo!.1)sil) pu))) J0 J|ll;) tº lauluodauſ) Q6 ‘6. “SL-gl ‘ouſ ‘ado H boo!) ſo ode, ) Q&G ‘fl (, ‘āh I ‘Jo Yo!.I.) S1(I ‘Adu (Lao) Urug) 1... ‘à-0& ‘[U.toUtoº) ‘uolouv, ) I ‘09: ‘uobtue() ‘L-96 ‘puuſuaZ ‘f Gl QSI ‘6+ I ‘a 1-69 ‘a-09 ‘aul ‘s.Iaşutºluſsu; I 91& ‘fal 'SI I ‘Soult'ſ ‘Volsug| IS 91 I 19L ‘plullo INI ‘OMilngſ Of ‘86 9s ‘IS ‘satiºtto “aoling föö 'S-9 Iz, ‘Iouda AOF) “au woug| S0& ‘6SI ‘IIIH (Tox{0,191 9&I ‘ottº, ‘A.07tt0/0.1 g/ Sg ‘gf ‘gf ‘6-Sg “louda AOE) 'out:(ISI.IgE 8:-Z0Z, ‘S6I ‘fſ, I ‘I9 I ‘z- [f ‘(Augſ u010.101N osſo 228) atteqsſig tº ſº. Sº, '86 I ‘zº) I 'toula A0; ) ‘Ulowogſ £9 U S I l '06 ‘QS '99 'a-0g ‘douaoxo;) 'ºlluoq zz, ‘9L “Il ‘6 ‘Āb{I Vuib)Ogſ SSI ‘ff. I ‘F-86 ‘Iz, ‘Ll 'oul ‘supulullo HV on I&I 00I '89 18 ag-sg, “doulovo") uillºl 0+ “Fø Stoào.1}) ‘buu (Xºlºſ (soutſ; gloq V ads) out) 's woulog\loulºſ ç6 l ‘quno IN UolloSigE If Sg ‘louoissºutuo,) 'oïſºſ 4. a6! ‘unsuelº) US ‘’ValogI Sg I ‘g Fº I [g I ‘GFI ‘9; I of ſpuogl +g I ‘āg ‘U).I.O.W.U.)0991 18 U. “gº I ‘l-Q&l ‘lā 'ol I “F-gll ‘l II ‘out) 'sputts I go Kººſ 1 +… [u, ºutp V ºutput ºf + 1. ‘aſ 's-fig ºutſoſ ‘tutulº I G-SS ( ‘I gºt '0-FF I 'aº) ‘09 ‘Ug ‘g F ‘Of ‘fig ‘simil?%I +& ‘g-Iz, ‘of too!) 'sstºf g(): “I -0S ‘f. I LI ‘Jay I'l OOO.lºgſ 9. ( ' '. I I () [I ‘Ulusukuo, I SSIU 88.1 (5Z, ‘l I “OI “’ [ U.S. ‘SSIUIt?gſ 6SI ‘S. fig I ‘l g { ‘6f I ‘9; I ‘lºlu II*{{ g-a0I 'tūtīdu, ) ‘doingſ ‘09 ‘S-19 97, ‘g ‘autºut aul ‘u Hu,Ihsuv - 8:8:a: ‘08. ‘Göð ‘G-SI& ‘f I& ‘:-TRI 18:I ‘g-gg ‘Sz. I ‘buuLSIOuW 16 ‘g-I 1. ‘L-0g ‘FG ‘Toula.AO: ) ‘laluſ), V SG I “[g I ‘6+ I ‘9; I ‘humol U “topUIt’NôIV +6 I ‘G-SS I ‘9f I ‘gg ‘ff ‘AlliqLV z02, '96 I ‘JO 900 AOldſ ‘lloqiv aga, “l-Ola 19L ‘00U ‘6f ‘AutºCIIV :g I ‘Sz, I '96 I I-02. I ‘Ll I “boat IV afz, ‘S-90& ‘goz, ‘S6 [ '96 I ‘f6 I ‘61 I ‘9-f! I ‘69 I ‘9-#0 ( ‘SGI ‘IOI ‘gS ‘oppºlab V Q-81. 'S9 ‘F9 “untietuse I, Jo ‘ouſ) ‘soutfi.IOCIV 1-#9 ‘9-gg ‘SI ‘I ‘eſſellstav Jo “aul ‘soutfittoqv I XCHCIN I "I XGI(TNI 9f2. 6SI ‘80 & & , , , § 1 - - , , ( , , f -- .” A nº 88 & 16-61 lºſºl, A.Inſ(Sox|At; H º $ , , ,-, - . -, -, - $ r— r-, -r (, , in " . . - ...] I {{, ‘S.C. ()-ſºº, ‘Zºº, 'OUI) sº (). FFI ‘pat Apºſ “so.Ab.15.It. H & I ‘67, “(; I ‘dotito AOF)-'ºnorſ ‘oso.1%) (5-88% ‘60& ‘I-()} | gº:I 66 ‘9-F(; ‘a (; ‘IS ‘Lil’ſ ‘Kołł) Çfº. ‘883 08:a: “Sø-slā ‘9-PIſ, ‘G0ſ, ‘āfī, -98: I ‘g-()() ‘OS (51. “IOutlo AO: ) ‘Aod?) Ø- I IC, 30& '96 I ‘g-g! I ‘!91 ‘’O V ‘Aloño.1#) SSI ‘QSI ‘09 ‘9F “gif ()f ‘gg ‘Utill ((Ill.0}) 8.-C, IC, uſ [u,11st V ulo) so AAJO ‘otſ] ‘spIoſp10}) Sg-9; I ‘ºl.10101A JO ‘otſ, ‘spIoIJOIO}) ç6 [ “GIUIuutsu, L J O ‘outſ, “splogp(O}) 006. -(;(; 1 ‘putt[suoon?) Jo “outſ, ‘Splog plo;) G-8:30, ‘putſuo'Z A\o N Jo ‘outh ‘Splog plo!) ()-QSI ‘09; I ‘9-ff. I “Soſt AA UInnoS AoN JO ‘oil’, ‘Splogſpoł) 80ſ ‘LG ‘pºor] ‘īlouolº) (;(; ‘f(; ‘‘(I ‘AA ‘9 UIO)SpºLi) f(; ‘f-80ſ ‘G ‘put[sdd (; ) I-01 "F-8:f Lºg I ‘6-8&I '9&I ‘fa I ‘Iz. I ‘86-gs ‘00 “douda AOF) “sddº) ÇIz, ‘Soul.IGI ‘SolI:) S-F8& ‘oglou, I out) tº “outh ‘subutao: ) f6 I ‘06 I ‘69 I ‘SFI ‘GS ‘S-1G ‘gg ‘ff ‘fiuoſook) 99 I ‘[-00 || “f-gs ‘lou.to AOF) “do[Au}) IZZ, ‘oun “e, I ontº) { a II ‘Ulº) duº) ‘Xuuou, In, I K { { !-38& ‘88. I ‘SZI ‘93. I I-0… I ‘III ‘g OI ‘91. ‘GH ‘1-fa ‘g I ‘ogloud out, UUI ‘out) ‘UIOuo.II OI& ‘S-L/ ‘oluutuo.II S-16 ‘douta,\O}) ‘u II lub.II z, Iz, ‘Uluoſ JIS ‘’lso.I.IOI Of ‘oop)sm ſº-Japuſ) ‘socłIOJI 80& ‘IS-6LI ‘9LI ‘IOATH StopUIII 86 ‘If ‘1-93 ‘f-IC, ‘I I ‘AounqūIN “stopuſ II lf& ‘983. ‘fgz, ‘60I ‘Iſ II Of I ‘S £g I ("Z'N) aoutoao; ) Kodzºli I-09 I ‘L6 ‘gó ‘86 ‘('AA'S'N) tou,1940; ) ‘KO.IZATI &f-88& ‘ggð ‘LSI ‘L-96 (IOI)^3.1apo I I-Ofa, “oul “Iſounoſ) Iºdopo I L-99 ‘Utuoſº “Lou HAt, I g-Fl. I ‘oxiºſ I ‘o.LKGI Z, IC, ‘g-FLI ‘6-f{}I ‘tutoſ' pit. Apºſ “ol AGI F6 ‘oll, ... ‘Sa[[XCI 5 y g-F8 ‘to Ko Aans ‘sutºv'ſ 19| “ou', ‘opºlools tº IOIn(I () I-8 ‘oth ‘.4110,0199 pºſſ 19 ‘S-1 f “1z, ‘Kugſ lo) unoo ugſ 9-gs ‘6-98; ‘oil’, ‘S181ſt ſoutºugh 6&. ‘zaz, '0 Iz, ‘67, I ‘OI [ ‘humo IN “quotuń, I # ‘oil’) ‘uoy//in/7 G0I ‘g I ‘9-F ‘nstºſ outſ uſ ‘9tſ, ‘Uſoluſſ Sø I ‘I-07, I IS ‘p.IOT ‘tutº (Lun (I C6 [ ‘6SI ‘tºtº) solitº (I) IS ‘Āſjuq 3-III “ga, ‘UIOI.it [N outso. [I mp 89 ‘sdum(I put stuſ[OCI ISI ‘61 I ‘69 I ‘JoA IM buſh (It tutº IOI g(; I ‘SQ ‘S-1& ‘do AIXI 1Uto W.IOCI L-ggz, “p.to' I ‘Āq.190ſ SIZ, ‘IQI ‘66 ‘lou,to AOF) ºu osſuoCI £6 ‘’GI JIS 'uostuoulſ, sºoCI 03-6 II ‘Aliaſ (IJ, op g ‘so. Inſ) op 01. ‘69 ‘aoutoA of ) “AoAeCI f6I ‘6SI ‘ISI ‘L! I ‘It ſ 6-80ſ ‘09 '69; ‘Zg L-gf ‘los ºf full. It (I Z-I6I (‘oſ A) Jou,10A0; ) ‘full at CI S II ºf 9 “I () (59 ºf G ‘gh ‘Of-68 ('AA'S'N) doulovo; ) ‘5u II.lu (I {!! I ‘OLI “[9I ‘99 ‘gf ‘otin ‘st AOCI 5u II.tº (I 1 ‘9 ‘tutºllſ AA ‘lal (Itut (I SSI ‘opaq tutº IIIAA ‘ĀallºGI £-39 ..*&otio.Liuſ), Zg ‘gf ‘gº ºut IV ‘ſubušquung) LSI ‘gSI ‘66 ‘F6 “softeuſ) IS ‘uod Aoſ) 08: ‘Iz, ‘oul ‘Soundstºd.woſ) ISI ‘6-L1. I ‘6-89 I ‘Stoo.IO sºlodooſ) S-103 ‘00Z alſº 'Sonſ000 ZIZ, ‘oſpitätood) 803 ‘66I ‘UIAAO)xOOO £8 I ‘1-92. I ‘lſº.I.) S XIOOO 96. I ‘āI-60I ‘LOI ‘If 'z, I-S ‘tutºduº) ‘Mooſ) 0I-60& ‘98 I ‘I9 I ‘00 I-S6 ‘g-86 ‘l-9S ‘8-31. ‘OL-89 ‘I9 ‘Sg ‘8F-68 ‘L8 ‘SG ‘Iz-f I ‘oul ‘shop Auo O 6-3 fº ‘S L6SI Jo uonuoAuo) 3- Ifa ‘[6SI Jo UtoplutoAUIOO ‘8&I ‘I&I ‘LII ‘OII Lifö "I XCHOINI !-fga, ‘S ‘g ‘oul “sopºllo H \\0N ()}{ 1-f{{. ‘G0I '90I '#9 ‘S-9 “f ‘g ‘uoulu: ) \\o N 982, ‘fga “ºutlopolu,) AON föz, ‘f Iz, ºf I ‘g ºf 8 I & I ‘08-6&I '8&I ‘uoston If a ‘oul ‘oulouds Oouloja (I [b.Au N (Soulji,loqY 32s) out, ‘So \I)^*N 6-10 l Olſ) ‘lt.tº IV SS I ‘ā6 ‘Zg ‘9F ‘gi ‘lo Alºl oofpquullu IV SOG ºf GI ‘S-191 ºf 891 IOI ‘.…(; ‘CS ‘g-ag ‘lf ‘ff ‘los IXL Aul.In IV {{-CIC (30& ‘lo Al H U OSIU 9 Ull IN 00: ‘huuo IN “uujio IN 69 I I-09 I “If ‘Augſ u0)o,IOIN Ø-0! I 19 [ ‘99 I ‘SQ ‘8-&g ‘suuuou,I, IIS ‘[[oulo) IIN 8.- I IC, ‘u Huansu W \so,\\ u'ſ futuſ IN Sg-9f ‘aţţaolo A U 5uTull N ç6I “etuutusu,L uſ Fuluſ IV S-103. ‘g-z0I 'tºlºl)sul V unuos uſ futu IIN 8:03: “OOz, ‘66 ‘buulsuoou () uſ fuſuſ IV +-gzz, “Ogl "put[uo'Z AoN uſ 5u ſuſW 6S I gSI ‘09 I ‘9-ff I ‘Sh ‘lā ‘solu,\\ unuoS AoN uſ fuſuſ IN ... . . . . . ºlfº 6% ºf 61 ‘O61 “ISI ‘Hot ‘6-sgl '99 I ag-9f I ‘9-F6 “3-16 ‘6S ‘LS ‘S-99; ‘OUL.In O(\la IN f-89 I ‘Ulul IIINOIN 9-gll “outh ‘of trºl IIou uopouTN Olz, ‘C-06 I ‘’ſ US UlooIIllſ)0IN (51. ‘92, ‘g ‘au) sulphilub IN f : ‘g I ‘soutuſ' tºld tº IN (ouso. I up 90s) uo Ilu IV g-gl I “[outus ºb.Ao XI ‘Utaps.UU. W 6-8& ‘8:8-9 [z, ‘S-98 [ “slº AA LIOT, IN (utºssod puuſua'z AoN 02s) ouſ, ‘sſ toe IN g(): ‘901 ‘g I ‘9 ‘f “I ‘t’ſs.Vult: IN 69 I ‘Of ‘publi Itº IN g-FFI ‘1-9F ‘g-rg ‘to AT&T opium Dot:TN aſ “alloque H oilºu Dou IN SSI ‘gf. I ‘F-8:l I “I L-69 ‘gg “If ‘S-28 ‘Iouda.XO;) ‘oldenbot, IN 18Z 'ggz, ‘90ſ ‘auſ] ‘lst OO .\tº[0t, IN gl I “I 1. ‘z.g.: 6a, ‘UUIO'ſ ‘llllſ),Luotº IN Q-i-6 ‘09 ‘ºf ‘60& +6 ‘SS '0.1900? I '9.AOT g£z ‘I-02, I ‘odd Hud smoſ I 16 'Sg ‘ulu) duº) “ol’épsuo'I ag ‘gº ºf ‘gº: “oul 'suruI.I [oodlov IT Sº I '99 | ‘..s.loulu ‘sooj-osuoo!'I & IIſ 'COſ, ‘Ost ‘F1-69 I ‘10 I ‘ji Apur] ‘pluululolo'T 12, “Fø ‘f ‘odu, ) ‘ul Alloor I ç6 ‘at ‘60 “1-0g ‘fig ‘uoqsoount T. G-Fº I ‘āg Sf I ‘FC I ‘a-09 | ‘66 ‘I6 ‘lou,lo.\o )--)llo!T oqonuT I-09 | ‘‘(I'ſ 'I(I ‘īuur I {}()3 ‘I6. SS “gs “If '69: ‘suoſhulujol but I SS I ‘9-8S [ ‘(‘AA 'S' N) lº)St Jo AAUIbuur I 9& ‘g-Flº, “gº, I ‘Ilou IN ‘SAAulbuluſ| Zg 1-0+ 'g-fig Iz, ‘lo AIR UtúIU[our] 99 “ga, “op undoſ’ ‘osno.1Q. I uT #9 I ‘quuo IN “Oxist loso XI 6&G ‘93. ‘CC-6 IC '0-9 [(, ‘ouſ) ‘buuſuo'Z \o N uſ luloſuo Aotu ... ºutſ XI , , Öğ, '8: II ()() I iſ ‘S9 &Q 18 ‘Z8 ‘08-93; ‘I-02, LI “Il ‘douao-Ao; ) ‘āulyl OS ‘S’ ‘91 ‘6f ‘lā ‘Fa ‘pumos s of loo!) ful NI Z-l Iz, ‘Aalloquyſ 8-| 1 || '19 ‘’Q (I ‘Āpoutuo XI f{: I ‘zz. I ‘LII “Il du XI 988, '+88, '2-003 “OUI) ‘Stºlbut:YI a-08: “...loſt IN ‘uonsulioſ 96 “Fø ‘oun *.0/10/4/80, it I Sf ‘gz, ‘t’.I.UUAA*III 09 ‘LZ to VTI do) unH 29 ‘ag ‘6% “gz, ‘I'-()Z, ‘IOudo AOR) *,10]ull H (19. IM Kultul N 09s) to Aſº outll H +g ‘Zg ‘ºf ‘f-g} ‘gg “UtoqLlulu H 'ouill H 26 'g-zz, ‘odu) ‘o.wo H +g ‘6-Sf ‘g-ºf ‘u tºlduſ) "[IoMoH 1-Cºl ‘dou.l.o.AOK) UUUUUI) OH Q-FLI ‘līutoH S-Qg I ‘OSIOH OUIOH 89 squIIOp-VoIOH fzz, “ux|[]]}[OH ()f I ‘8-38. I ‘6-fa I ‘Iz, [ ‘SI I ‘doula.AO: ) Itos([OH ç6I '66 'g'. '6-S9 'SG ‘llºqo H gS ‘IOu,10AOE) “U.S.Ibupu IH Z0Z, ‘891 ‘93 ‘fa ‘Vug Vo Vlah St. ‘tº figg “oul ‘SAAuo H 248 INDEX I. New South Wales (see Index II) New South Wales Corps, the, 19-21, 28-32, 36 New Zealand (see Index II) New Zealand Company, the, 120 122, 125-9, 140-1, 215 Newcastle, 35, 48, 60, 159, 161, 188 Ngatapa, 229 “Nineteen Counties,” the, 59, 183 Norfolk Island, 17-20, 40-1, 51, 68, 86, 98-100, 113 North Australia, 95, 202 Northern Territory, the, 198, 203, 200, 208 2 Ohaeawae, 136 Orakau 220, 225 Otago, 141-2, 214, 224-5 Ovens River, 44 Overland Telegraph Lines, 205-7, 2] ] -2 ‘‘ Overlanders,” the, 101, 164 Oxley, John, 35, 41-2, 44, 52 Pakington, Sir J , 99, 152 Pamphlett, Thomas, 41-2 Panama Canal, the, 233-4 Parkes, Sir Henry, 187, 240-2 Parramatta (river and town), 18-9, 21, 39, 54, 159, 18S Paterson, Lieut.-Governor, 19, 2 31, 69 Payment of Members, 192-3, 204 Peel, George, 76, 78 Pelsart, Francis, 5 Perth, 77.80, 209-11 Phillip, Governor, 15-21, 33, 66, 232 Pomare, Queen, 232-3 Pope's Line, the, 2 Port Arthur, 72 9S I’ort Curtis, 41. 94. 203 IPort I)arwin, 203, 206-8 Port Essington, 170, 180, 232 Port Jackson (see also Sydney), 10, 16, 25, 60, 66, 95 Port Macquirie, 35, 41, 59, 60 Port Moresby, 235 Port Nicholson, l l 7, 122-3, 127-8, l:38 Port Phillip (see also Victoria), 24, 27-8, 44-5, 53-4, 56.8, 232 Port Stephens, 10, 48, 60 Portland 13ay (and town), 53-4, 66, 80, 194 7 Portuguese, the, in the East, 2-4 Poverty Bay, 109-10 222, 228 Pratt, General, 218-19 Protection, 189-92 Provinces of New 214-5 224-5, 230 Zealand, Queen Charlotte Sound, 12, 110, l 12, | 17, 122 Queensland (see Index II) \. Railways, 188-9, 194-5, 203, 208, 23()-l Rauparaha, 116-7, 122, 130, 134, 138-9 Robe, Governor, 103 Robertson, Sir John, 183-4, 187 Robinson, ( ; eorge, 67, 75 Robinson, Sir Hercules, 23. Rockhampton, 199, 203 /*oel, uck, the, 6 Ropata 222 229 Roper River, 174, 176, 203, 208 Rosehill (see Parramatta) Ross, Major, 17 Ruapekapeka, 137 |Run) traflic, the, 20-1, 20, 30, 37 Russell, Lord John, SS-9, 92, 12S 140, 238 º 132, 20, Samoa, 234, 236-7 Selwyn, Bishop, 141 Snortland, Lieut.-Governor, 133 Solomon Islands, the, 3, 201, 23S Sorell, (; Overlor, 70-2 - Soudan Contingent, the, 18S South Australia (see Index II) Spaniards, the, in the East, 2-4 Spencer (ulf, 25, 163. 165, 208 Squatters, the, 59, 60, 66, 90, 93, 143, 183-4, 198 Stanley, Lord, 89, 92-3, 95-6, 103-4, 133 135, 140 Stirling, Governor, 76-7 Stony Desert, the, 168-9, 173, 179 Strzelecki, Count, 98, 144, 163.4 Stuart, Sir Alexandler, 187 Sturt, John McI)0uall, 167, 174-6, 206 Sturt, Captain, 45-8, 52, S2, 118, 167-4), 172, 174-5 Sugar-growing in Queensland, 200-l Swall River, 70 INDEX I. 2.49 Sydney (see also Port Jackson), 17, 19, 22-6, 60, 92, 94, 96, 158-9, 16], 188.9, 236, 240-3 Sydney, Lord, 14-5 “Sydney Gazette,” the, 39 Tahiti, 3, 8, 12, 232-3, 238 Tamar River, 23, 27, 68.9, 195 Tapu, the, 108-9, lll, 114 Taranaki, l 18, 129, 133.4, 142, 216- 20, 222 225 Tasman, Abel, 5, 100, 109-10 Tasmania (see Index II) Taupo, Lake, 117, 216, 222, 226, 229 Tauranga, 221-2, 225-6 Tawhiao, 219, 226, 229 Te Awkati, 22 Te Kepa, 222, 229 Te Kooti, 228-9 Te Pehi, l l 3-5 Te Whiti, 229-30 Thames River, 116, 224, 226 Tonga, 234, 237 Torrens Act, the, 204-5 Torréns, Lake, 165, 174, 179 Torrés Straits, 4, 6 Townsville, 199, 202-3 Transportation, 14, 39, 51, S6, 93-5, 99-100, 209-10 ‘‘Treaty,” J3atman's, 55, 58 Treaty of Saragossa, the, 2 Treaty of Tordesillas, the, 2 Treaty of Waitangi, the, 124-6, 135, 137, 140-1 Turon River, 145-6, 150 Van Diemen, Antony, 5 Van Diemen's Land (see Tasmania) Victoria (see Index II) Victoria River, 171, 173, 176-7, 179, 196, 212 Waikato River (and tribe), 116-7, 134 5, 141, 21S-20, 222, 225 Wairau River (and district), 130, 132-5 Waitara River (and district), 134, 21 (5-20 Wakefield, Colonel, 121.30 Wakefield, Edward Gibbon, S0-2, 1 19-20, 122, 127, 129, 142, 215 Wanganui River (and district), 117, 129, 139, 142, 220, 222, 228-9 Warburton, Colonel, 212 Warrego River, 171, 174, 181, 203 Wellington (N.S.W.), 35, 4S, 59 Wellington (N.Z.), 123, 127-9, 132, 135, 138, 142, 214, 224, 230 Wentworth, William Charles, 34, 40, 50-1, 80, 85-91, 93, 95, 125, 158, 185, 187, 239 Wereroa, 222, 225, 227 West Australia (see Index II) Westernport, 23, 43, 45, 49, 54, 56, l64 Whangaroa, l l 4-5 Wills, W. J., 167, 176. Sl Wilmot, Governor, QS-9 Wiremu Kingi, 132, 134, 13S, 216-9 Wollongong, 22-3, 4S York, Cape, 3, 10, 26, 59, 65, 172, Young, Governor, 103, 184-5 INDEX NEW SOUTH WALES. l)iscovery and early settlement of Explorations in .. - - e. Growth of, to 1851 Progress of, to 1899 NEW ZEALAN D. Discovery of ... - - - * * * History of, before annexation... History of, as a British colony QUEENSLAND. Discovery of is a Early Settlements in Separation of, from New South Wales Explorations in ... - - - a * * History of, as a separate Colony SOUTII AUSTRALIA. First settlement of - Subsequent history of . Explorations in .. - - Northern Territory of ... TASMANIA. Discovery of * * * Early settlements in II. PAG). S. - - - * * * * * * ... 9-31 17, 21-3, 33-6, 43-8, 52, 167-9 - * * * * * ... 32-67, 85-97 143-6, 150, 158-60, 18.2-9 5, 6, 8 * * * * * * * * * 105-124 124-142, 214-31, 233, 237 23-4, 26, 41-2, 45 ...42, 94 ... . . . ] (j()-2 168-74, 176-81 196-203, 206, 235 * * * * * * * * * , 80.4 88, 100-4, 158-60, 196-8, 203-8 ... ... ... 164-6, 174-6 198, 203, 206, 298 ,’ / Histºry of to isjö ... ... 61, 68.75, 86, 93, 97-100, 19, 138.60 History of, to 1899 VICTORIA. Opening up of History of, as Port Phillip District .. (; old discoveries in, and their results Recent history of WEST AUSTRALIA. Discovery of * * * Early settlement in Explorations in . . History of, to 1890 250 f 5, 12, 23 27-8, 33, 41 ... 195 ! 24, 27, 43-5, 49, 52-8, 163-4 * * * * 87-9, 91-2, 95.7 - - - 146-60 , 189-94, 210 4, 5, 7, 27 * * * ... 49, 75-80 ... 79-80, 166-7, 211-2 # * * • * * 209-13 ERRATA. On p. 62, third line, ſor 1834 read 1830. On p. 163, margin, read fr. p. 53. October, 1899. PUBLIGATIONS AND ANNOUNGEMENTS Messrs, Angus & Robertson, 89 CASTLEREAGH STREET, SYDNEY. THE SNOWY RIVER SERIES. THE MAN FROM SNOWY RIVER & OTHER WERSES. BY A. B. PATERSON. Eighteenth Thousand. With photogravure portrait and vignette title, Crown 8vo, cloth, gilt top, 5s. ; post free, 5s. 5d. The Times: “At his best he compares not unfavourably with the author of * Barrack Room Ballads.’” Spectator : “These lines have the true lyrical cry in them. Eloquent and ardent verses.” Athenaeum : “Swinging, rattling ballads of ready humour, ready pathos, and crowding adventure. . . . Stirring and entertaining ballads about great rides, in which the lines gallop like the very hoofs of the horses.” Mr. A. PATCHETT MARTIN, in Literature (London): “In my opinion it is the absolutely un-English, thoroughly Australian style and character of these new bush bards which has given them such immediate popularity, such wide vogue, among all classes of the rising native generation.” Melbourne Argus: “They have caught the tone and the spirit of Aus- tralian bush life to perfection.” The Scotsman : “It has the saving grace of humour, a deal of real taughter, and a dash of real tears.” WHEN THE WORLD WAS WIDE & OTHER WERSES BY HENRY L.Awson, Author of “While the Billy Boils.” Eighth Thousand. With photogravure portrait and vignette title. Crown 8vo, cloth, gilt top, 5s. ; post free, 5s. 5d. MR. R. LE GALLIENNR, in The Idler: “A striking volume of ballad poetry. A volume to console one for the tantalising postponenment of Mr. Kipling's promised volume of Sea ballads.” Weekly Chronicle, Newcastle (Eng.) : “Swinging, rhythmic verse.” Sydney Morning Herald: “The verses have natural vigour, the writer has a rough, true faculty of eharacterisation, and the book is racy of the soil from cover to cover.” Melbourne Age: “‘In the Days when the World was Wide and Other Verses,’ by Henry Lawson, is poetry, and some of it poetry of a very high order.” Otago Witness : “It were well to have such books upon our shelves . . . they are true History.” New Zealand Herald: “There is a heart-stirring ring about the verses.” Bulletin : “How graphic he is, how natural, how true, how strong.” l THE SNOWY RIVER SERIES. AT DAWN AND DUSK : POEMS. HY VICTOR. J. DALEY. Third Thousand. With photograpure portrait. Crown Svo, cloth gilt, gilt top, 5s. ; post free, 58. 5d. Sydney Morning Herald: “There is undeniable music in these poems, and there is lavish yet fastidious and artistic colouring. Verses that are touched With the true spirit of the old romances. Mr. Daley's book marks a distinct advance for Australian verse in ideality, in grace and polish, in the study of the rarer forms of verse, and in true faculty of poetic feeling and expression.” The Australasian : “It is unmistakable poetry . . . Mr. Daley has a gift of delicate construction—there is barely a crude idea or a thought roughly lmoulded in the book.” Queenslander : “The book, we repeat, is worthy of a place in our literature. Victor J. Daley is one of the singers Australia will remember.” Sydney Daily Telegraph: “In “Lethe' Mr. Daley touches a dis- tinctly major conception, the stern and solemn splendour of his treatment of which will assuredly be recognised by the critics, who are kingmakers in the realms of poetry. Complete and perfectly-worded thought abounds plentifully.” RHYMES FROM THE MINES AND OTHER LINES. BY EDWARD Dyson, Author of “A Golden Shanty.” Second Thousand. With photogravure portrait and vignette title. Crowm, 8vo, cloth, gilt top, 5s. ; post free, 58. 5d. The Academy : “Here from within we have the Australian miner com- plete : the young miner, the old muner, the miner in luck, and the miner out of it, the miner in love, and the miner in peril. Mr. Dyson knows it all. What we prize in Mr. Dyson, as in Mr. Lawson, is the presentation of some observed oddity of human nature.” Sydney Morning Herald : “Mr. Dyson has done good work in this book.” The Queenslander: “His work has a ring that will always make it popular in Australia.” Melbourne Punch : “The mines have wanted a man to sing their stories, and the hour and the man have arrived. The hour is now, and the man is Edward Dyson.” Daily Telegraph : “Shows the trained intelligence of an observant eye, a musical ear, and a mind and taste in Sympathy with his subject.” WHERE THE DEAD MEN LIE AND OTHER POEMS. |BY BARCROFT HENRY BOA KE. Third Thousand. With photogravure portrait and 3% illustrations by Mahony, Lambert, and Fischer. Crown Svo, cloth, gilt top, 58. post free, 58. 6d. J. BRUNToN STEPIIEN8, in The Bulletin : “The contents of the volume amply justify their reproduction in collected form. The impression of native power is confirmed by reading the poems in bulk. Boake's work is often praised for its local colour; but it has something better than that. It has atmosphere— Australian atmosphere, that makes you feel the air of the place—breathe the breath of the life.” e Sydney Morning Herald: “There is no question, can be none, of the intinate faithfulness of every touch that gives us landscape, atmosphere.” Sydney Daily Telegraph: “An essential, publication, full of human interest. It is among the most excellently-printed and illustrated books issued in Australia.” The Australasian : “There is enough merit in these remains to Show that Boake was, to say the least, a writer of premise, and to make us regret that his life was cut short in so sad and untimely a manner.” O */ FOR THE TERM OF HIS NATURAL LIFE. BY MARCUS CLARKE. With a Memoir of the Author by A. B. Paterson. Crown...Spo, cloth (ſilt, gilt top & * ** * ~ ; ; : . . . . D, Ös. ; post free, 5s. 6d. Uniform, with “The ..]Ian from Snowy River.” Illustrated with a portrait of Marcus Clarke and 15 full-page plates, viz.:-Relics of Convict Discipline (Leg-irons, Handcuffs, Guns, Cat o' Nine Taits)—Hell's Gates, Macquarie Harbour—The Grummet Rock, with Convicts Rafting Pine Logs—Hobart Town in 1829–Plan of Port Arthur during Convict Occupation—Court House, Hobart Town, with Convict Carrying-Gang–Gaol, Hobart Town, with Chain-Gang—Isle of the Dead—Corridor of Underground Cells at Coal Mines—The Suicide's Rock, Point Puer—Convict Railway, Port Arthur—Eaglehawk. Neck—The Devil's Blow-Hole—The Settlement at Norfolk Island during Convict, Occupation—Ruins of Rufus Dawes' Cell, Norfolk Island. WHILE THE BILLY BOILS : Australian Stories. BY HENRY LAWSON. Author of “In the Days when the World was Wide.” Tenth Thousand. With eight plates and vignette title by F. P. Mahony. Crown Svo, cloth, 3s, Ud. ; paper cover, 2s. 6d. (postage, 6d.) The Academy: “A book of honest, direct, sympathetic, humorous writing about Australia from within is worth a library of travellers' tales. Mr. Lawson Shows us what living in the bush really means. The result is a real book—a book in a hundred. His language is terse, supple, and richly idiomatic.” Mr. A. PATCHETT MARTIN, in Literature (London) : “A book which Mrs. Campbell Praed, the Australian novelist, assured me made her feel that all she had written of bush life was pale and ineffective.” The Spectator: “In these days when short, dramatic stories are eagerly ! Yoked for, it is strange that one we would venture to call the greatest Australian writer should be practically unknown in England. Short stories, but biting into the very heart of the bushman's life, ruthless in truth, extraordinarily dramatic, and pathetically uneven. . .” The Times : “A collection of short and vigorous studies and stories of Australian life and character. A little in Bret Harte's manner, crossed, perhaps, with that of Guy de Maupassant.” THE MUTINEER : A Romance of Pitcairn Island. BY LOUIS 13ECKE AND WALTER J EFFERY. New Edition. Crowen Svo, cloth, 3s. 6d. ; paper cover, 2s. 6d. (postage, 6d.) The Scotsman : “The charm of the description of Tahitian scenery, the interest of the savage mythology and oustoms, the fine simplicity and trustfulness of the native character as contrasted with the jealousies and disagreements of the mutineers, all connbine to make an inn pressive story. The story is so true that it will prove especially welcome.” Saturday Review : “So skilfully is fact woven up with fiction that most readers will feel inclined to accept the narrative as a truthful record of actual events. The authors of this volume have produced a story of enduring interest.” Daily Mail: “All the circumstances of the ‘Mutiny of the Bounty' are thrillingly described in this admirably-written book.” 3 TEENS, A Story of Australian Schoolgirls. BY LOUISE MACK. Third Thousand. With 14 full-page illustrations by F. P. Mahony. Cloth gilt, 3s, 6d. ; post free, As. N.S.W. Educational Gazette: “The tone of the book is admirable It bears the stamp of success on its every page.” Sydney Morming Herald: “Ought to be welcome to all who feel the responsibility of choosing the reading books of the young . . . its gaiety, impulsiveness, and youthfulness will charm them.” Sydney Daily Telegraph : “Nothing could be more natural, more Sympathetic.” The Australasian: “‘Teens’ is a pleasantly-written story, very suitable for a present or a school prize.” Bulletin: “It is written so well that it could not be written better.” Review of Reviews: “The book is pleasantly written, pure in tone, and ought to delight many girls.” GIRLS TOGETHER. A. Sequel to “Teens.” BY LOUISE MACK. Second Thousand. Illustrated by G. W. Lambert. Cloth gilt, 3s. 6d. post free, A.S. Sydney Morning Herald: “They are Sydney girls, the like of whon, fortunately, are to be found in many a home. . . ‘Girls Together' should be in the library of every girl who likes a pleasant story of real life. . . Older people will read it for its bright touches of human nature.” Sydney Daily Telegraph : “The youthful readers of ‘Teens,’ by Miss Louise Mack, will welcome with delight her ‘Girls Together.' . . . The book should prove a popular Christmas gift.” Sydney Mail: “Pleasant and cleanly reading for girls which they will appreciate. . . The incidents are homely and everyday ; there is no straining after unusual effect.” Brisbane Queenslander : “A story told in a dainty style that makes it attractive to all. It is fresh, bright, and cheery, and well worth a place on any Australian bookshelf.” THE SPIRIT OF THE BUSH FIRE AND OTHER AUSTRALIAN FAIRY TALES. By J. M. W H ITFELD. With 33 illustrations by G. W. L&mbert. Cloth gilt, 3s. 6d. ; post free, ſis. Sydney Morning Herald: “It is frankly written for the young folks. The youngster will find a delight in Miss Whitfeld's marvellous company.” Daily Telegraph: “We venture to predict that “The Spirit of the Bush Fire' will be the success of the Christmas Season among our small people. Miss Whitfeld’s fairies are native to the Soil.” South Australian Register: “A number of fascinating creations of the imagination . . . will last and be popular.” IN ew Zealand Mail: “A ready and graceful pen. We can answer for it that oldsters as well as youngsters will find delight in her clever little tales. There is not one of them which does not display considerable power of originality in idea and treatment.” A FLOWER-HUNTER IN QUEENSLAND AND NEW ZEALAND. BY MRS. E. ROW A N. With map of Northern Queensland, and 19 original full-page coloured (tºd other illustrations. Post 8vo, cloth eactra, 7 s. 6d. post free, Ss. 1d. THE COMING COMMONWEALTH. An Australian Handbook of Federal Government. By Rob ERT RANDOLPH. G ARRAN, B. A. Svo, cloth, 7s. 6d. ; post free, Ss. AN EMIGRANT'S HOME LETTERS. BY SIR PIENRY PARKES, G.C. M. G. Crown Svo, cloth, gilt top, 6s. ; post free, 68. Ad. THE GROWTH OF THE EMPIRE. A Handbook to the History of Greater Britain. (Covering the period set for the N.S.W. Public Service Examinations.) By ARTHUR W. Josiº (formerly Scholar of Balliol College, Oxford). With 1, Maps. Cloth gilt, 5s. ; post free, 5s. 6d. Morning Post (London): “This book is published in Sydney, but it deserves to be circulated throughout the United Kingdom. . . Possesses considerable literary merits, and is eminently readable. The picture of the fashion in which 13ritish enterprise made its way from settlement to settlement has never been drawn more vividly than in these pages. . . Mr. Jose's style is crisp and pleasant, now and then even rising to eloquence on his grand theme. His book deserves wide popularity, and it has the rare merit of being so written as to be attractive alike to the young student and to the mature man of letters,” Literature (London): “He has studied thoroughly, and writes vigorously e ‘º Admirably done. . . . We commend it to Britons the world over.” Saturday Review : “He writes Imperially ; he also often writes sympa. thetically. . . . . . We cannot close Mr. Jose's creditable account of our misdoings without a glow of national pride.” Manchester Guardian : “Quite the best short history of the British Colonial Empire that has yet appeared.” Yorkshire Post : “A brighter short history we do not know ; and this book deserves for the matter and the manner of it to be as well known as Mr. Justin McCarthy's ‘History of Our Own Times.’” The Scotsman: “This admirable work is a solid octavo of more than 400 bages. It is a thoughtful, well-written, and well-arranged history. There are thirteen excellent maps to illustrate the text.” 5 A SHORT HISTORY OF AUSTRALASIA, BY ARTHUR W. Jose, Author of “The Growth of the Empire.” With 2 coloured inaps and Uſ, portraits and illustrations. Crown Spo, cloth gilt, cºs. 6d. post free, ºs. 11d. In writing this History recourse has been had, as far as possible, to original documents and sources of information contemporary with the events they describe. The advance sheets were read by acknowledged authorities in each Colony, and the illustrations are from authentic and in most cases contemporary documents, most of them froun the famous Mitchell Library and Public Library of New South Wales. THE GEOLOGY OF SYDNEY AND THE BLUE MOUNTAINS : A POPULAR INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN GEOLOGY. BY REv. J. MILNE QURRAN, Lecturer in Chemistry and Geology, Technical College, Sydney. Second Edition. With a Glossary of Scientific Terms, a Reference List of commonly-occurring Fossils, 2 coloured maps, and S3 illustrations. Crown Svo, cloth gilt, 6s. ; post free, 6s. 6d. Melbourne Argus: “The book is written in a popular style, and it deals with a subject of general and perpetual interest. As a handbook for schools in which it is desired to interest the advanced classes in the study of nature, the volume has great value.” Sydney Morning Herald: “Mr. Curran is the most admirable guide that any geological Student can require for the interpretation of the hieroglyphics of Nature,” South Australian Register : “Mr. Curran has extracted a charming narrative of the earth's history out of the prosaic stone. Though he has selected Sydney rocks for his text, his discourse is interestingly Australian.” The Australasian: “Mr. Curran lets us see at once that his purpose is to deal with the geological history of Australia, and not to pad his treatise out with matter common to text-books in general. When he introduces what appear to be hard words, he does not close the remarks that they are associated with without fully explaining them." Sydney Daily Telegraph : “Information on the geology of Sydney and the mountains hitherto buried in Blue-book, reports, and scientific papers. The style, simple, clear, and enticing, leaves nothing to be desired.” QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS : NOTES AND TABLES FOR USE OF STUDENTS. By REv. J. MILNE CURRAN, Lecturer in Chemistry and Geology, Technical College, Sydney. With illustrations, 30% pages, Demy 8vo, cloth gill, 48, 6.d.; post free, 5s. 1d. *...* This volume of Notes and Tables has been prepared for the use of Students in the Chemistry and Mineralogy Classes in the Technical College, Sydney. It is printed by the Government Printer of N.S.W., and the price (4s. 6d.) is a nominal one. 6 A COURSE OF INSTRUCTION IN ARCHITECTURAL AND TRADES DRAWING, Elementary Series. BY CYRIL BLACKET, Lecturer on Architecture and Building Com- struction, Technical College, Sydney. 24 Hand-coloured Plates (size, 19 by 13 inches), mounted on strong mill-board and accompanied by printed explanations. In strong deal boat. Price, £13 12s. *...* This series is now in use in the Drawing Classes of the Technical Colleges throughout New South Wales. DIET LISTS FOR AUSTRALIAN MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS By J. W. SPRINGTHORPE, M. D., and GEORGE LANE MULLINS, M.D. Cloth, 3s. 6d. ; post free, 3s. 9d. Containing 160 Detachable Diet Lists, 12 kinds assorted, or—1. Albuminuria— 2. Anaemia and Debility –3. Biliousness—4. Constipation—5. Convalescence— 6. Diabetes —7. Diarrhoea.—S. Dyspepsia—9. Gout—10. Infant Feeding— 11. Phthisis and Wasting Disease—12. Pyrexia. These Diet Lists may also be had bound separately, 50 pies of One kind, in cheque book form, 2s. ; post free, 2s. 1d. THE KINGSWOOD COOKERY BOOK. By MRS. WICKEN (late Teacher of Cookery, Technical College, Sydney). Fourth edition, revised and enlarged to 373 pages. Crown Svo, cloth gilt, 3s. 6d. ; post free, As. Newcastle Morning Herald: “Mrs. Wicken has long been recognised as an able exponent of the art of Cooking, and the success of her book is probably due to the fact that it was written by a practical teacher, of many years' Australian experience.” Sydney Morning Herald: “Her excellent ‘Kingswood Cookery Book,' which is handsonnely issued.” Sydney Daily Telegraph : “This work may be said to fulfil all the re- quirements of a practical course of instruction.” TOWn and COuntry JOurnal : “A real boon to Australian women.” Maitland Mercury: “The merit of the book is that it is written by a scientific teacher who has had ten years' Australian experience.” Adelaide Advertiser : “No materials are mentioned which are not easily procurable, while the quantities in every case are concisely stated.” RECIPES OF LENTEN DISHES. Containing over 250 useful recipes for preparing Fish, Soups, Vege- tables, Cakes, Pastry, &c., &c. By MRS, Wickr. N, Author of “The Kingswood Cookery Book.” Cloth, 6d. ; post free, 7d. 7 SIMPLE TESTS FOR MINERALS, OR, EVERY MAN HIS OWN ANALYST. BY JOSEPH CAM PBELL, M.A., F.G.S., M.I.M. E. Fourth edition, revised and enlarged (completing the ninth thousand). With illustrations. Cloth, round corners, 3s. 6d.; post free, 3s. 9d. Newcastle Morning Herald: “The book is a thoroughly practical one.” . . Bundaberg Star: “A handy and useful book for miners and all interested in the mining industry.” Daylesford Advocate : “A very useful and valuable work.” Bendigo Evening Mail: “Should be in every prospector's kit. It enables any intelligent man to ascertain for himself whether any mineral he may discover has a commercial value.” Onneo Standard : “Exactly the work required.” Bendigo Advertiser : “To those engaged in prospecting for minerals this book should be in valuable.” PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION INTO FRENCH AND GERMAN. For use in University and School Classes, Selected by DR. E. J. TRECHMANN. 2s. 6d. ; post free, 2s. 9d. LIWY—Book XXVI. – With Notes by W. H. Nicholls, B.A. 3s. 6d. ; post free, 3s. 9d. (The text-book prescribed for the Senior Sydney University Examination of 1900.) THE AUSTRALIAN LETTERING BOOK. Containing the alphabets most useful in Mapping, Exercise Headings, &c. (with practical applications), Easy Scrolls, Flourishes, Borders, Corners, Rulings, &c. New Edition. 33 pages. Cloth, limp. Price, 6d. post free, 7d. THE AUSTRALIAN PROGRESSIVE SONGSTER. By S. McBURNEY, Mus. Doc., Fellow T.S.F. College. Containing graded Songs—the words by A. B. Paterson (Author of “The Man from Snowy River ?"), and others—Rounds and Exer- cises in Staff Notation, Tonic Sol-fa, and Numerals, with Musical Theory. Price, 6d. each part ; combined, 1s. No. 1–For Junior Classes. No. 2–For Senior Classes. (Prescribed by the Department of Public Instruction, N.S. W., for First and Second Class Teachers’ Certificate Ea'amimations.) ENGLISH GRAMMAR, COMPOSITION, AND PRECIS WRITING. BY JAMES CONWAY. For Use by Candidates for University & Public Service Exams. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, 3s. 6d. ; post free, 3s. 10d. Victorian Educational INews : “Those who have had to prepare candidates for the teachers' examinations under our Department will appreciate the value of a good text-book by a writer well conversant with his subject, in which he can locate so many of the ‘sinuosities of English grammar to an arbitrament that must be accepted as justifiable by any body of examiners. . . A book which we can heartily recommend as the most suitable we have yet met with to place in the hands of students for our intermediate examinations, and also for matriculation, pupil teachers', and certificate of competency examina- tions. We should be glad to see the work set down in the syllabus of the Department so that it would reach the hands of all the students and teachers engaged in studying the subject in our State schools.” (Prescribed by the Department of Public Instruction, N.S.W., for Third Class and Pupil Teachers' Examinations.) CONWAY'S SMALLER ENGLISH GRAMMAR, COM- / POSITION, AND PRECIS WRITING. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, 1s. 6d. : post free, 1s. 9d. N.S.W. Educational Gazette : “The abridgment is very well done. The clearness of the instruction, both rules and examples, is as evident in one book as the other, and by this one would recognise the hand of a man who had had long experience of the difficulties of this subject.” \ CAUSERIES FAMILIERES ; OR, FRIENDLY CHATS. A Simple and Deductive Erench Course. By MRS. S. C. Boy D. (Prescribed for use in schools by the Department of Public Instruction, N.S.W.) Teachers' Edition, containing, in addition to the above, gram- matical summaries, exercises, a full treatise on pronunciation, French-English and English-French Vocabulary, and other matter for the use of the teacher or of a student without a master. New edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, 3s. 6d. ; post free, 3s. 10d. Pupils' Edition, containing all that need be in the hands of the learner. Cloth, limp, 1s. 6d. ; post free, 1s. Sá. The London Spectator : “A most excellent and practical little volume, evidently, the work of , a trained teacher. It combines admirably and in an entertaining form, the advantages of the conversational with those of the gran. matical method of learning a language.” The Scotsman : “A pleasant and familiar tone pervades the whole work, and it is to be welcomed as a further step in the desired direction.” 9 GEOGRAPHY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. BY J. M. TAYLOR, M.A., LL.B. New Edition, revised. With 37 illustrations and 6 ſolding maps. Crown 8vo, cloth, 38. 6d ; post free, 3s. 10d. (Prescribed for w8e in Public Schools of New South Wales. ) Queensland Education Journal : “A mine of thoroughly well arranged, perfectly accurate, and, for the most part, interesting information on the general physical and political features of New South Wales.” The Australasian: “The reading is very interesting. . . . . There are any number of excellent and striking photo-prints . . . . commendable features in a school book.” . . The Queenslander: “The book embraces within its 152 pages all the information that a geography should, presented in an easy, assimilable form.” Sydney Morning Herald : “Something more than a school book; it is an approach to an ideal geography.” Review of Reviews: “It makes a very attractive handbook. Its geography is up to date ; it is not overburdened with details, and it is richly illustrated with geological diagrams and photographs of scenery reproduced with happy skill.” FOURPENNY GEOGRAPHY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Abridged from the above work. With folding maps. 40 paſſes. 4d. ; post free, 5d. IN. S. W. Educational Gazette : “In May last we expressed the opinion that Mr. Taylor had succeeded in producing a compendious and reliable work, well up to date in every particular. The little volume now under consideration is an abridgment of the original work, and contains all that our Standards of Proficiency require for third and fourth class pupils. The work of the teacher will be much facilitated if he can persuade every pupil to provide himself with this excellent little handbook. For senior pupils and pupil teachers we would strongly recommend the larger work.” The Australian Teacher : “We noticed in our last number the excel- lent work in its larger form by Mr. Taylor. This should be in every teacher’s hand; while the present cheap abridgment would be an excellent text-book for his class.” GEOGRAPHY OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND. WITH DEFINITIONS OF GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS. Prepared for First Year Third Class Pupils under the New Standard of Proficiency in New South Wales. With maps of the World, Australia, New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland, Tasmaïlia, and New Zealand, and 31 other illus- trations. 64 pages. 0d., by post, 7d. ] 0 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE, ASIA, AND AMERICA. Prepared for Second Year Third Class Pupils under the New Standard of Proficiency in New South Wales. With maps of Europe, British Isles, France, Germany, 4 ustria- Hungary, Asia, India, China and Japan, North America, and South America; also 22 other maps and illustrations, showing distribution of animals, mountain and river systems, and other matural features. S4 pages. 6d. by post, 7d. GEOGRAPHY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. For First Half-year Fourth Class Pupils, In Preparation. Price, 6d. GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA. For Second Half-year Fourth Class Pupils. In Preparation. Price, 6d. GEOGRAPHY OF THE WORLD. For Fifth Class Pupils. In Preparation. Price, 18. THE AUSTRALASIAN CATHOLIC SCHOOL SERIES. History of Australia and New Zealand for Catholic Schools, 117 pages. Price 4d. Pupil’s Companion to the Australian Catholic First Reader, 32 pages. Price li. Pupil’s Companion to the Australian Catholic Second Reader, 64 pages. Price 2d. Pupil’s Companion to the Australian Catholic Third Reader, 112 pages. Price 3d. Pupil’s Companion to the Australian Catholic Fourth Reader, 160 pages. Price 4d. 11 WILEY'S AUSTRALIAN OBJECT LESSON BOOK. PART I. For Infant and Juvenile Classes. With 43 illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth, 3s. 6d. ; paper cover, 2s. 6d. ; postage, 4d. IN.S.W. Educational Gazette: “Mr. Wiley has wisely adopted the plan of utilising the services of specialists. The series is remarkably complete, and practically includes almost everything with which the little learners ought to be made familiar. Throughout the whole series the lessons have been selected with judgment and with a due appreciation of the capacity of the pupils for whose use they are intended. The illustrations (forty-three in number) are admirable. Teachers should lose no time in placing their orders for this excellent book of object lessons.” HANDBOOK FOR TEACHERS OF INFANT SCHOOLS AND JUNIOR CLASSES. Second Thousand. With colour chart (printed in nine colours) and nupwards of 100 illustrations. Crown Svo, cloth limp, 1s. 6d. , post free, 1s. 8d. IN.S.W. Educational Gazette : “It contains all information on Kin- dergarten work, object lessons, drawing, drill, form and colour necessary for Infant Schools and first classes in ordinary Primary Schools. . . Junior teachers and teachers in the country who have not had the advantage of training will find the pages of the Handbook invaluable.” HISTORY FOR THIRD, FOURTH, AND FIFTH CLASSES under the New Standard of Proficiency in New South Wales. Part I. --Third Class, First Half-year. —From the Roman to the Norman Conquest. 36 pages and a coloured muſt]), 4d. , by post, 5d. Part II. – Third Class, Second Half-year. — From William I. to Richard I. 39 pages and a coloured map, 4d. ; by post, 5d. Part III. —Third Class, Third Half-year.—From John to Richard II. 47 pages and a coloured map, 4d. by post, 5d. Part IV. – Third Class, Fourth Half-year. — From Henry IV. to Elizabeth. 50 pages and a coloured map, 6d. , by pos!, 7d. Part V.-Fourth Class, First Half-year —From James I. to Anne. S6 paſſes and a coloured map, 6d. by post, 7d. Part VI.-Fourth Class, Second Half-year. - From George I. to the present time, and History of Australia to 1855. 1/2 pages, illustrated, 0d. by post, 11d. 12 * A. & R.’S AUSTRALIAN SCHOOL SERIES. Grammar and Derivation Book. 64 pages. Price, 2d. Table Book and Mental Arithmetic. 34 pages. Price, Id. Nearly one-half the book is devoted to Mental Arithmetic. Chief Events and Dates in English History. PART I. embraces the chief events and dates from 55 B.C. to 1485 A.D. 50 pages Price, 2d. Chief Events and Dates in English History. PART II. covers the period from Henry VII, (1485) to Victoria (1895). 50 pages. Price, 2d. History of Australia. 53 pages. Price, 2d. The best authorities have been consulted in the compilation of this work, and information is guaranteed to be strictly accurate. Geography. PART I. Australasia. This is a geography of the Australian Colonies and New Zealand, together with geographical definitions and three illustrations. 50 pages. Price, 2d. Geography. PART II. Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. With definitions in Mathematical and Physical Geography, and four illustrations. 50 pages. Price, 2d, Euclid. Book I. With Definitions, Postulates, Axioms, and general term 8 used in Geometry. 64 pages. Price, 2d. P Euclid. BOOK II. With Definitions and Exercises on Books I. and II. rice, 2d. Euclid. Book III. With the University “Junior" papers from 1891 to 1897. Price, 2d. Arithmetic–Home Exercises for Class III. 4s pages. Price, 2d. This book contains over one thousand exercises. There are numerous exercises given on the Rules prescribed in the “Standard of Proficiency.” ANSWERs to above, 2d. Arithmetic—Home Exercises for Class IV. 64 pages. Price, 2d. This hook contains over thirteen hundred exercises and numerous “Exemption Certificate ’’ Test Questions, ANSWERs to above, 2d. Arithmetic and Mensuration—Home Exercises for Class V. 65 pages. Price, 3d. With the Arithmetic Papers set at the Sydney University Junior Public Examinations since 1885, together with the Papers Set at all the Public Service Examinations to date. ANSWERS to above, 2d. Algebra. PART I. Exercises in Notation, Simple Rules, Easy Equations and Factors. 49 pages. Price, 2d. Contains nearly nine hundred carefully graded Exercises, selected from all sources, and thereby giving a greater variety of questions than is usually found in one Text-book. tº- ANSWERS to above, 2d. Algebra. PART II. To Quadratic Equations. 89 pages. Price, 4d. Contains nearly twelve hundred Exercises, including the Junior University Papers from 1888 to 1897 inclusive, and the Public Service Papers of January and June, 1897. - ANSWERS to above, 4d, THE AUSTRALIAN DRAWING BOOK. 13y F. W. WooDHouse, Superintendent of Drawing, Department of Public Instruction, New South Wales. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4–Graduated Elementary Freehand, Regular Forms, Simple Designs, &c. Nos. 5, 6–Foliage, Flowers, Ornaments, Vase Forms, &c. No 7–Book of Blank Pages. N.S.W. Educational Gazette : “This series of drawing books has been arranged by the Superintendent of Drawing for the purpose of enabling teachers and pupils to meet fully the require- ments of the Public School Syllabus of 1899. It consists of six numbers, designed for the third, fourth, and fifth classes respec- tively, and there is also a seventh number containing blank pages only. Nos 1 to 4 treat of elementary freehand, simple designs, pattern drawing, &c.; Nos 5 and 6, of foliage, flowers, and ornaments. The copies are excellently designed and executed and carefully graduated, and the books are printed on superior drawing paper. “The Australian Drawing Books’ should be used in every public school in the colony, first on account of their intrinsic merit, and Secondly because they are the only books that accurately fit our standard.” THE AUSTRALIAN COPY BOOK. Approved by the Departments of Public Instruction, New South Wales, Queensland and Tasmania, by the Public Service Board of New South Wales, and by the Chief Inspector of Catholic Schools. Price, 2d. each. NO No 1. Initiatory — Short Letters — Short | 6A. Text—Half-Text — Intermediate Words. Sumall Hand. 2. Initiatory—Long Letters—Words. 7. Small Hand — Single Ruling.— 3. Text—Capitals—Longer Words. - Maxims—Quotations—Proverbs. 4. Half-Text—Short Sentences 8. Advanced Small Hand—Abbrevi- g ----. ations and Contractions com- 5. Intermediate — Australian and Geo- monly met with. graphical Sentences. 9. Commercial Terms and Forms— 6. Small Hand—Double Ruling—Aus- Addresses. tralian and Geographical Sentences 10. Commercial Forms — Correspond- —Prefixes and Examples ence — Addresses. *...* Numerals given in each ºr wºmber. THE A.C.B. ANNUAL WRITING COMPETITION, Open to all schools in Australasia, takes place in October of each year. Reports of previous competitions, with conditions and syllabus for current year, free on appli- cation. 14 CALENDAR OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY, 1899. 1s. ; post free, 1s. 7d. MANUAL OF PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS HELD BY THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY for 1900. ls. ; post free, 1s. 2d. GUIDE TO THE NEW SOUTH WALES PUBLIC SERVICE EXAMINATIONS. Containing the Papers set at examination held in March, 1899, and Keys thereto, together with the Regulations and Hints on suitable Text-books. ls. 6d. ; post free, ls. 7d. Brunton Stephens. The Poetical Works of Brunton Stephens. With a photogravure portrait. Crown Svo, cloth, gilt top (uniform with “ The Ilſam from Snowy River”), 5s. ; post free, 5s. 6d. [December. A. B. Paten’son. Rio Grande’s Last Race and Other Verses. By the author of “The Man from Snowy River.” Crown Svo, cloth, gilt top, 5s. ; post free, 5s. 5d. [Shortly. On Large Paper. Twenty-five copies, each numbered and signed, of Mr. Stephens' Poetical Works, and Mr. Paterson’s “Rio Grande's Last Race and Other Verses,” will be printed in Crown 4to, uniform with the Large Paper issues of “The Man from Snowy River * and “ In the Days when the World was Wide.” Only fifteen are for sale, price £3 3s. each, and application for copies should be made to the publishers at once. 15 ANNOUNCEMENTS continued— David T. Wiley. Australian Object Lesson Book. Part II. For Senior Classes. With numerous illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth, 3s. 6d. [November. Rev. J. Milne Curram. Useful Minerals and How to Tell Them. Illustrated. Feap 8vo, cloth, round corners, 3s. 6d. [Shortly. The Commonwealth Series. In Picture Covers, 1s. each. A History of Bushranging. By CHARLES WHITE. Illus- trated. In 4 parts. [Part I.-October. Part II. —November. Popular Verses. By HENRY LAWSON. [December. While the Billy BOils. By HENRY LAWSON. In 2 parts. [Part I. —November, In Camp : Stories by HENRY LAWSON. [December. EIumorous Verses. By HENRY LAWSON. Over the Sliprails : Stories by HENRY LAWSON. Old Bush Songs. Edited by A. B. PATERSON, author of “The Mam from Snowy River.” The Billy Boils Series. Cloth, gilt, 3s. 6d. per volume. Humorous and Popular Verses. By HENRY LAWSON. In Camp and Over the Sliprails. Stories by HENRY LAWSON. A History of Bushranging. By CHARLES WHITE. Illustrated. 2 vols. #sº:::::::::::::::::::::: - ºr *:::::::..º.º.º.º sº.s.º.º.º. º. º.º.º.º.º. 2 ... .s . . . . * > * a x- - - - - - - - - : * * * * . . - r * 3 : --> -- & º ºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º.e.' … . . . . . . . . .e.-- * * * . . . . * * * : * ~ * : *. . . . . . > 2 * * is *. “ . . . . .” - - s:--— . - * - - - - . . . . . . . . . UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN . # - l, 3. * *se ºf *- : * * * * * 3 9015 02663 6764 | ſ | i º * * # #AR 19 1933 DD NOT REMOVE | M|TILATE [ARD * º ź #: gº # #: t ::::::: ; *-- # i º: s: sº s º *::::::::::::::::::::::. **º-º-º-º-º-º: ** ****, * *:::::::: £º: ::::::::::::::: º : ºt : - §ºº - §º: - ºº::::::::::::::::: tº: Sºº-º-º: sº-º-º: º:::::::::::::::: tº:::::::::::::::: tº sº- - £º º-º-º-º: ** ***... wºxº gº, e - *** **, *, * * * sº ** **ś º º º - ...; sº º sº-ºw-ºººººººº wº º º - º-º-º- º: *.*. ::::::::::::::::::::: … . º º º ºº:: -->.º. º: tº :*:º: *:::::::: º sº º: º º: -º-º-º-º-º-º- sº, trºº º º: º: *:::::::::::::: *: ºr.ºrº º *...* :::::::::: gº *** -- S--- r Y. º sºs: *"... º.º.º. º. º.º. ºº: sº º º º: - - ºº::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: #################### .N. mº". N.-- º' ::::::::::::: º::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -ºº: fºº: º: ºś. ::::::::::::: º: ºš º: §º kº-º-º-º-º: - - º - º - fº º - - *:::::: 5 §º.º.º. ºw ºº::… º.º.º. º. flºº º: sº sº." 2.”:3. ºº:::::::: º .*.*.*.*.*.*.*.* º * ºr * *.*.*. ºr ; ::::::…º.º.º.º.º. º - º º --> -- ºr-- * - - 3::::f **:::: **** Sºº Y.:..º.º. º. º: ..º.º. º: º:*:::::::::: ** - - - * : *.*.*.*.* º - - - --- º ºº:::::::::::::::::::: - ºº:::::::::::: º - §º: §º.; - - §: sº * º º º º-ºº: * * * tº: sº - -º-º-º-º-º-º-º: aesº :::::::::: º º - º ::::: ºº: º a "... - **Tººººººº; º º: º *** º: tºº tººE.: * * - º ºf *:: º sºººººººººº-ºº: ſº-º-º: º: *** ºś: * * : * ~ **w ºº: tº **º ;:::::: -º-º- *** **-xº~ * º: º sº * -º-º-º-º: ºº: ºr :-ºº: Fº º Nº. Fº § º § -º-, * ~ º: tº sº º º sº º gº :::::::::: º *Yºº-ººººº-º-º: Rºº. ºw * ...º: º, ºr -º º sº º & º ~~~ * … & ******: sº •- 3 -º º-ºº: :*, *, * *::... º *3's º - *ººrºº º º is-ºº: º: tºº ºf fºr º: *S** { ºf.- ºº:: jº - ::::::: * … ººººººººººº-ºº: sº sº : ; : º º º :*:::::::::: º º- sº EP- : ºº:: º |